1.. SPDX-License-Identifier: CC-BY-SA-2.0-UK
2
3******************
4Variables Glossary
5******************
6
7This chapter lists common variables used in the OpenEmbedded build
8system and gives an overview of their function and contents.
9
10:term:`A <ABIEXTENSION>` :term:`B` :term:`C <CACHE>`
11:term:`D` :term:`E <EFI_PROVIDER>` :term:`F <FEATURE_PACKAGES>`
12:term:`G <GCCPIE>` :term:`H <HOMEPAGE>` :term:`I <ICECC_DISABLED>`
13:term:`K <KARCH>` :term:`L <LABELS>` :term:`M <MACHINE>`
14:term:`N <NATIVELSBSTRING>` :term:`O <OBJCOPY>` :term:`P`
15:term:`R <RANLIB>` :term:`S` :term:`T`
16:term:`U <UBOOT_CONFIG>` :term:`V <VOLATILE_LOG_DIR>`
17:term:`W <WARN_QA>` :term:`X <XSERVER>`
18
19.. glossary::
20
21   :term:`ABIEXTENSION`
22      Extension to the Application Binary Interface (ABI) field of the GNU
23      canonical architecture name (e.g. "eabi").
24
25      ABI extensions are set in the machine include files. For example, the
26      ``meta/conf/machine/include/arm/arch-arm.inc`` file sets the
27      following extension::
28
29         ABIEXTENSION = "eabi"
30
31   :term:`ALLOW_EMPTY`
32      Specifies whether to produce an output package even if it is empty.
33      By default, BitBake does not produce empty packages. This default
34      behavior can cause issues when there is an
35      :term:`RDEPENDS` or some other hard runtime
36      requirement on the existence of the package.
37
38      Like all package-controlling variables, you must always use them in
39      conjunction with a package name override, as in::
40
41         ALLOW_EMPTY:${PN} = "1"
42         ALLOW_EMPTY:${PN}-dev = "1"
43         ALLOW_EMPTY:${PN}-staticdev = "1"
44
45   :term:`ALTERNATIVE`
46      Lists commands in a package that need an alternative binary naming
47      scheme. Sometimes the same command is provided in multiple packages.
48      When this occurs, the OpenEmbedded build system needs to use the
49      alternatives system to create a different binary naming scheme so the
50      commands can co-exist.
51
52      To use the variable, list out the package's commands that are also
53      provided by another package. For example, if the ``busybox`` package
54      has four such commands, you identify them as follows::
55
56         ALTERNATIVE:busybox = "sh sed test bracket"
57
58      For more information on the alternatives system, see the
59      ":ref:`ref-classes-update-alternatives`"
60      section.
61
62   :term:`ALTERNATIVE_LINK_NAME`
63      Used by the alternatives system to map duplicated commands to actual
64      locations. For example, if the ``bracket`` command provided by the
65      ``busybox`` package is duplicated through another package, you must
66      use the :term:`ALTERNATIVE_LINK_NAME` variable to specify the actual
67      location::
68
69         ALTERNATIVE_LINK_NAME[bracket] = "/usr/bin/["
70
71      In this example, the binary for the ``bracket`` command (i.e. ``[``)
72      from the ``busybox`` package resides in ``/usr/bin/``.
73
74      .. note::
75
76         If :term:`ALTERNATIVE_LINK_NAME` is not defined, it defaults to ``${bindir}/name``.
77
78      For more information on the alternatives system, see the
79      ":ref:`ref-classes-update-alternatives`"
80      section.
81
82   :term:`ALTERNATIVE_PRIORITY`
83      Used by the alternatives system to create default priorities for
84      duplicated commands. You can use the variable to create a single
85      default regardless of the command name or package, a default for
86      specific duplicated commands regardless of the package, or a default
87      for specific commands tied to particular packages. Here are the
88      available syntax forms::
89
90         ALTERNATIVE_PRIORITY = "priority"
91         ALTERNATIVE_PRIORITY[name] = "priority"
92         ALTERNATIVE_PRIORITY_pkg[name] = "priority"
93
94      For more information on the alternatives system, see the
95      ":ref:`ref-classes-update-alternatives`"
96      section.
97
98   :term:`ALTERNATIVE_TARGET`
99      Used by the alternatives system to create default link locations for
100      duplicated commands. You can use the variable to create a single
101      default location for all duplicated commands regardless of the
102      command name or package, a default for specific duplicated commands
103      regardless of the package, or a default for specific commands tied to
104      particular packages. Here are the available syntax forms::
105
106         ALTERNATIVE_TARGET = "target"
107         ALTERNATIVE_TARGET[name] = "target"
108         ALTERNATIVE_TARGET_pkg[name] = "target"
109
110      .. note::
111
112         If :term:`ALTERNATIVE_TARGET` is not defined, it inherits the value
113         from the :term:`ALTERNATIVE_LINK_NAME` variable.
114
115         If :term:`ALTERNATIVE_LINK_NAME` and :term:`ALTERNATIVE_TARGET` are the
116         same, the target for :term:`ALTERNATIVE_TARGET` has "``.{BPN}``"
117         appended to it.
118
119         Finally, if the file referenced has not been renamed, the
120         alternatives system will rename it to avoid the need to rename
121         alternative files in the :ref:`ref-tasks-install`
122         task while retaining support for the command if necessary.
123
124      For more information on the alternatives system, see the
125      ":ref:`ref-classes-update-alternatives`" section.
126
127   :term:`ANY_OF_DISTRO_FEATURES`
128      When inheriting the
129      :ref:`features_check <ref-classes-features_check>`
130      class, this variable identifies a list of distribution features where
131      at least one must be enabled in the current configuration in order
132      for the OpenEmbedded build system to build the recipe. In other words,
133      if none of the features listed in :term:`ANY_OF_DISTRO_FEATURES`
134      appear in :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES` within the current configuration, then
135      the recipe will be skipped, and if the build system attempts to build
136      the recipe then an error will be triggered.
137
138
139   :term:`APPEND`
140      An override list of append strings for each target specified with
141      :term:`LABELS`.
142
143      See the :ref:`grub-efi <ref-classes-grub-efi>` class for more
144      information on how this variable is used.
145
146   :term:`AR`
147      The minimal command and arguments used to run ``ar``.
148
149   :term:`ARCHIVER_MODE`
150      When used with the :ref:`archiver <ref-classes-archiver>` class,
151      determines the type of information used to create a released archive.
152      You can use this variable to create archives of patched source,
153      original source, configured source, and so forth by employing the
154      following variable flags (varflags)::
155
156         ARCHIVER_MODE[src] = "original"                   # Uses original (unpacked) source files.
157         ARCHIVER_MODE[src] = "patched"                    # Uses patched source files. This is the default.
158         ARCHIVER_MODE[src] = "configured"                 # Uses configured source files.
159         ARCHIVER_MODE[diff] = "1"                         # Uses patches between do_unpack and do_patch.
160         ARCHIVER_MODE[diff-exclude] ?= "file file ..."    # Lists files and directories to exclude from diff.
161         ARCHIVER_MODE[dumpdata] = "1"                     # Uses environment data.
162         ARCHIVER_MODE[recipe] = "1"                       # Uses recipe and include files.
163         ARCHIVER_MODE[srpm] = "1"                         # Uses RPM package files.
164
165      For information on how the variable works, see the
166      ``meta/classes/archiver.bbclass`` file in the :term:`Source Directory`.
167
168   :term:`AS`
169      Minimal command and arguments needed to run the assembler.
170
171   :term:`ASSUME_PROVIDED`
172      Lists recipe names (:term:`PN` values) BitBake does not
173      attempt to build. Instead, BitBake assumes these recipes have already
174      been built.
175
176      In OpenEmbedded-Core, :term:`ASSUME_PROVIDED` mostly specifies native
177      tools that should not be built. An example is ``git-native``, which
178      when specified, allows for the Git binary from the host to be used
179      rather than building ``git-native``.
180
181   :term:`ASSUME_SHLIBS`
182      Provides additional ``shlibs`` provider mapping information, which
183      adds to or overwrites the information provided automatically by the
184      system. Separate multiple entries using spaces.
185
186      As an example, use the following form to add an ``shlib`` provider of
187      shlibname in packagename with the optional version::
188
189         shlibname:packagename[_version]
190
191      Here is an example that adds a shared library named ``libEGL.so.1``
192      as being provided by the ``libegl-implementation`` package::
193
194         ASSUME_SHLIBS = "libEGL.so.1:libegl-implementation"
195
196   :term:`AUTHOR`
197      The email address used to contact the original author or authors in
198      order to send patches and forward bugs.
199
200   :term:`AUTO_LIBNAME_PKGS`
201      When the :ref:`debian <ref-classes-debian>` class is inherited,
202      which is the default behavior, :term:`AUTO_LIBNAME_PKGS` specifies which
203      packages should be checked for libraries and renamed according to
204      Debian library package naming.
205
206      The default value is "${PACKAGES}", which causes the debian class to
207      act on all packages that are explicitly generated by the recipe.
208
209   :term:`AUTO_SYSLINUXMENU`
210      Enables creating an automatic menu for the syslinux bootloader. You
211      must set this variable in your recipe. The
212      :ref:`syslinux <ref-classes-syslinux>` class checks this variable.
213
214   :term:`AUTOREV`
215      When :term:`SRCREV` is set to the value of this variable, it specifies to
216      use the latest source revision in the repository. Here is an example::
217
218         SRCREV = "${AUTOREV}"
219
220      If you use the previous statement to retrieve the latest version of
221      software, you need to be sure :term:`PV` contains
222      ``${``\ :term:`SRCPV`\ ``}``. For example, suppose you
223      have a kernel recipe that inherits the
224      :ref:`kernel <ref-classes-kernel>` class and you use the previous
225      statement. In this example, ``${SRCPV}`` does not automatically get
226      into :term:`PV`. Consequently, you need to change :term:`PV` in your recipe
227      so that it does contain ``${SRCPV}``.
228
229      For more information see the
230      ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:automatically incrementing a package version number`"
231      section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
232
233   :term:`AVAILABLE_LICENSES`
234      List of licenses found in the directories specified by
235      :term:`COMMON_LICENSE_DIR` and
236      :term:`LICENSE_PATH`.
237
238      .. note::
239
240         It is assumed that all changes to :term:`COMMON_LICENSE_DIR` and
241         :term:`LICENSE_PATH` have been done before :term:`AVAILABLE_LICENSES`
242         is defined (in :ref:`ref-classes-license`).
243
244   :term:`AVAILTUNES`
245      The list of defined CPU and Application Binary Interface (ABI)
246      tunings (i.e. "tunes") available for use by the OpenEmbedded build
247      system.
248
249      The list simply presents the tunes that are available. Not all tunes
250      may be compatible with a particular machine configuration, or with
251      each other in a
252      :ref:`Multilib <dev-manual/common-tasks:combining multiple versions of library files into one image>`
253      configuration.
254
255      To add a tune to the list, be sure to append it with spaces using the
256      "+=" BitBake operator. Do not simply replace the list by using the
257      "=" operator. See the
258      ":ref:`bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:basic syntax`" section in the BitBake
259      User Manual for more information.
260
261   :term:`AZ_SAS`
262      Azure Storage Shared Access Signature, when using the
263      :ref:`Azure Storage fetcher (az://) <bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-fetching:fetchers>`
264      This variable can be defined to be used by the fetcher to authenticate
265      and gain access to non-public artifacts.
266      ::
267
268         AZ_SAS = ""se=2021-01-01&sp=r&sv=2018-11-09&sr=c&skoid=<skoid>&sig=<signature>""
269
270      For more information see Microsoft's Azure Storage documentation at
271      https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/storage/common/storage-sas-overview
272
273   :term:`B`
274      The directory within the :term:`Build Directory` in
275      which the OpenEmbedded build system places generated objects during a
276      recipe's build process. By default, this directory is the same as the
277      :term:`S` directory, which is defined as::
278
279         S = "${WORKDIR}/${BP}"
280
281      You can separate the (:term:`S`) directory and the directory pointed to
282      by the :term:`B` variable. Most Autotools-based recipes support
283      separating these directories. The build system defaults to using
284      separate directories for ``gcc`` and some kernel recipes.
285
286   :term:`BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS`
287      Lists "recommended-only" packages to not install. Recommended-only
288      packages are packages installed only through the
289      :term:`RRECOMMENDS` variable. You can prevent any
290      of these "recommended" packages from being installed by listing them
291      with the :term:`BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS` variable::
292
293         BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS = "package_name package_name package_name ..."
294
295      You can set this variable globally in your ``local.conf`` file or you
296      can attach it to a specific image recipe by using the recipe name
297      override::
298
299         BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS:pn-target_image = "package_name"
300
301      It is important to realize that if you choose to not install packages
302      using this variable and some other packages are dependent on them
303      (i.e. listed in a recipe's :term:`RDEPENDS`
304      variable), the OpenEmbedded build system ignores your request and
305      will install the packages to avoid dependency errors.
306
307      This variable is supported only when using the IPK and RPM
308      packaging backends. DEB is not supported.
309
310      See the :term:`NO_RECOMMENDATIONS` and the
311      :term:`PACKAGE_EXCLUDE` variables for related
312      information.
313
314   :term:`BASE_LIB`
315      The library directory name for the CPU or Application Binary
316      Interface (ABI) tune. The :term:`BASE_LIB` applies only in the Multilib
317      context. See the ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:combining multiple versions of library files into one image`"
318      section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual for information
319      on Multilib.
320
321      The :term:`BASE_LIB` variable is defined in the machine include files in
322      the :term:`Source Directory`. If Multilib is not
323      being used, the value defaults to "lib".
324
325   :term:`BASE_WORKDIR`
326      Points to the base of the work directory for all recipes. The default
327      value is "${TMPDIR}/work".
328
329   :term:`BB_ALLOWED_NETWORKS`
330      Specifies a space-delimited list of hosts that the fetcher is allowed
331      to use to obtain the required source code. Following are
332      considerations surrounding this variable:
333
334      -  This host list is only used if :term:`BB_NO_NETWORK` is either not set
335         or set to "0".
336
337      -  There is limited support for wildcard matching against the beginning of
338         host names. For example, the following setting matches
339         ``git.gnu.org``, ``ftp.gnu.org``, and ``foo.git.gnu.org``.
340         ::
341
342            BB_ALLOWED_NETWORKS = "*.gnu.org"
343
344         .. note::
345
346            The use of the "``*``" character only works at the beginning of
347            a host name and it must be isolated from the remainder of the
348            host name. You cannot use the wildcard character in any other
349            location of the name or combined with the front part of the
350            name.
351
352            For example, ``*.foo.bar`` is supported, while ``*aa.foo.bar``
353            is not.
354
355      -  Mirrors not in the host list are skipped and logged in debug.
356
357      -  Attempts to access networks not in the host list cause a failure.
358
359      Using :term:`BB_ALLOWED_NETWORKS` in conjunction with
360      :term:`PREMIRRORS` is very useful. Adding the host
361      you want to use to :term:`PREMIRRORS` results in the source code being
362      fetched from an allowed location and avoids raising an error when a
363      host that is not allowed is in a :term:`SRC_URI`
364      statement. This is because the fetcher does not attempt to use the
365      host listed in :term:`SRC_URI` after a successful fetch from the
366      :term:`PREMIRRORS` occurs.
367
368   :term:`BB_DANGLINGAPPENDS_WARNONLY`
369      Defines how BitBake handles situations where an append file
370      (``.bbappend``) has no corresponding recipe file (``.bb``). This
371      condition often occurs when layers get out of sync (e.g. ``oe-core``
372      bumps a recipe version and the old recipe no longer exists and the
373      other layer has not been updated to the new version of the recipe
374      yet).
375
376      The default fatal behavior is safest because it is the sane reaction
377      given something is out of sync. It is important to realize when your
378      changes are no longer being applied.
379
380      You can change the default behavior by setting this variable to "1",
381      "yes", or "true" in your ``local.conf`` file, which is located in the
382      :term:`Build Directory`: Here is an example::
383
384         BB_DANGLINGAPPENDS_WARNONLY = "1"
385
386   :term:`BB_DISKMON_DIRS`
387      Monitors disk space and available inodes during the build and allows
388      you to control the build based on these parameters.
389
390      Disk space monitoring is disabled by default. To enable monitoring,
391      add the :term:`BB_DISKMON_DIRS` variable to your ``conf/local.conf`` file
392      found in the :term:`Build Directory`. Use the
393      following form:
394
395      .. code-block:: none
396
397         BB_DISKMON_DIRS = "action,dir,threshold [...]"
398
399         where:
400
401            action is:
402               ABORT:     Immediately stop the build when
403                          a threshold is broken.
404               STOPTASKS: Stop the build after the currently
405                          executing tasks have finished when
406                          a threshold is broken.
407               WARN:      Issue a warning but continue the
408                          build when a threshold is broken.
409                          Subsequent warnings are issued as
410                          defined by the BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL
411                          variable, which must be defined in
412                          the conf/local.conf file.
413
414            dir is:
415               Any directory you choose. You can specify one or
416               more directories to monitor by separating the
417               groupings with a space.  If two directories are
418               on the same device, only the first directory
419               is monitored.
420
421            threshold is:
422               Either the minimum available disk space,
423               the minimum number of free inodes, or
424               both.  You must specify at least one.  To
425               omit one or the other, simply omit the value.
426               Specify the threshold using G, M, K for Gbytes,
427               Mbytes, and Kbytes, respectively. If you do
428               not specify G, M, or K, Kbytes is assumed by
429               default.  Do not use GB, MB, or KB.
430
431      Here are some examples::
432
433         BB_DISKMON_DIRS = "ABORT,${TMPDIR},1G,100K WARN,${SSTATE_DIR},1G,100K"
434         BB_DISKMON_DIRS = "STOPTASKS,${TMPDIR},1G"
435         BB_DISKMON_DIRS = "ABORT,${TMPDIR},,100K"
436
437      The first example works only if you also provide the
438      :term:`BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL`
439      variable in the ``conf/local.conf``. This example causes the build
440      system to immediately stop when either the disk space in
441      ``${TMPDIR}`` drops below 1 Gbyte or the available free inodes drops
442      below 100 Kbytes. Because two directories are provided with the
443      variable, the build system also issue a warning when the disk space
444      in the ``${SSTATE_DIR}`` directory drops below 1 Gbyte or the number
445      of free inodes drops below 100 Kbytes. Subsequent warnings are issued
446      during intervals as defined by the :term:`BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL`
447      variable.
448
449      The second example stops the build after all currently executing
450      tasks complete when the minimum disk space in the ``${TMPDIR}``
451      directory drops below 1 Gbyte. No disk monitoring occurs for the free
452      inodes in this case.
453
454      The final example immediately stops the build when the number of
455      free inodes in the ``${TMPDIR}`` directory drops below 100 Kbytes. No
456      disk space monitoring for the directory itself occurs in this case.
457
458   :term:`BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL`
459      Defines the disk space and free inode warning intervals. To set these
460      intervals, define the variable in your ``conf/local.conf`` file in
461      the :term:`Build Directory`.
462
463      If you are going to use the :term:`BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL` variable, you
464      must also use the :term:`BB_DISKMON_DIRS`
465      variable and define its action as "WARN". During the build,
466      subsequent warnings are issued each time disk space or number of free
467      inodes further reduces by the respective interval.
468
469      If you do not provide a :term:`BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL` variable and you
470      do use :term:`BB_DISKMON_DIRS` with the "WARN" action, the disk
471      monitoring interval defaults to the following::
472
473         BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL = "50M,5K"
474
475      When specifying the variable in your configuration file, use the
476      following form:
477
478      .. code-block:: none
479
480         BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL = "disk_space_interval,disk_inode_interval"
481
482         where:
483
484            disk_space_interval is:
485               An interval of memory expressed in either
486               G, M, or K for Gbytes, Mbytes, or Kbytes,
487               respectively. You cannot use GB, MB, or KB.
488
489            disk_inode_interval is:
490               An interval of free inodes expressed in either
491               G, M, or K for Gbytes, Mbytes, or Kbytes,
492               respectively. You cannot use GB, MB, or KB.
493
494      Here is an example::
495
496         BB_DISKMON_DIRS = "WARN,${SSTATE_DIR},1G,100K"
497         BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL = "50M,5K"
498
499      These variables cause the
500      OpenEmbedded build system to issue subsequent warnings each time the
501      available disk space further reduces by 50 Mbytes or the number of
502      free inodes further reduces by 5 Kbytes in the ``${SSTATE_DIR}``
503      directory. Subsequent warnings based on the interval occur each time
504      a respective interval is reached beyond the initial warning (i.e. 1
505      Gbytes and 100 Kbytes).
506
507   :term:`BB_GENERATE_MIRROR_TARBALLS`
508      Causes tarballs of the source control repositories (e.g. Git
509      repositories), including metadata, to be placed in the
510      :term:`DL_DIR` directory.
511
512      For performance reasons, creating and placing tarballs of these
513      repositories is not the default action by the OpenEmbedded build
514      system.
515      ::
516
517         BB_GENERATE_MIRROR_TARBALLS = "1"
518
519      Set this variable in your
520      ``local.conf`` file in the :term:`Build Directory`.
521
522      Once you have the tarballs containing your source files, you can
523      clean up your :term:`DL_DIR` directory by deleting any Git or other
524      source control work directories.
525
526   :term:`BB_NUMBER_THREADS`
527      The maximum number of tasks BitBake should run in parallel at any one
528      time. The OpenEmbedded build system automatically configures this
529      variable to be equal to the number of cores on the build system. For
530      example, a system with a dual core processor that also uses
531      hyper-threading causes the :term:`BB_NUMBER_THREADS` variable to default
532      to "4".
533
534      For single socket systems (i.e. one CPU), you should not have to
535      override this variable to gain optimal parallelism during builds.
536      However, if you have very large systems that employ multiple physical
537      CPUs, you might want to make sure the :term:`BB_NUMBER_THREADS` variable
538      is not set higher than "20".
539
540      For more information on speeding up builds, see the
541      ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:speeding up a build`"
542      section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
543
544   :term:`BB_SERVER_TIMEOUT`
545      Specifies the time (in seconds) after which to unload the BitBake
546      server due to inactivity. Set :term:`BB_SERVER_TIMEOUT` to determine how
547      long the BitBake server stays resident between invocations.
548
549      For example, the following statement in your ``local.conf`` file
550      instructs the server to be unloaded after 20 seconds of inactivity::
551
552         BB_SERVER_TIMEOUT = "20"
553
554      If you want the server to never be unloaded,
555      set :term:`BB_SERVER_TIMEOUT` to "-1".
556
557   :term:`BBCLASSEXTEND`
558      Allows you to extend a recipe so that it builds variants of the
559      software. There are common variants for recipes as "natives" like
560      ``quilt-native``, which is a copy of Quilt built to run on the build
561      system; "crosses" such as ``gcc-cross``, which is a compiler built to
562      run on the build machine but produces binaries that run on the target
563      :term:`MACHINE`; "nativesdk", which targets the SDK
564      machine instead of :term:`MACHINE`; and "mulitlibs" in the form
565      "``multilib:``\ multilib_name".
566
567      To build a different variant of the recipe with a minimal amount of
568      code, it usually is as simple as adding the following to your recipe::
569
570         BBCLASSEXTEND =+ "native nativesdk"
571         BBCLASSEXTEND =+ "multilib:multilib_name"
572
573      .. note::
574
575         Internally, the :term:`BBCLASSEXTEND` mechanism generates recipe
576         variants by rewriting variable values and applying overrides such
577         as ``:class-native``. For example, to generate a native version of
578         a recipe, a :term:`DEPENDS` on "foo" is rewritten
579         to a :term:`DEPENDS` on "foo-native".
580
581         Even when using :term:`BBCLASSEXTEND`, the recipe is only parsed once.
582         Parsing once adds some limitations. For example, it is not
583         possible to include a different file depending on the variant,
584         since ``include`` statements are processed when the recipe is
585         parsed.
586
587   :term:`BBFILE_COLLECTIONS`
588      Lists the names of configured layers. These names are used to find
589      the other ``BBFILE_*`` variables. Typically, each layer will append
590      its name to this variable in its ``conf/layer.conf`` file.
591
592   :term:`BBFILE_PATTERN`
593      Variable that expands to match files from
594      :term:`BBFILES` in a particular layer. This variable
595      is used in the ``conf/layer.conf`` file and must be suffixed with the
596      name of the specific layer (e.g. ``BBFILE_PATTERN_emenlow``).
597
598   :term:`BBFILE_PRIORITY`
599      Assigns the priority for recipe files in each layer.
600
601      This variable is useful in situations where the same recipe appears
602      in more than one layer. Setting this variable allows you to
603      prioritize a layer against other layers that contain the same recipe
604      - effectively letting you control the precedence for the multiple
605      layers. The precedence established through this variable stands
606      regardless of a recipe's version (:term:`PV` variable). For
607      example, a layer that has a recipe with a higher :term:`PV` value but for
608      which the :term:`BBFILE_PRIORITY` is set to have a lower precedence still
609      has a lower precedence.
610
611      A larger value for the :term:`BBFILE_PRIORITY` variable results in a
612      higher precedence. For example, the value 6 has a higher precedence
613      than the value 5. If not specified, the :term:`BBFILE_PRIORITY` variable
614      is set based on layer dependencies (see the :term:`LAYERDEPENDS` variable
615      for more information. The default priority, if unspecified for a
616      layer with no dependencies, is the lowest defined priority + 1 (or 1
617      if no priorities are defined).
618
619      .. tip::
620
621         You can use the command ``bitbake-layers show-layers``
622         to list all configured layers along with their priorities.
623
624   :term:`BBFILES`
625      A space-separated list of recipe files BitBake uses to build
626      software.
627
628      When specifying recipe files, you can pattern match using Python's
629      `glob <https://docs.python.org/3/library/glob.html>`_ syntax.
630      For details on the syntax, see the documentation by following the
631      previous link.
632
633   :term:`BBFILES_DYNAMIC`
634      Activates content when identified layers are present. You identify
635      the layers by the collections that the layers define.
636
637      Use the :term:`BBFILES_DYNAMIC` variable to avoid ``.bbappend`` files
638      whose corresponding ``.bb`` file is in a layer that attempts to
639      modify other layers through ``.bbappend`` but does not want to
640      introduce a hard dependency on those other layers.
641
642      Use the following form for :term:`BBFILES_DYNAMIC`:
643      ``collection_name:filename_pattern``.
644
645      The following example identifies two collection names and two
646      filename patterns::
647
648         BBFILES_DYNAMIC += " \
649            clang-layer:${LAYERDIR}/bbappends/meta-clang/*/*/*.bbappend \
650            core:${LAYERDIR}/bbappends/openembedded-core/meta/*/*/*.bbappend \
651            "
652
653      This next example shows an error message that occurs because invalid
654      entries are found, which cause parsing to fail:
655
656      .. code-block:: none
657
658         ERROR: BBFILES_DYNAMIC entries must be of the form <collection name>:<filename pattern>, not:
659             /work/my-layer/bbappends/meta-security-isafw/*/*/*.bbappend
660             /work/my-layer/bbappends/openembedded-core/meta/*/*/*.bbappend
661
662   :term:`BBINCLUDELOGS`
663      Variable that controls how BitBake displays logs on build failure.
664
665   :term:`BBINCLUDELOGS_LINES`
666      If :term:`BBINCLUDELOGS` is set, specifies the
667      maximum number of lines from the task log file to print when
668      reporting a failed task. If you do not set :term:`BBINCLUDELOGS_LINES`,
669      the entire log is printed.
670
671   :term:`BBLAYERS`
672      Lists the layers to enable during the build. This variable is defined
673      in the ``bblayers.conf`` configuration file in the :term:`Build Directory`.
674      Here is an example::
675
676         BBLAYERS = " \
677             /home/scottrif/poky/meta \
678             /home/scottrif/poky/meta-poky \
679             /home/scottrif/poky/meta-yocto-bsp \
680             /home/scottrif/poky/meta-mykernel \
681             "
682
683      This example enables four layers, one of which is a custom,
684      user-defined layer named ``meta-mykernel``.
685
686   :term:`BBMASK`
687      Prevents BitBake from processing recipes and recipe append files.
688
689      You can use the :term:`BBMASK` variable to "hide" these ``.bb`` and
690      ``.bbappend`` files. BitBake ignores any recipe or recipe append
691      files that match any of the expressions. It is as if BitBake does not
692      see them at all. Consequently, matching files are not parsed or
693      otherwise used by BitBake.
694
695      The values you provide are passed to Python's regular expression
696      compiler. Consequently, the syntax follows Python's Regular
697      Expression (re) syntax. The expressions are compared against the full
698      paths to the files. For complete syntax information, see Python's
699      documentation at https://docs.python.org/3/library/re.html#regular-expression-syntax.
700
701      The following example uses a complete regular expression to tell
702      BitBake to ignore all recipe and recipe append files in the
703      ``meta-ti/recipes-misc/`` directory::
704
705         BBMASK = "meta-ti/recipes-misc/"
706
707      If you want to mask out multiple directories or recipes, you can
708      specify multiple regular expression fragments. This next example
709      masks out multiple directories and individual recipes::
710
711         BBMASK += "/meta-ti/recipes-misc/ meta-ti/recipes-ti/packagegroup/"
712         BBMASK += "/meta-oe/recipes-support/"
713         BBMASK += "/meta-foo/.*/openldap"
714         BBMASK += "opencv.*\.bbappend"
715         BBMASK += "lzma"
716
717      .. note::
718
719         When specifying a directory name, use the trailing slash character
720         to ensure you match just that directory name.
721
722   :term:`BBMULTICONFIG`
723      Specifies each additional separate configuration when you are
724      building targets with multiple configurations. Use this variable in
725      your ``conf/local.conf`` configuration file. Specify a
726      multiconfigname for each configuration file you are using. For
727      example, the following line specifies three configuration files::
728
729         BBMULTICONFIG = "configA configB configC"
730
731      Each configuration file you
732      use must reside in the :term:`Build Directory`
733      ``conf/multiconfig`` directory (e.g.
734      ``build_directory/conf/multiconfig/configA.conf``).
735
736      For information on how to use :term:`BBMULTICONFIG` in an environment
737      that supports building targets with multiple configurations, see the
738      ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:building images for multiple targets using multiple configurations`"
739      section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
740
741   :term:`BBPATH`
742      Used by BitBake to locate ``.bbclass`` and configuration files. This
743      variable is analogous to the ``PATH`` variable.
744
745      .. note::
746
747         If you run BitBake from a directory outside of the
748         :term:`Build Directory`, you must be sure to set :term:`BBPATH`
749         to point to the Build Directory. Set the variable as you would any
750         environment variable and then run BitBake::
751
752                 $ BBPATH = "build_directory"
753                 $ export BBPATH
754                 $ bitbake target
755
756
757   :term:`BBSERVER`
758      If defined in the BitBake environment, :term:`BBSERVER` points to the
759      BitBake remote server.
760
761      Use the following format to export the variable to the BitBake
762      environment::
763
764         export BBSERVER=localhost:$port
765
766      By default, :term:`BBSERVER` also appears in :term:`BB_HASHBASE_WHITELIST`.
767      Consequently, :term:`BBSERVER` is excluded from checksum and dependency
768      data.
769
770   :term:`BINCONFIG`
771      When inheriting the
772      :ref:`binconfig-disabled <ref-classes-binconfig-disabled>` class,
773      this variable specifies binary configuration scripts to disable in
774      favor of using ``pkg-config`` to query the information. The
775      :ref:`binconfig-disabled <ref-classes-binconfig-disabled>` class will modify the specified scripts to
776      return an error so that calls to them can be easily found and
777      replaced.
778
779      To add multiple scripts, separate them by spaces. Here is an example
780      from the ``libpng`` recipe::
781
782         BINCONFIG = "${bindir}/libpng-config ${bindir}/libpng16-config"
783
784   :term:`BINCONFIG_GLOB`
785      When inheriting the :ref:`binconfig <ref-classes-binconfig>` class,
786      this variable specifies a wildcard for configuration scripts that
787      need editing. The scripts are edited to correct any paths that have
788      been set up during compilation so that they are correct for use when
789      installed into the sysroot and called by the build processes of other
790      recipes.
791
792      .. note::
793
794         The :term:`BINCONFIG_GLOB` variable uses
795         `shell globbing <https://tldp.org/LDP/abs/html/globbingref.html>`__,
796         which is recognition and expansion of wildcards during pattern
797         matching. Shell globbing is very similar to
798         `fnmatch <https://docs.python.org/3/library/fnmatch.html#module-fnmatch>`__
799         and `glob <https://docs.python.org/3/library/glob.html>`__.
800
801      For more information on how this variable works, see
802      ``meta/classes/binconfig.bbclass`` in the :term:`Source Directory`.
803      You can also find general
804      information on the class in the
805      ":ref:`ref-classes-binconfig`" section.
806
807   :term:`BP`
808      The base recipe name and version but without any special recipe name
809      suffix (i.e. ``-native``, ``lib64-``, and so forth). :term:`BP` is
810      comprised of the following::
811
812         ${BPN}-${PV}
813
814   :term:`BPN`
815      This variable is a version of the :term:`PN` variable with
816      common prefixes and suffixes removed, such as ``nativesdk-``,
817      ``-cross``, ``-native``, and multilib's ``lib64-`` and ``lib32-``.
818      The exact lists of prefixes and suffixes removed are specified by the
819      :term:`MLPREFIX` and
820      :term:`SPECIAL_PKGSUFFIX` variables,
821      respectively.
822
823   :term:`BUGTRACKER`
824      Specifies a URL for an upstream bug tracking website for a recipe.
825      The OpenEmbedded build system does not use this variable. Rather, the
826      variable is a useful pointer in case a bug in the software being
827      built needs to be manually reported.
828
829   :term:`BUILD_ARCH`
830      Specifies the architecture of the build host (e.g. ``i686``). The
831      OpenEmbedded build system sets the value of :term:`BUILD_ARCH` from the
832      machine name reported by the ``uname`` command.
833
834   :term:`BUILD_AS_ARCH`
835      Specifies the architecture-specific assembler flags for the build
836      host. By default, the value of :term:`BUILD_AS_ARCH` is empty.
837
838   :term:`BUILD_CC_ARCH`
839      Specifies the architecture-specific C compiler flags for the build
840      host. By default, the value of :term:`BUILD_CC_ARCH` is empty.
841
842   :term:`BUILD_CCLD`
843      Specifies the linker command to be used for the build host when the C
844      compiler is being used as the linker. By default, :term:`BUILD_CCLD`
845      points to GCC and passes as arguments the value of
846      :term:`BUILD_CC_ARCH`, assuming
847      :term:`BUILD_CC_ARCH` is set.
848
849   :term:`BUILD_CFLAGS`
850      Specifies the flags to pass to the C compiler when building for the
851      build host. When building in the ``-native`` context,
852      :term:`CFLAGS` is set to the value of this variable by
853      default.
854
855   :term:`BUILD_CPPFLAGS`
856      Specifies the flags to pass to the C preprocessor (i.e. to both the C
857      and the C++ compilers) when building for the build host. When
858      building in the ``-native`` context, :term:`CPPFLAGS`
859      is set to the value of this variable by default.
860
861   :term:`BUILD_CXXFLAGS`
862      Specifies the flags to pass to the C++ compiler when building for the
863      build host. When building in the ``-native`` context,
864      :term:`CXXFLAGS` is set to the value of this variable
865      by default.
866
867   :term:`BUILD_FC`
868      Specifies the Fortran compiler command for the build host. By
869      default, :term:`BUILD_FC` points to Gfortran and passes as arguments the
870      value of :term:`BUILD_CC_ARCH`, assuming
871      :term:`BUILD_CC_ARCH` is set.
872
873   :term:`BUILD_LD`
874      Specifies the linker command for the build host. By default,
875      :term:`BUILD_LD` points to the GNU linker (ld) and passes as arguments
876      the value of :term:`BUILD_LD_ARCH`, assuming
877      :term:`BUILD_LD_ARCH` is set.
878
879   :term:`BUILD_LD_ARCH`
880      Specifies architecture-specific linker flags for the build host. By
881      default, the value of :term:`BUILD_LD_ARCH` is empty.
882
883   :term:`BUILD_LDFLAGS`
884      Specifies the flags to pass to the linker when building for the build
885      host. When building in the ``-native`` context,
886      :term:`LDFLAGS` is set to the value of this variable
887      by default.
888
889   :term:`BUILD_OPTIMIZATION`
890      Specifies the optimization flags passed to the C compiler when
891      building for the build host or the SDK. The flags are passed through
892      the :term:`BUILD_CFLAGS` and
893      :term:`BUILDSDK_CFLAGS` default values.
894
895      The default value of the :term:`BUILD_OPTIMIZATION` variable is "-O2
896      -pipe".
897
898   :term:`BUILD_OS`
899      Specifies the operating system in use on the build host (e.g.
900      "linux"). The OpenEmbedded build system sets the value of
901      :term:`BUILD_OS` from the OS reported by the ``uname`` command - the
902      first word, converted to lower-case characters.
903
904   :term:`BUILD_PREFIX`
905      The toolchain binary prefix used for native recipes. The OpenEmbedded
906      build system uses the :term:`BUILD_PREFIX` value to set the
907      :term:`TARGET_PREFIX` when building for
908      ``native`` recipes.
909
910   :term:`BUILD_STRIP`
911      Specifies the command to be used to strip debugging symbols from
912      binaries produced for the build host. By default, :term:`BUILD_STRIP`
913      points to
914      ``${``\ :term:`BUILD_PREFIX`\ ``}strip``.
915
916   :term:`BUILD_SYS`
917      Specifies the system, including the architecture and the operating
918      system, to use when building for the build host (i.e. when building
919      ``native`` recipes).
920
921      The OpenEmbedded build system automatically sets this variable based
922      on :term:`BUILD_ARCH`,
923      :term:`BUILD_VENDOR`, and
924      :term:`BUILD_OS`. You do not need to set the
925      :term:`BUILD_SYS` variable yourself.
926
927   :term:`BUILD_VENDOR`
928      Specifies the vendor name to use when building for the build host.
929      The default value is an empty string ("").
930
931   :term:`BUILDDIR`
932      Points to the location of the :term:`Build Directory`.
933      You can define this directory indirectly through the
934      :ref:`structure-core-script` script by passing in a Build
935      Directory path when you run the script. If you run the script and do
936      not provide a Build Directory path, the :term:`BUILDDIR` defaults to
937      ``build`` in the current directory.
938
939   :term:`BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT`
940      When inheriting the :ref:`buildhistory <ref-classes-buildhistory>`
941      class, this variable specifies whether or not to commit the build
942      history output in a local Git repository. If set to "1", this local
943      repository will be maintained automatically by the :ref:`buildhistory <ref-classes-buildhistory>`
944      class and a commit will be created on every build for changes to each
945      top-level subdirectory of the build history output (images, packages,
946      and sdk). If you want to track changes to build history over time,
947      you should set this value to "1".
948
949      By default, the :ref:`buildhistory <ref-classes-buildhistory>` class does not commit the build
950      history output in a local Git repository::
951
952         BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT ?= "0"
953
954   :term:`BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT_AUTHOR`
955      When inheriting the :ref:`buildhistory <ref-classes-buildhistory>`
956      class, this variable specifies the author to use for each Git commit.
957      In order for the :term:`BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT_AUTHOR` variable to work, the
958      :term:`BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT` variable must
959      be set to "1".
960
961      Git requires that the value you provide for the
962      :term:`BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT_AUTHOR` variable takes the form of "name
963      email@host". Providing an email address or host that is not valid
964      does not produce an error.
965
966      By default, the :ref:`buildhistory <ref-classes-buildhistory>` class sets the variable as follows::
967
968         BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT_AUTHOR ?= "buildhistory <buildhistory@${DISTRO}>"
969
970   :term:`BUILDHISTORY_DIR`
971      When inheriting the :ref:`buildhistory <ref-classes-buildhistory>`
972      class, this variable specifies the directory in which build history
973      information is kept. For more information on how the variable works,
974      see the ``buildhistory.bbclass`` file.
975
976      By default, the :ref:`buildhistory <ref-classes-buildhistory>` class sets the directory as follows::
977
978         BUILDHISTORY_DIR ?= "${TOPDIR}/buildhistory"
979
980   :term:`BUILDHISTORY_FEATURES`
981      When inheriting the :ref:`buildhistory <ref-classes-buildhistory>`
982      class, this variable specifies the build history features to be
983      enabled. For more information on how build history works, see the
984      ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:maintaining build output quality`"
985      section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
986
987      You can specify these features in the form of a space-separated list:
988
989      -  *image:* Analysis of the contents of images, which includes the
990         list of installed packages among other things.
991
992      -  *package:* Analysis of the contents of individual packages.
993
994      -  *sdk:* Analysis of the contents of the software development kit
995         (SDK).
996
997      -  *task:* Save output file signatures for
998         :ref:`shared state <overview-manual/concepts:shared state cache>`
999         (sstate) tasks.
1000         This saves one file per task and lists the SHA-256 checksums for
1001         each file staged (i.e. the output of the task).
1002
1003      By default, the :ref:`buildhistory <ref-classes-buildhistory>` class enables the following
1004      features::
1005
1006         BUILDHISTORY_FEATURES ?= "image package sdk"
1007
1008   :term:`BUILDHISTORY_IMAGE_FILES`
1009      When inheriting the :ref:`buildhistory <ref-classes-buildhistory>`
1010      class, this variable specifies a list of paths to files copied from
1011      the image contents into the build history directory under an
1012      "image-files" directory in the directory for the image, so that you
1013      can track the contents of each file. The default is to copy
1014      ``/etc/passwd`` and ``/etc/group``, which allows you to monitor for
1015      changes in user and group entries. You can modify the list to include
1016      any file. Specifying an invalid path does not produce an error.
1017      Consequently, you can include files that might not always be present.
1018
1019      By default, the :ref:`buildhistory <ref-classes-buildhistory>` class provides paths to the
1020      following files::
1021
1022         BUILDHISTORY_IMAGE_FILES ?= "/etc/passwd /etc/group"
1023
1024   :term:`BUILDHISTORY_PATH_PREFIX_STRIP`
1025      When inheriting the :ref:`buildhistory <ref-classes-buildhistory>`
1026      class, this variable specifies a common path prefix that should be
1027      stripped off the beginning of paths in the task signature list when the
1028      ``task`` feature is active in :term:`BUILDHISTORY_FEATURES`. This can be
1029      useful when build history is populated from multiple sources that may not
1030      all use the same top level directory.
1031
1032      By default, the :ref:`buildhistory <ref-classes-buildhistory>` class sets the variable as follows::
1033
1034         BUILDHISTORY_PATH_PREFIX_STRIP ?= ""
1035
1036      In this case, no prefixes will be stripped.
1037
1038   :term:`BUILDHISTORY_PUSH_REPO`
1039      When inheriting the :ref:`buildhistory <ref-classes-buildhistory>`
1040      class, this variable optionally specifies a remote repository to
1041      which build history pushes Git changes. In order for
1042      :term:`BUILDHISTORY_PUSH_REPO` to work,
1043      :term:`BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT` must be set to
1044      "1".
1045
1046      The repository should correspond to a remote address that specifies a
1047      repository as understood by Git, or alternatively to a remote name
1048      that you have set up manually using ``git remote`` within the local
1049      repository.
1050
1051      By default, the :ref:`buildhistory <ref-classes-buildhistory>` class sets the variable as follows::
1052
1053         BUILDHISTORY_PUSH_REPO ?= ""
1054
1055   :term:`BUILDSDK_CFLAGS`
1056      Specifies the flags to pass to the C compiler when building for the
1057      SDK. When building in the ``nativesdk-`` context,
1058      :term:`CFLAGS` is set to the value of this variable by
1059      default.
1060
1061   :term:`BUILDSDK_CPPFLAGS`
1062      Specifies the flags to pass to the C pre-processor (i.e. to both the
1063      C and the C++ compilers) when building for the SDK. When building in
1064      the ``nativesdk-`` context, :term:`CPPFLAGS` is set
1065      to the value of this variable by default.
1066
1067   :term:`BUILDSDK_CXXFLAGS`
1068      Specifies the flags to pass to the C++ compiler when building for the
1069      SDK. When building in the ``nativesdk-`` context,
1070      :term:`CXXFLAGS` is set to the value of this variable
1071      by default.
1072
1073   :term:`BUILDSDK_LDFLAGS`
1074      Specifies the flags to pass to the linker when building for the SDK.
1075      When building in the ``nativesdk-`` context,
1076      :term:`LDFLAGS` is set to the value of this variable
1077      by default.
1078
1079   :term:`BUILDSTATS_BASE`
1080      Points to the location of the directory that holds build statistics
1081      when you use and enable the
1082      :ref:`buildstats <ref-classes-buildstats>` class. The
1083      :term:`BUILDSTATS_BASE` directory defaults to
1084      ``${``\ :term:`TMPDIR`\ ``}/buildstats/``.
1085
1086   :term:`BUSYBOX_SPLIT_SUID`
1087      For the BusyBox recipe, specifies whether to split the output
1088      executable file into two parts: one for features that require
1089      ``setuid root``, and one for the remaining features (i.e. those that
1090      do not require ``setuid root``).
1091
1092      The :term:`BUSYBOX_SPLIT_SUID` variable defaults to "1", which results in
1093      splitting the output executable file. Set the variable to "0" to get
1094      a single output executable file.
1095
1096   :term:`CACHE`
1097      Specifies the directory BitBake uses to store a cache of the
1098      :term:`Metadata` so it does not need to be parsed every time
1099      BitBake is started.
1100
1101   :term:`CC`
1102      The minimal command and arguments used to run the C compiler.
1103
1104   :term:`CFLAGS`
1105      Specifies the flags to pass to the C compiler. This variable is
1106      exported to an environment variable and thus made visible to the
1107      software being built during the compilation step.
1108
1109      Default initialization for :term:`CFLAGS` varies depending on what is
1110      being built:
1111
1112      -  :term:`TARGET_CFLAGS` when building for the
1113         target
1114
1115      -  :term:`BUILD_CFLAGS` when building for the
1116         build host (i.e. ``-native``)
1117
1118      -  :term:`BUILDSDK_CFLAGS` when building for
1119         an SDK (i.e. ``nativesdk-``)
1120
1121   :term:`CLASSOVERRIDE`
1122      An internal variable specifying the special class override that
1123      should currently apply (e.g. "class-target", "class-native", and so
1124      forth). The classes that use this variable (e.g.
1125      :ref:`native <ref-classes-native>`,
1126      :ref:`nativesdk <ref-classes-nativesdk>`, and so forth) set the
1127      variable to appropriate values.
1128
1129      .. note::
1130
1131         :term:`CLASSOVERRIDE` gets its default "class-target" value from the
1132         ``bitbake.conf`` file.
1133
1134      As an example, the following override allows you to install extra
1135      files, but only when building for the target::
1136
1137         do_install:append:class-target() {
1138             install my-extra-file ${D}${sysconfdir}
1139         }
1140
1141      Here is an example where ``FOO`` is set to
1142      "native" when building for the build host, and to "other" when not
1143      building for the build host::
1144
1145         FOO:class-native = "native"
1146         FOO = "other"
1147
1148      The underlying mechanism behind :term:`CLASSOVERRIDE` is simply
1149      that it is included in the default value of
1150      :term:`OVERRIDES`.
1151
1152   :term:`CLEANBROKEN`
1153      If set to "1" within a recipe, :term:`CLEANBROKEN` specifies that the
1154      ``make clean`` command does not work for the software being built.
1155      Consequently, the OpenEmbedded build system will not try to run
1156      ``make clean`` during the :ref:`ref-tasks-configure`
1157      task, which is the default behavior.
1158
1159   :term:`COMBINED_FEATURES`
1160      Provides a list of hardware features that are enabled in both
1161      :term:`MACHINE_FEATURES` and
1162      :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES`. This select list of
1163      features contains features that make sense to be controlled both at
1164      the machine and distribution configuration level. For example, the
1165      "bluetooth" feature requires hardware support but should also be
1166      optional at the distribution level, in case the hardware supports
1167      Bluetooth but you do not ever intend to use it.
1168
1169   :term:`COMMON_LICENSE_DIR`
1170      Points to ``meta/files/common-licenses`` in the
1171      :term:`Source Directory`, which is where generic license
1172      files reside.
1173
1174   :term:`COMPATIBLE_HOST`
1175      A regular expression that resolves to one or more hosts (when the
1176      recipe is native) or one or more targets (when the recipe is
1177      non-native) with which a recipe is compatible. The regular expression
1178      is matched against :term:`HOST_SYS`. You can use the
1179      variable to stop recipes from being built for classes of systems with
1180      which the recipes are not compatible. Stopping these builds is
1181      particularly useful with kernels. The variable also helps to increase
1182      parsing speed since the build system skips parsing recipes not
1183      compatible with the current system.
1184
1185   :term:`COMPATIBLE_MACHINE`
1186      A regular expression that resolves to one or more target machines
1187      with which a recipe is compatible. The regular expression is matched
1188      against :term:`MACHINEOVERRIDES`. You can use
1189      the variable to stop recipes from being built for machines with which
1190      the recipes are not compatible. Stopping these builds is particularly
1191      useful with kernels. The variable also helps to increase parsing
1192      speed since the build system skips parsing recipes not compatible
1193      with the current machine.
1194
1195   :term:`COMPLEMENTARY_GLOB`
1196      Defines wildcards to match when installing a list of complementary
1197      packages for all the packages explicitly (or implicitly) installed in
1198      an image.
1199
1200      .. note::
1201
1202         The :term:`COMPLEMENTARY_GLOB` variable uses Unix filename pattern matching
1203         (`fnmatch <https://docs.python.org/3/library/fnmatch.html#module-fnmatch>`__),
1204         which is similar to the Unix style pathname pattern expansion
1205         (`glob <https://docs.python.org/3/library/glob.html>`__).
1206
1207      The resulting list of complementary packages is associated with an
1208      item that can be added to
1209      :term:`IMAGE_FEATURES`. An example usage of
1210      this is the "dev-pkgs" item that when added to :term:`IMAGE_FEATURES`
1211      will install -dev packages (containing headers and other development
1212      files) for every package in the image.
1213
1214      To add a new feature item pointing to a wildcard, use a variable flag
1215      to specify the feature item name and use the value to specify the
1216      wildcard. Here is an example::
1217
1218         COMPLEMENTARY_GLOB[dev-pkgs] = '*-dev'
1219
1220   :term:`COMPONENTS_DIR`
1221      Stores sysroot components for each recipe. The OpenEmbedded build
1222      system uses :term:`COMPONENTS_DIR` when constructing recipe-specific
1223      sysroots for other recipes.
1224
1225      The default is
1226      "``${``\ :term:`STAGING_DIR`\ ``}-components``."
1227      (i.e.
1228      "``${``\ :term:`TMPDIR`\ ``}/sysroots-components``").
1229
1230   :term:`CONF_VERSION`
1231      Tracks the version of the local configuration file (i.e.
1232      ``local.conf``). The value for :term:`CONF_VERSION` increments each time
1233      ``build/conf/`` compatibility changes.
1234
1235   :term:`CONFFILES`
1236      Identifies editable or configurable files that are part of a package.
1237      If the Package Management System (PMS) is being used to update
1238      packages on the target system, it is possible that configuration
1239      files you have changed after the original installation and that you
1240      now want to remain unchanged are overwritten. In other words,
1241      editable files might exist in the package that you do not want reset
1242      as part of the package update process. You can use the :term:`CONFFILES`
1243      variable to list the files in the package that you wish to prevent
1244      the PMS from overwriting during this update process.
1245
1246      To use the :term:`CONFFILES` variable, provide a package name override
1247      that identifies the resulting package. Then, provide a
1248      space-separated list of files. Here is an example::
1249
1250         CONFFILES:${PN} += "${sysconfdir}/file1 \
1251             ${sysconfdir}/file2 ${sysconfdir}/file3"
1252
1253      There is a relationship between the :term:`CONFFILES` and :term:`FILES`
1254      variables. The files listed within :term:`CONFFILES` must be a subset of
1255      the files listed within :term:`FILES`. Because the configuration files
1256      you provide with :term:`CONFFILES` are simply being identified so that
1257      the PMS will not overwrite them, it makes sense that the files must
1258      already be included as part of the package through the :term:`FILES`
1259      variable.
1260
1261      .. note::
1262
1263         When specifying paths as part of the :term:`CONFFILES` variable, it is
1264         good practice to use appropriate path variables.
1265         For example, ``${sysconfdir}`` rather than ``/etc`` or ``${bindir}``
1266         rather than ``/usr/bin``. You can find a list of these variables at
1267         the top of the ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` file in the
1268         :term:`Source Directory`.
1269
1270   :term:`CONFIG_INITRAMFS_SOURCE`
1271      Identifies the initial RAM filesystem (initramfs) source files. The
1272      OpenEmbedded build system receives and uses this kernel Kconfig
1273      variable as an environment variable. By default, the variable is set
1274      to null ("").
1275
1276      The :term:`CONFIG_INITRAMFS_SOURCE` can be either a single cpio archive
1277      with a ``.cpio`` suffix or a space-separated list of directories and
1278      files for building the initramfs image. A cpio archive should contain
1279      a filesystem archive to be used as an initramfs image. Directories
1280      should contain a filesystem layout to be included in the initramfs
1281      image. Files should contain entries according to the format described
1282      by the ``usr/gen_init_cpio`` program in the kernel tree.
1283
1284      If you specify multiple directories and files, the initramfs image
1285      will be the aggregate of all of them.
1286
1287      For information on creating an initramfs, see the
1288      ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:building an initial ram filesystem (initramfs) image`" section
1289      in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
1290
1291   :term:`CONFIG_SITE`
1292      A list of files that contains ``autoconf`` test results relevant to
1293      the current build. This variable is used by the Autotools utilities
1294      when running ``configure``.
1295
1296   :term:`CONFIGURE_FLAGS`
1297      The minimal arguments for GNU configure.
1298
1299   :term:`CONFLICT_DISTRO_FEATURES`
1300      When inheriting the
1301      :ref:`features_check <ref-classes-features_check>`
1302      class, this variable identifies distribution features that would be
1303      in conflict should the recipe be built. In other words, if the
1304      :term:`CONFLICT_DISTRO_FEATURES` variable lists a feature that also
1305      appears in :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES` within the current configuration, then
1306      the recipe will be skipped, and if the build system attempts to build
1307      the recipe then an error will be triggered.
1308
1309   :term:`COPYLEFT_LICENSE_EXCLUDE`
1310      A space-separated list of licenses to exclude from the source
1311      archived by the :ref:`archiver <ref-classes-archiver>` class. In
1312      other words, if a license in a recipe's
1313      :term:`LICENSE` value is in the value of
1314      :term:`COPYLEFT_LICENSE_EXCLUDE`, then its source is not archived by the
1315      class.
1316
1317      .. note::
1318
1319         The :term:`COPYLEFT_LICENSE_EXCLUDE` variable takes precedence over the
1320         :term:`COPYLEFT_LICENSE_INCLUDE` variable.
1321
1322      The default value, which is "CLOSED Proprietary", for
1323      :term:`COPYLEFT_LICENSE_EXCLUDE` is set by the
1324      :ref:`copyleft_filter <ref-classes-copyleft_filter>` class, which
1325      is inherited by the :ref:`archiver <ref-classes-archiver>` class.
1326
1327   :term:`COPYLEFT_LICENSE_INCLUDE`
1328      A space-separated list of licenses to include in the source archived
1329      by the :ref:`archiver <ref-classes-archiver>` class. In other
1330      words, if a license in a recipe's :term:`LICENSE`
1331      value is in the value of :term:`COPYLEFT_LICENSE_INCLUDE`, then its
1332      source is archived by the class.
1333
1334      The default value is set by the
1335      :ref:`copyleft_filter <ref-classes-copyleft_filter>` class, which
1336      is inherited by the :ref:`archiver <ref-classes-archiver>` class. The default value includes
1337      "GPL*", "LGPL*", and "AGPL*".
1338
1339   :term:`COPYLEFT_PN_EXCLUDE`
1340      A list of recipes to exclude in the source archived by the
1341      :ref:`archiver <ref-classes-archiver>` class. The
1342      :term:`COPYLEFT_PN_EXCLUDE` variable overrides the license inclusion and
1343      exclusion caused through the
1344      :term:`COPYLEFT_LICENSE_INCLUDE` and
1345      :term:`COPYLEFT_LICENSE_EXCLUDE`
1346      variables, respectively.
1347
1348      The default value, which is "" indicating to not explicitly exclude
1349      any recipes by name, for :term:`COPYLEFT_PN_EXCLUDE` is set by the
1350      :ref:`copyleft_filter <ref-classes-copyleft_filter>` class, which
1351      is inherited by the :ref:`archiver <ref-classes-archiver>` class.
1352
1353   :term:`COPYLEFT_PN_INCLUDE`
1354      A list of recipes to include in the source archived by the
1355      :ref:`archiver <ref-classes-archiver>` class. The
1356      :term:`COPYLEFT_PN_INCLUDE` variable overrides the license inclusion and
1357      exclusion caused through the
1358      :term:`COPYLEFT_LICENSE_INCLUDE` and
1359      :term:`COPYLEFT_LICENSE_EXCLUDE`
1360      variables, respectively.
1361
1362      The default value, which is "" indicating to not explicitly include
1363      any recipes by name, for :term:`COPYLEFT_PN_INCLUDE` is set by the
1364      :ref:`copyleft_filter <ref-classes-copyleft_filter>` class, which
1365      is inherited by the :ref:`archiver <ref-classes-archiver>` class.
1366
1367   :term:`COPYLEFT_RECIPE_TYPES`
1368      A space-separated list of recipe types to include in the source
1369      archived by the :ref:`archiver <ref-classes-archiver>` class.
1370      Recipe types are ``target``, ``native``, ``nativesdk``, ``cross``,
1371      ``crosssdk``, and ``cross-canadian``.
1372
1373      The default value, which is "target*", for :term:`COPYLEFT_RECIPE_TYPES`
1374      is set by the :ref:`copyleft_filter <ref-classes-copyleft_filter>`
1375      class, which is inherited by the :ref:`archiver <ref-classes-archiver>` class.
1376
1377   :term:`COPY_LIC_DIRS`
1378      If set to "1" along with the
1379      :term:`COPY_LIC_MANIFEST` variable, the
1380      OpenEmbedded build system copies into the image the license files,
1381      which are located in ``/usr/share/common-licenses``, for each
1382      package. The license files are placed in directories within the image
1383      itself during build time.
1384
1385      .. note::
1386
1387         The :term:`COPY_LIC_DIRS` does not offer a path for adding licenses for
1388         newly installed packages to an image, which might be most suitable for
1389         read-only filesystems that cannot be upgraded. See the
1390         :term:`LICENSE_CREATE_PACKAGE` variable for additional information.
1391         You can also reference the ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:providing license text`"
1392         section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual for
1393         information on providing license text.
1394
1395   :term:`COPY_LIC_MANIFEST`
1396      If set to "1", the OpenEmbedded build system copies the license
1397      manifest for the image to
1398      ``/usr/share/common-licenses/license.manifest`` within the image
1399      itself during build time.
1400
1401      .. note::
1402
1403         The :term:`COPY_LIC_MANIFEST` does not offer a path for adding licenses for
1404         newly installed packages to an image, which might be most suitable for
1405         read-only filesystems that cannot be upgraded. See the
1406         :term:`LICENSE_CREATE_PACKAGE` variable for additional information.
1407         You can also reference the ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:providing license text`"
1408         section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual for
1409         information on providing license text.
1410
1411   :term:`CORE_IMAGE_EXTRA_INSTALL`
1412      Specifies the list of packages to be added to the image. You should
1413      only set this variable in the ``local.conf`` configuration file found
1414      in the :term:`Build Directory`.
1415
1416      This variable replaces ``POKY_EXTRA_INSTALL``, which is no longer
1417      supported.
1418
1419   :term:`COREBASE`
1420      Specifies the parent directory of the OpenEmbedded-Core Metadata
1421      layer (i.e. ``meta``).
1422
1423      It is an important distinction that :term:`COREBASE` points to the parent
1424      of this layer and not the layer itself. Consider an example where you
1425      have cloned the Poky Git repository and retained the ``poky`` name
1426      for your local copy of the repository. In this case, :term:`COREBASE`
1427      points to the ``poky`` folder because it is the parent directory of
1428      the ``poky/meta`` layer.
1429
1430   :term:`COREBASE_FILES`
1431      Lists files from the :term:`COREBASE` directory that
1432      should be copied other than the layers listed in the
1433      ``bblayers.conf`` file. The :term:`COREBASE_FILES` variable allows
1434      to copy metadata from the OpenEmbedded build system
1435      into the extensible SDK.
1436
1437      Explicitly listing files in :term:`COREBASE` is needed because it
1438      typically contains build directories and other files that should not
1439      normally be copied into the extensible SDK. Consequently, the value
1440      of :term:`COREBASE_FILES` is used in order to only copy the files that
1441      are actually needed.
1442
1443   :term:`CPP`
1444      The minimal command and arguments used to run the C preprocessor.
1445
1446   :term:`CPPFLAGS`
1447      Specifies the flags to pass to the C pre-processor (i.e. to both the
1448      C and the C++ compilers). This variable is exported to an environment
1449      variable and thus made visible to the software being built during the
1450      compilation step.
1451
1452      Default initialization for :term:`CPPFLAGS` varies depending on what is
1453      being built:
1454
1455      -  :term:`TARGET_CPPFLAGS` when building for
1456         the target
1457
1458      -  :term:`BUILD_CPPFLAGS` when building for the
1459         build host (i.e. ``-native``)
1460
1461      -  :term:`BUILDSDK_CPPFLAGS` when building
1462         for an SDK (i.e. ``nativesdk-``)
1463
1464   :term:`CROSS_COMPILE`
1465      The toolchain binary prefix for the target tools. The
1466      :term:`CROSS_COMPILE` variable is the same as the
1467      :term:`TARGET_PREFIX` variable.
1468
1469      .. note::
1470
1471         The OpenEmbedded build system sets the :term:`CROSS_COMPILE`
1472         variable only in certain contexts (e.g. when building for kernel
1473         and kernel module recipes).
1474
1475   :term:`CVE_CHECK_PN_WHITELIST`
1476      The list of package names (:term:`PN`) for which
1477      CVEs (Common Vulnerabilities and Exposures) are ignored.
1478
1479   :term:`CVE_CHECK_WHITELIST`
1480      The list of CVE IDs which are ignored. Here is
1481      an example from the :oe_layerindex:`Python3 recipe</layerindex/recipe/23823>`::
1482
1483         # This is windows only issue.
1484         CVE_CHECK_WHITELIST += "CVE-2020-15523"
1485
1486   :term:`CVE_PRODUCT`
1487      In a recipe, defines the name used to match the recipe name
1488      against the name in the upstream `NIST CVE database <https://nvd.nist.gov/>`__.
1489
1490      The default is ${:term:`BPN`}. If it does not match the name in the NIST CVE
1491      database or matches with multiple entries in the database, the default
1492      value needs to be changed.
1493
1494      Here is an example from the :oe_layerindex:`Berkeley DB recipe </layerindex/recipe/544>`::
1495
1496         CVE_PRODUCT = "oracle_berkeley_db berkeley_db"
1497
1498   :term:`CVSDIR`
1499      The directory in which files checked out under the CVS system are
1500      stored.
1501
1502   :term:`CXX`
1503      The minimal command and arguments used to run the C++ compiler.
1504
1505   :term:`CXXFLAGS`
1506      Specifies the flags to pass to the C++ compiler. This variable is
1507      exported to an environment variable and thus made visible to the
1508      software being built during the compilation step.
1509
1510      Default initialization for :term:`CXXFLAGS` varies depending on what is
1511      being built:
1512
1513      -  :term:`TARGET_CXXFLAGS` when building for
1514         the target
1515
1516      -  :term:`BUILD_CXXFLAGS` when building for the
1517         build host (i.e. ``-native``)
1518
1519      -  :term:`BUILDSDK_CXXFLAGS` when building
1520         for an SDK (i.e. ``nativesdk-``)
1521
1522   :term:`D`
1523      The destination directory. The location in the :term:`Build Directory`
1524      where components are installed by the
1525      :ref:`ref-tasks-install` task. This location defaults
1526      to::
1527
1528         ${WORKDIR}/image
1529
1530      .. note::
1531
1532         Tasks that read from or write to this directory should run under
1533         :ref:`fakeroot <overview-manual/concepts:fakeroot and pseudo>`.
1534
1535   :term:`DATE`
1536      The date the build was started. Dates appear using the year, month,
1537      and day (YMD) format (e.g. "20150209" for February 9th, 2015).
1538
1539   :term:`DATETIME`
1540      The date and time on which the current build started. The format is
1541      suitable for timestamps.
1542
1543   :term:`DEBIAN_NOAUTONAME`
1544      When the :ref:`debian <ref-classes-debian>` class is inherited,
1545      which is the default behavior, :term:`DEBIAN_NOAUTONAME` specifies a
1546      particular package should not be renamed according to Debian library
1547      package naming. You must use the package name as an override when you
1548      set this variable. Here is an example from the ``fontconfig`` recipe::
1549
1550         DEBIAN_NOAUTONAME:fontconfig-utils = "1"
1551
1552   :term:`DEBIANNAME`
1553      When the :ref:`debian <ref-classes-debian>` class is inherited,
1554      which is the default behavior, :term:`DEBIANNAME` allows you to override
1555      the library name for an individual package. Overriding the library
1556      name in these cases is rare. You must use the package name as an
1557      override when you set this variable. Here is an example from the
1558      ``dbus`` recipe::
1559
1560         DEBIANNAME:${PN} = "dbus-1"
1561
1562   :term:`DEBUG_BUILD`
1563      Specifies to build packages with debugging information. This
1564      influences the value of the :term:`SELECTED_OPTIMIZATION` variable.
1565
1566   :term:`DEBUG_OPTIMIZATION`
1567      The options to pass in :term:`TARGET_CFLAGS` and :term:`CFLAGS` when
1568      compiling a system for debugging. This variable defaults to "-O
1569      -fno-omit-frame-pointer ${DEBUG_FLAGS} -pipe".
1570
1571   :term:`DEFAULT_PREFERENCE`
1572      Specifies a weak bias for recipe selection priority.
1573
1574      The most common usage of this is variable is to set it to "-1" within
1575      a recipe for a development version of a piece of software. Using the
1576      variable in this way causes the stable version of the recipe to build
1577      by default in the absence of :term:`PREFERRED_VERSION` being used to
1578      build the development version.
1579
1580      .. note::
1581
1582         The bias provided by :term:`DEFAULT_PREFERENCE` is weak and is overridden
1583         by :term:`BBFILE_PRIORITY` if that variable is different between two
1584         layers that contain different versions of the same recipe.
1585
1586   :term:`DEBUG_PREFIX_MAP`
1587      Allows to set C compiler options, such as ``-fdebug-prefix-map``,
1588      ``-fmacro-prefix-map``, and ``-ffile-prefix-map``, which allow to
1589      replace build-time paths by install-time ones in the debugging sections
1590      of binaries.  This makes compiler output files location independent,
1591      at the cost of having to pass an extra command to tell the debugger
1592      where source files are.
1593
1594      This is used by the Yocto Project to guarantee
1595      :doc:`/test-manual/reproducible-builds` even when the source code of
1596      a package uses the ``__FILE__`` or ``assert()`` macros. See the
1597      `reproducible-builds.org <https://reproducible-builds.org/docs/build-path/>`__
1598      website for details.
1599
1600      This variable is set in the ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` file. It is
1601      not intended to be user-configurable.
1602
1603   :term:`DEFAULTTUNE`
1604      The default CPU and Application Binary Interface (ABI) tunings (i.e.
1605      the "tune") used by the OpenEmbedded build system. The
1606      :term:`DEFAULTTUNE` helps define
1607      :term:`TUNE_FEATURES`.
1608
1609      The default tune is either implicitly or explicitly set by the
1610      machine (:term:`MACHINE`). However, you can override
1611      the setting using available tunes as defined with
1612      :term:`AVAILTUNES`.
1613
1614   :term:`DEPENDS`
1615      Lists a recipe's build-time dependencies. These are dependencies on
1616      other recipes whose contents (e.g. headers and shared libraries) are
1617      needed by the recipe at build time.
1618
1619      As an example, consider a recipe ``foo`` that contains the following
1620      assignment::
1621
1622          DEPENDS = "bar"
1623
1624      The practical effect of the previous
1625      assignment is that all files installed by bar will be available in
1626      the appropriate staging sysroot, given by the
1627      :term:`STAGING_DIR* <STAGING_DIR>` variables, by the time the
1628      :ref:`ref-tasks-configure` task for ``foo`` runs.
1629      This mechanism is implemented by having ``do_configure`` depend on
1630      the :ref:`ref-tasks-populate_sysroot` task of
1631      each recipe listed in :term:`DEPENDS`, through a
1632      ``[``\ :ref:`deptask <bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:variable flags>`\ ``]``
1633      declaration in the :ref:`base <ref-classes-base>` class.
1634
1635      .. note::
1636
1637         It seldom is necessary to reference, for example, :term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST`
1638         explicitly. The standard classes and build-related variables are
1639         configured to automatically use the appropriate staging sysroots.
1640
1641      As another example, :term:`DEPENDS` can also be used to add utilities
1642      that run on the build machine during the build. For example, a recipe
1643      that makes use of a code generator built by the recipe ``codegen``
1644      might have the following::
1645
1646         DEPENDS = "codegen-native"
1647
1648      For more
1649      information, see the :ref:`native <ref-classes-native>` class and
1650      the :term:`EXTRANATIVEPATH` variable.
1651
1652      .. note::
1653
1654         -  :term:`DEPENDS` is a list of recipe names. Or, to be more precise,
1655            it is a list of :term:`PROVIDES` names, which
1656            usually match recipe names. Putting a package name such as
1657            "foo-dev" in :term:`DEPENDS` does not make sense. Use "foo"
1658            instead, as this will put files from all the packages that make
1659            up ``foo``, which includes those from ``foo-dev``, into the
1660            sysroot.
1661
1662         -  One recipe having another recipe in :term:`DEPENDS` does not by
1663            itself add any runtime dependencies between the packages
1664            produced by the two recipes. However, as explained in the
1665            ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:automatically added runtime dependencies`"
1666            section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual,
1667            runtime dependencies will often be added automatically, meaning
1668            :term:`DEPENDS` alone is sufficient for most recipes.
1669
1670         -  Counterintuitively, :term:`DEPENDS` is often necessary even for
1671            recipes that install precompiled components. For example, if
1672            ``libfoo`` is a precompiled library that links against
1673            ``libbar``, then linking against ``libfoo`` requires both
1674            ``libfoo`` and ``libbar`` to be available in the sysroot.
1675            Without a :term:`DEPENDS` from the recipe that installs ``libfoo``
1676            to the recipe that installs ``libbar``, other recipes might
1677            fail to link against ``libfoo``.
1678
1679      For information on runtime dependencies, see the
1680      :term:`RDEPENDS` variable. You can also see the
1681      ":ref:`bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:tasks`" and
1682      ":ref:`bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-execution:dependencies`" sections in the
1683      BitBake User Manual for additional information on tasks and
1684      dependencies.
1685
1686   :term:`DEPLOY_DIR`
1687      Points to the general area that the OpenEmbedded build system uses to
1688      place images, packages, SDKs, and other output files that are ready
1689      to be used outside of the build system. By default, this directory
1690      resides within the :term:`Build Directory` as
1691      ``${TMPDIR}/deploy``.
1692
1693      For more information on the structure of the Build Directory, see
1694      ":ref:`ref-manual/structure:the build directory - \`\`build/\`\``" section.
1695      For more detail on the contents of the ``deploy`` directory, see the
1696      ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:images`",
1697      ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:package feeds`", and
1698      ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:application development sdk`" sections all in the
1699      Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual.
1700
1701   :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_DEB`
1702      Points to the area that the OpenEmbedded build system uses to place
1703      Debian packages that are ready to be used outside of the build
1704      system. This variable applies only when
1705      :term:`PACKAGE_CLASSES` contains
1706      "package_deb".
1707
1708      The BitBake configuration file initially defines the
1709      :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_DEB` variable as a sub-folder of
1710      :term:`DEPLOY_DIR`::
1711
1712         DEPLOY_DIR_DEB = "${DEPLOY_DIR}/deb"
1713
1714      The :ref:`package_deb <ref-classes-package_deb>` class uses the
1715      :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_DEB` variable to make sure the
1716      :ref:`ref-tasks-package_write_deb` task
1717      writes Debian packages into the appropriate folder. For more
1718      information on how packaging works, see the
1719      ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:package feeds`" section
1720      in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual.
1721
1722   :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE`
1723      Points to the area that the OpenEmbedded build system uses to place
1724      images and other associated output files that are ready to be
1725      deployed onto the target machine. The directory is machine-specific
1726      as it contains the ``${MACHINE}`` name. By default, this directory
1727      resides within the :term:`Build Directory` as
1728      ``${DEPLOY_DIR}/images/${MACHINE}/``.
1729
1730      It must not be used directly in recipes when deploying files. Instead,
1731      it's only useful when a recipe needs to "read" a file already deployed
1732      by a dependency. So, it should be filled with the contents of
1733      :term:`DEPLOYDIR` by the :ref:`deploy <ref-classes-deploy>` class or
1734      with the contents of :term:`IMGDEPLOYDIR` by the :ref:`image
1735      <ref-classes-image>` class.
1736
1737      For more information on the structure of the Build Directory, see
1738      ":ref:`ref-manual/structure:the build directory - \`\`build/\`\``" section.
1739      For more detail on the contents of the ``deploy`` directory, see the
1740      ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:images`" and
1741      ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:application development sdk`" sections both in
1742      the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual.
1743
1744   :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_IPK`
1745      Points to the area that the OpenEmbedded build system uses to place
1746      IPK packages that are ready to be used outside of the build system.
1747      This variable applies only when
1748      :term:`PACKAGE_CLASSES` contains
1749      "package_ipk".
1750
1751      The BitBake configuration file initially defines this variable as a
1752      sub-folder of :term:`DEPLOY_DIR`::
1753
1754         DEPLOY_DIR_IPK = "${DEPLOY_DIR}/ipk"
1755
1756      The :ref:`package_ipk <ref-classes-package_ipk>` class uses the
1757      :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_IPK` variable to make sure the
1758      :ref:`ref-tasks-package_write_ipk` task
1759      writes IPK packages into the appropriate folder. For more information
1760      on how packaging works, see the
1761      ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:package feeds`" section
1762      in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual.
1763
1764   :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_RPM`
1765      Points to the area that the OpenEmbedded build system uses to place
1766      RPM packages that are ready to be used outside of the build system.
1767      This variable applies only when
1768      :term:`PACKAGE_CLASSES` contains
1769      "package_rpm".
1770
1771      The BitBake configuration file initially defines this variable as a
1772      sub-folder of :term:`DEPLOY_DIR`::
1773
1774         DEPLOY_DIR_RPM = "${DEPLOY_DIR}/rpm"
1775
1776      The :ref:`package_rpm <ref-classes-package_rpm>` class uses the
1777      :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_RPM` variable to make sure the
1778      :ref:`ref-tasks-package_write_rpm` task
1779      writes RPM packages into the appropriate folder. For more information
1780      on how packaging works, see the
1781      ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:package feeds`" section
1782      in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual.
1783
1784   :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_TAR`
1785      Points to the area that the OpenEmbedded build system uses to place
1786      tarballs that are ready to be used outside of the build system. This
1787      variable applies only when
1788      :term:`PACKAGE_CLASSES` contains
1789      "package_tar".
1790
1791      The BitBake configuration file initially defines this variable as a
1792      sub-folder of :term:`DEPLOY_DIR`::
1793
1794         DEPLOY_DIR_TAR = "${DEPLOY_DIR}/tar"
1795
1796      The :ref:`package_tar <ref-classes-package_tar>` class uses the
1797      :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_TAR` variable to make sure the
1798      :ref:`ref-tasks-package_write_tar` task
1799      writes TAR packages into the appropriate folder. For more information
1800      on how packaging works, see the
1801      ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:package feeds`" section
1802      in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual.
1803
1804   :term:`DEPLOYDIR`
1805      When inheriting the :ref:`deploy <ref-classes-deploy>` class, the
1806      :term:`DEPLOYDIR` points to a temporary work area for deployed files that
1807      is set in the :ref:`deploy <ref-classes-deploy>` class as follows::
1808
1809         DEPLOYDIR = "${WORKDIR}/deploy-${PN}"
1810
1811      Recipes inheriting the :ref:`deploy <ref-classes-deploy>` class should copy files to be
1812      deployed into :term:`DEPLOYDIR`, and the class will take care of copying
1813      them into :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE`
1814      afterwards.
1815
1816   :term:`DESCRIPTION`
1817      The package description used by package managers. If not set,
1818      :term:`DESCRIPTION` takes the value of the :term:`SUMMARY`
1819      variable.
1820
1821   :term:`DISTRO`
1822      The short name of the distribution. For information on the long name
1823      of the distribution, see the :term:`DISTRO_NAME`
1824      variable.
1825
1826      The :term:`DISTRO` variable corresponds to a distribution configuration
1827      file whose root name is the same as the variable's argument and whose
1828      filename extension is ``.conf``. For example, the distribution
1829      configuration file for the Poky distribution is named ``poky.conf``
1830      and resides in the ``meta-poky/conf/distro`` directory of the
1831      :term:`Source Directory`.
1832
1833      Within that ``poky.conf`` file, the :term:`DISTRO` variable is set as
1834      follows::
1835
1836         DISTRO = "poky"
1837
1838      Distribution configuration files are located in a ``conf/distro``
1839      directory within the :term:`Metadata` that contains the
1840      distribution configuration. The value for :term:`DISTRO` must not contain
1841      spaces, and is typically all lower-case.
1842
1843      .. note::
1844
1845         If the :term:`DISTRO` variable is blank, a set of default configurations
1846         are used, which are specified within
1847         ``meta/conf/distro/defaultsetup.conf`` also in the Source Directory.
1848
1849   :term:`DISTRO_CODENAME`
1850      Specifies a codename for the distribution being built.
1851
1852   :term:`DISTRO_EXTRA_RDEPENDS`
1853      Specifies a list of distro-specific packages to add to all images.
1854      This variable takes effect through ``packagegroup-base`` so the
1855      variable only really applies to the more full-featured images that
1856      include ``packagegroup-base``. You can use this variable to keep
1857      distro policy out of generic images. As with all other distro
1858      variables, you set this variable in the distro ``.conf`` file.
1859
1860   :term:`DISTRO_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS`
1861      Specifies a list of distro-specific packages to add to all images if
1862      the packages exist. The packages might not exist or be empty (e.g.
1863      kernel modules). The list of packages are automatically installed but
1864      you can remove them.
1865
1866   :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES`
1867      The software support you want in your distribution for various
1868      features. You define your distribution features in the distribution
1869      configuration file.
1870
1871      In most cases, the presence or absence of a feature in
1872      :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES` is translated to the appropriate option supplied
1873      to the configure script during the
1874      :ref:`ref-tasks-configure` task for recipes that
1875      optionally support the feature. For example, specifying "x11" in
1876      :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES`, causes every piece of software built for the
1877      target that can optionally support X11 to have its X11 support
1878      enabled.
1879
1880      Two more examples are Bluetooth and NFS support. For a more complete
1881      list of features that ships with the Yocto Project and that you can
1882      provide with this variable, see the ":ref:`ref-features-distro`" section.
1883
1884   :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_BACKFILL`
1885      Features to be added to :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES` if not also present in
1886      :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_BACKFILL_CONSIDERED`.
1887
1888      This variable is set in the ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` file. It is
1889      not intended to be user-configurable. It is best to just reference
1890      the variable to see which distro features are being backfilled for
1891      all distro configurations. See the ":ref:`ref-features-backfill`" section
1892      for more information.
1893
1894   :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_BACKFILL_CONSIDERED`
1895      Features from :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_BACKFILL` that should not be
1896      backfilled (i.e. added to :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES`) during the build. See
1897      the ":ref:`ref-features-backfill`" section for more information.
1898
1899   :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_DEFAULT`
1900      A convenience variable that gives you the default list of distro
1901      features with the exception of any features specific to the C library
1902      (``libc``).
1903
1904      When creating a custom distribution, you might find it useful to be
1905      able to reuse the default
1906      :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES` options without the
1907      need to write out the full set. Here is an example that uses
1908      :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_DEFAULT` from a custom distro configuration file::
1909
1910         DISTRO_FEATURES ?= "${DISTRO_FEATURES_DEFAULT} myfeature"
1911
1912   :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_FILTER_NATIVE`
1913      Specifies a list of features that if present in the target
1914      :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES` value should be
1915      included in :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES` when building native recipes. This
1916      variable is used in addition to the features filtered using the
1917      :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_NATIVE`
1918      variable.
1919
1920   :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_FILTER_NATIVESDK`
1921      Specifies a list of features that if present in the target
1922      :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES` value should be
1923      included in :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES` when building nativesdk recipes. This
1924      variable is used in addition to the features filtered using the
1925      :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_NATIVESDK`
1926      variable.
1927
1928   :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_NATIVE`
1929      Specifies a list of features that should be included in
1930      :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES` when building native
1931      recipes. This variable is used in addition to the features filtered
1932      using the
1933      :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_FILTER_NATIVE`
1934      variable.
1935
1936   :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_NATIVESDK`
1937      Specifies a list of features that should be included in
1938      :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES` when building
1939      nativesdk recipes. This variable is used in addition to the features
1940      filtered using the
1941      :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_FILTER_NATIVESDK`
1942      variable.
1943
1944   :term:`DISTRO_NAME`
1945      The long name of the distribution. For information on the short name
1946      of the distribution, see the :term:`DISTRO` variable.
1947
1948      The :term:`DISTRO_NAME` variable corresponds to a distribution
1949      configuration file whose root name is the same as the variable's
1950      argument and whose filename extension is ``.conf``. For example, the
1951      distribution configuration file for the Poky distribution is named
1952      ``poky.conf`` and resides in the ``meta-poky/conf/distro`` directory
1953      of the :term:`Source Directory`.
1954
1955      Within that ``poky.conf`` file, the :term:`DISTRO_NAME` variable is set
1956      as follows::
1957
1958         DISTRO_NAME = "Poky (Yocto Project Reference Distro)"
1959
1960      Distribution configuration files are located in a ``conf/distro``
1961      directory within the :term:`Metadata` that contains the
1962      distribution configuration.
1963
1964      .. note::
1965
1966         If the :term:`DISTRO_NAME` variable is blank, a set of default
1967         configurations are used, which are specified within
1968         ``meta/conf/distro/defaultsetup.conf`` also in the Source Directory.
1969
1970   :term:`DISTRO_VERSION`
1971      The version of the distribution.
1972
1973   :term:`DISTROOVERRIDES`
1974      A colon-separated list of overrides specific to the current
1975      distribution. By default, this list includes the value of
1976      :term:`DISTRO`.
1977
1978      You can extend :term:`DISTROOVERRIDES` to add extra overrides that should
1979      apply to the distribution.
1980
1981      The underlying mechanism behind :term:`DISTROOVERRIDES` is simply that it
1982      is included in the default value of
1983      :term:`OVERRIDES`.
1984
1985   :term:`DISTUTILS_SETUP_PATH`
1986      When used by recipes that inherit the
1987      :ref:`distutils3 <ref-classes-distutils3>` class, this variable should
1988      be used to specify the directory in which the ``setup.py`` file is
1989      located if it is not at the root of the source tree (as specified by
1990      :term:`S`). For example, in a recipe where the sources are fetched from
1991      a Git repository and ``setup.py`` is in a ``python/pythonmodule``
1992      subdirectory, you would have this::
1993
1994         S = "${WORKDIR}/git"
1995         DISTUTILS_SETUP_PATH = "${S}/python/pythonmodule"
1996
1997      .. note::
1998
1999         ``distutils`` has been deprecated in Python 3.10 and will be removed
2000         in Python 3.12. For this reason, the use of :ref:`distutils3 <ref-classes-distutils3>`
2001         is deprecated. Instead use :ref:`setuptools3 <ref-classes-setuptools3>` and the
2002         :term:`SETUPTOOLS_SETUP_PATH` variable.
2003
2004   :term:`DL_DIR`
2005      The central download directory used by the build process to store
2006      downloads. By default, :term:`DL_DIR` gets files suitable for mirroring
2007      for everything except Git repositories. If you want tarballs of Git
2008      repositories, use the
2009      :term:`BB_GENERATE_MIRROR_TARBALLS`
2010      variable.
2011
2012      You can set this directory by defining the :term:`DL_DIR` variable in the
2013      ``conf/local.conf`` file. This directory is self-maintaining and you
2014      should not have to touch it. By default, the directory is
2015      ``downloads`` in the :term:`Build Directory`.
2016      ::
2017
2018         #DL_DIR ?= "${TOPDIR}/downloads"
2019
2020      To specify a different download directory,
2021      simply remove the comment from the line and provide your directory.
2022
2023      During a first build, the system downloads many different source code
2024      tarballs from various upstream projects. Downloading can take a
2025      while, particularly if your network connection is slow. Tarballs are
2026      all stored in the directory defined by :term:`DL_DIR` and the build
2027      system looks there first to find source tarballs.
2028
2029      .. note::
2030
2031         When wiping and rebuilding, you can preserve this directory to
2032         speed up this part of subsequent builds.
2033
2034      You can safely share this directory between multiple builds on the
2035      same development machine. For additional information on how the build
2036      process gets source files when working behind a firewall or proxy
2037      server, see this specific question in the ":doc:`faq`"
2038      chapter. You can also refer to the
2039      ":yocto_wiki:`Working Behind a Network Proxy </Working_Behind_a_Network_Proxy>`"
2040      Wiki page.
2041
2042   :term:`DOC_COMPRESS`
2043      When inheriting the :ref:`compress_doc <ref-classes-compress_doc>`
2044      class, this variable sets the compression policy used when the
2045      OpenEmbedded build system compresses man pages and info pages. By
2046      default, the compression method used is gz (gzip). Other policies
2047      available are xz and bz2.
2048
2049      For information on policies and on how to use this variable, see the
2050      comments in the ``meta/classes/compress_doc.bbclass`` file.
2051
2052   :term:`EFI_PROVIDER`
2053      When building bootable images (i.e. where ``hddimg``, ``iso``, or
2054      ``wic.vmdk`` is in :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES`), the
2055      :term:`EFI_PROVIDER` variable specifies the EFI bootloader to use. The
2056      default is "grub-efi", but "systemd-boot" can be used instead.
2057
2058      See the :ref:`systemd-boot <ref-classes-systemd-boot>` and
2059      :ref:`image-live <ref-classes-image-live>` classes for more
2060      information.
2061
2062   :term:`ENABLE_BINARY_LOCALE_GENERATION`
2063      Variable that controls which locales for ``glibc`` are generated
2064      during the build (useful if the target device has 64Mbytes of RAM or
2065      less).
2066
2067   :term:`ERR_REPORT_DIR`
2068      When used with the :ref:`report-error <ref-classes-report-error>`
2069      class, specifies the path used for storing the debug files created by
2070      the :ref:`error reporting
2071      tool <dev-manual/common-tasks:using the error reporting tool>`, which
2072      allows you to submit build errors you encounter to a central
2073      database. By default, the value of this variable is
2074      ``${``\ :term:`LOG_DIR`\ ``}/error-report``.
2075
2076      You can set :term:`ERR_REPORT_DIR` to the path you want the error
2077      reporting tool to store the debug files as follows in your
2078      ``local.conf`` file::
2079
2080         ERR_REPORT_DIR = "path"
2081
2082   :term:`ERROR_QA`
2083      Specifies the quality assurance checks whose failures are reported as
2084      errors by the OpenEmbedded build system. You set this variable in
2085      your distribution configuration file. For a list of the checks you
2086      can control with this variable, see the
2087      ":ref:`ref-classes-insane`" section.
2088
2089   :term:`EXCLUDE_FROM_SHLIBS`
2090      Triggers the OpenEmbedded build system's shared libraries resolver to
2091      exclude an entire package when scanning for shared libraries.
2092
2093      .. note::
2094
2095         The shared libraries resolver's functionality results in part from
2096         the internal function ``package_do_shlibs``, which is part of the
2097         :ref:`ref-tasks-package` task. You should be aware that the shared
2098         libraries resolver might implicitly define some dependencies between
2099         packages.
2100
2101      The :term:`EXCLUDE_FROM_SHLIBS` variable is similar to the
2102      :term:`PRIVATE_LIBS` variable, which excludes a
2103      package's particular libraries only and not the whole package.
2104
2105      Use the :term:`EXCLUDE_FROM_SHLIBS` variable by setting it to "1" for a
2106      particular package::
2107
2108         EXCLUDE_FROM_SHLIBS = "1"
2109
2110   :term:`EXCLUDE_FROM_WORLD`
2111      Directs BitBake to exclude a recipe from world builds (i.e.
2112      ``bitbake world``). During world builds, BitBake locates, parses and
2113      builds all recipes found in every layer exposed in the
2114      ``bblayers.conf`` configuration file.
2115
2116      To exclude a recipe from a world build using this variable, set the
2117      variable to "1" in the recipe.
2118
2119      .. note::
2120
2121         Recipes added to :term:`EXCLUDE_FROM_WORLD` may still be built during a
2122         world build in order to satisfy dependencies of other recipes. Adding
2123         a recipe to :term:`EXCLUDE_FROM_WORLD` only ensures that the recipe is not
2124         explicitly added to the list of build targets in a world build.
2125
2126   :term:`EXTENDPE`
2127      Used with file and pathnames to create a prefix for a recipe's
2128      version based on the recipe's :term:`PE` value. If :term:`PE`
2129      is set and greater than zero for a recipe, :term:`EXTENDPE` becomes that
2130      value (e.g if :term:`PE` is equal to "1" then :term:`EXTENDPE` becomes "1").
2131      If a recipe's :term:`PE` is not set (the default) or is equal to zero,
2132      :term:`EXTENDPE` becomes "".
2133
2134      See the :term:`STAMP` variable for an example.
2135
2136   :term:`EXTENDPKGV`
2137      The full package version specification as it appears on the final
2138      packages produced by a recipe. The variable's value is normally used
2139      to fix a runtime dependency to the exact same version of another
2140      package in the same recipe::
2141
2142         RDEPENDS:${PN}-additional-module = "${PN} (= ${EXTENDPKGV})"
2143
2144      The dependency relationships are intended to force the package
2145      manager to upgrade these types of packages in lock-step.
2146
2147   :term:`EXTERNAL_KERNEL_TOOLS`
2148      When set, the :term:`EXTERNAL_KERNEL_TOOLS` variable indicates that these
2149      tools are not in the source tree.
2150
2151      When kernel tools are available in the tree, they are preferred over
2152      any externally installed tools. Setting the :term:`EXTERNAL_KERNEL_TOOLS`
2153      variable tells the OpenEmbedded build system to prefer the installed
2154      external tools. See the
2155      :ref:`kernel-yocto <ref-classes-kernel-yocto>` class in
2156      ``meta/classes`` to see how the variable is used.
2157
2158   :term:`EXTERNALSRC`
2159      When inheriting the :ref:`externalsrc <ref-classes-externalsrc>`
2160      class, this variable points to the source tree, which is outside of
2161      the OpenEmbedded build system. When set, this variable sets the
2162      :term:`S` variable, which is what the OpenEmbedded build
2163      system uses to locate unpacked recipe source code.
2164
2165      For more information on ``externalsrc.bbclass``, see the
2166      ":ref:`ref-classes-externalsrc`" section. You
2167      can also find information on how to use this variable in the
2168      ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:building software from an external source`"
2169      section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
2170
2171   :term:`EXTERNALSRC_BUILD`
2172      When inheriting the :ref:`externalsrc <ref-classes-externalsrc>`
2173      class, this variable points to the directory in which the recipe's
2174      source code is built, which is outside of the OpenEmbedded build
2175      system. When set, this variable sets the :term:`B` variable,
2176      which is what the OpenEmbedded build system uses to locate the Build
2177      Directory.
2178
2179      For more information on ``externalsrc.bbclass``, see the
2180      ":ref:`ref-classes-externalsrc`" section. You
2181      can also find information on how to use this variable in the
2182      ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:building software from an external source`"
2183      section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
2184
2185   :term:`EXTRA_AUTORECONF`
2186      For recipes inheriting the :ref:`autotools <ref-classes-autotools>`
2187      class, you can use :term:`EXTRA_AUTORECONF` to specify extra options to
2188      pass to the ``autoreconf`` command that is executed during the
2189      :ref:`ref-tasks-configure` task.
2190
2191      The default value is "--exclude=autopoint".
2192
2193   :term:`EXTRA_IMAGE_FEATURES`
2194      A list of additional features to include in an image. When listing
2195      more than one feature, separate them with a space.
2196
2197      Typically, you configure this variable in your ``local.conf`` file,
2198      which is found in the :term:`Build Directory`.
2199      Although you can use this variable from within a recipe, best
2200      practices dictate that you do not.
2201
2202      .. note::
2203
2204         To enable primary features from within the image recipe, use the
2205         :term:`IMAGE_FEATURES` variable.
2206
2207      Here are some examples of features you can add:
2208
2209        - "dbg-pkgs" - Adds -dbg packages for all installed packages including
2210          symbol information for debugging and profiling.
2211
2212        - "debug-tweaks" - Makes an image suitable for debugging. For example, allows root logins without passwords and
2213          enables post-installation logging. See the 'allow-empty-password' and
2214          'post-install-logging' features in the ":ref:`ref-features-image`"
2215          section for more information.
2216        - "dev-pkgs" - Adds -dev packages for all installed packages. This is
2217          useful if you want to develop against the libraries in the image.
2218        - "read-only-rootfs" - Creates an image whose root filesystem is
2219          read-only. See the
2220          ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:creating a read-only root filesystem`"
2221          section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual for more
2222          information
2223        - "tools-debug" - Adds debugging tools such as gdb and strace.
2224        - "tools-sdk" - Adds development tools such as gcc, make,
2225          pkgconfig and so forth.
2226        - "tools-testapps" - Adds useful testing tools
2227          such as ts_print, aplay, arecord and so forth.
2228
2229      For a complete list of image features that ships with the Yocto
2230      Project, see the ":ref:`ref-features-image`" section.
2231
2232      For an example that shows how to customize your image by using this
2233      variable, see the ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:customizing images using custom \`\`image_features\`\` and \`\`extra_image_features\`\``"
2234      section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
2235
2236   :term:`EXTRA_IMAGECMD`
2237      Specifies additional options for the image creation command that has
2238      been specified in :term:`IMAGE_CMD`. When setting
2239      this variable, use an override for the associated image type. Here is
2240      an example::
2241
2242         EXTRA_IMAGECMD:ext3 ?= "-i 4096"
2243
2244   :term:`EXTRA_IMAGEDEPENDS`
2245      A list of recipes to build that do not provide packages for
2246      installing into the root filesystem.
2247
2248      Sometimes a recipe is required to build the final image but is not
2249      needed in the root filesystem. You can use the :term:`EXTRA_IMAGEDEPENDS`
2250      variable to list these recipes and thus specify the dependencies. A
2251      typical example is a required bootloader in a machine configuration.
2252
2253      .. note::
2254
2255         To add packages to the root filesystem, see the various
2256         :term:`RDEPENDS` and :term:`RRECOMMENDS` variables.
2257
2258   :term:`EXTRANATIVEPATH`
2259      A list of subdirectories of
2260      ``${``\ :term:`STAGING_BINDIR_NATIVE`\ ``}``
2261      added to the beginning of the environment variable ``PATH``. As an
2262      example, the following prepends
2263      "${STAGING_BINDIR_NATIVE}/foo:${STAGING_BINDIR_NATIVE}/bar:" to
2264      ``PATH``::
2265
2266         EXTRANATIVEPATH = "foo bar"
2267
2268   :term:`EXTRA_OECMAKE`
2269      Additional `CMake <https://cmake.org/overview/>`__ options. See the
2270      :ref:`cmake <ref-classes-cmake>` class for additional information.
2271
2272   :term:`EXTRA_OECONF`
2273      Additional ``configure`` script options. See
2274      :term:`PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS` for
2275      additional information on passing configure script options.
2276
2277   :term:`EXTRA_OEMAKE`
2278      Additional GNU ``make`` options.
2279
2280      Because the :term:`EXTRA_OEMAKE` defaults to "", you need to set the
2281      variable to specify any required GNU options.
2282
2283      :term:`PARALLEL_MAKE` and
2284      :term:`PARALLEL_MAKEINST` also make use of
2285      :term:`EXTRA_OEMAKE` to pass the required flags.
2286
2287   :term:`EXTRA_OESCONS`
2288      When inheriting the :ref:`scons <ref-classes-scons>` class, this
2289      variable specifies additional configuration options you want to pass
2290      to the ``scons`` command line.
2291
2292   :term:`EXTRA_USERS_PARAMS`
2293      When inheriting the :ref:`extrausers <ref-classes-extrausers>`
2294      class, this variable provides image level user and group operations.
2295      This is a more global method of providing user and group
2296      configuration as compared to using the
2297      :ref:`useradd <ref-classes-useradd>` class, which ties user and
2298      group configurations to a specific recipe.
2299
2300      The set list of commands you can configure using the
2301      :term:`EXTRA_USERS_PARAMS` is shown in the :ref:`extrausers <ref-classes-extrausers>` class. These
2302      commands map to the normal Unix commands of the same names::
2303
2304         # EXTRA_USERS_PARAMS = "\
2305         # useradd -p '' tester; \
2306         # groupadd developers; \
2307         # userdel nobody; \
2308         # groupdel -g video; \
2309         # groupmod -g 1020 developers; \
2310         # usermod -s /bin/sh tester; \
2311         # "
2312
2313      Additionally there is a special ``passwd-expire`` command that will
2314      cause the password for a user to be expired and thus force changing it
2315      on first login, for example::
2316
2317         EXTRA_USERS_PARAMS += " useradd myuser; passwd-expire myuser;"
2318
2319      .. note::
2320
2321         At present, ``passwd-expire`` may only work for remote logins when
2322         using OpenSSH and not dropbear as an SSH server.
2323
2324   :term:`FEATURE_PACKAGES`
2325      Defines one or more packages to include in an image when a specific
2326      item is included in :term:`IMAGE_FEATURES`.
2327      When setting the value, :term:`FEATURE_PACKAGES` should have the name of
2328      the feature item as an override. Here is an example::
2329
2330         FEATURE_PACKAGES_widget = "package1 package2"
2331
2332      In this example, if "widget" were added to :term:`IMAGE_FEATURES`,
2333      package1 and package2 would be included in the image.
2334
2335      .. note::
2336
2337         Packages installed by features defined through :term:`FEATURE_PACKAGES`
2338         are often package groups. While similarly named, you should not
2339         confuse the :term:`FEATURE_PACKAGES` variable with package groups, which
2340         are discussed elsewhere in the documentation.
2341
2342   :term:`FEED_DEPLOYDIR_BASE_URI`
2343      Points to the base URL of the server and location within the
2344      document-root that provides the metadata and packages required by
2345      OPKG to support runtime package management of IPK packages. You set
2346      this variable in your ``local.conf`` file.
2347
2348      Consider the following example::
2349
2350         FEED_DEPLOYDIR_BASE_URI = "http://192.168.7.1/BOARD-dir"
2351
2352      This example assumes you are serving
2353      your packages over HTTP and your databases are located in a directory
2354      named ``BOARD-dir``, which is underneath your HTTP server's
2355      document-root. In this case, the OpenEmbedded build system generates
2356      a set of configuration files for you in your target that work with
2357      the feed.
2358
2359   :term:`FILES`
2360      The list of files and directories that are placed in a package. The
2361      :term:`PACKAGES` variable lists the packages
2362      generated by a recipe.
2363
2364      To use the :term:`FILES` variable, provide a package name override that
2365      identifies the resulting package. Then, provide a space-separated
2366      list of files or paths that identify the files you want included as
2367      part of the resulting package. Here is an example::
2368
2369         FILES:${PN} += "${bindir}/mydir1 ${bindir}/mydir2/myfile"
2370
2371      .. note::
2372
2373         -  When specifying files or paths, you can pattern match using
2374            Python's
2375            `glob <https://docs.python.org/3/library/glob.html>`_
2376            syntax. For details on the syntax, see the documentation by
2377            following the previous link.
2378
2379         -  When specifying paths as part of the :term:`FILES` variable, it is
2380            good practice to use appropriate path variables. For example,
2381            use ``${sysconfdir}`` rather than ``/etc``, or ``${bindir}``
2382            rather than ``/usr/bin``. You can find a list of these
2383            variables at the top of the ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` file in
2384            the :term:`Source Directory`. You will also
2385            find the default values of the various ``FILES:*`` variables in
2386            this file.
2387
2388      If some of the files you provide with the :term:`FILES` variable are
2389      editable and you know they should not be overwritten during the
2390      package update process by the Package Management System (PMS), you
2391      can identify these files so that the PMS will not overwrite them. See
2392      the :term:`CONFFILES` variable for information on
2393      how to identify these files to the PMS.
2394
2395   :term:`FILES_SOLIBSDEV`
2396      Defines the file specification to match
2397      :term:`SOLIBSDEV`. In other words,
2398      :term:`FILES_SOLIBSDEV` defines the full path name of the development
2399      symbolic link (symlink) for shared libraries on the target platform.
2400
2401      The following statement from the ``bitbake.conf`` shows how it is
2402      set::
2403
2404         FILES_SOLIBSDEV ?= "${base_libdir}/lib*${SOLIBSDEV} ${libdir}/lib*${SOLIBSDEV}"
2405
2406   :term:`FILESEXTRAPATHS`
2407      Extends the search path the OpenEmbedded build system uses when
2408      looking for files and patches as it processes recipes and append
2409      files. The default directories BitBake uses when it processes recipes
2410      are initially defined by the :term:`FILESPATH`
2411      variable. You can extend :term:`FILESPATH` variable by using
2412      :term:`FILESEXTRAPATHS`.
2413
2414      Best practices dictate that you accomplish this by using
2415      :term:`FILESEXTRAPATHS` from within a ``.bbappend`` file and that you
2416      prepend paths as follows::
2417
2418         FILESEXTRAPATHS:prepend := "${THISDIR}/${PN}:"
2419
2420      In the above example, the build system first
2421      looks for files in a directory that has the same name as the
2422      corresponding append file.
2423
2424      .. note::
2425
2426         When extending :term:`FILESEXTRAPATHS`, be sure to use the immediate
2427         expansion (``:=``) operator. Immediate expansion makes sure that
2428         BitBake evaluates :term:`THISDIR` at the time the
2429         directive is encountered rather than at some later time when
2430         expansion might result in a directory that does not contain the
2431         files you need.
2432
2433         Also, include the trailing separating colon character if you are
2434         prepending. The trailing colon character is necessary because you
2435         are directing BitBake to extend the path by prepending directories
2436         to the search path.
2437
2438      Here is another common use::
2439
2440         FILESEXTRAPATHS:prepend := "${THISDIR}/files:"
2441
2442      In this example, the build system extends the
2443      :term:`FILESPATH` variable to include a directory named ``files`` that is
2444      in the same directory as the corresponding append file.
2445
2446      This next example specifically adds three paths::
2447
2448         FILESEXTRAPATHS:prepend := "path_1:path_2:path_3:"
2449
2450      A final example shows how you can extend the search path and include
2451      a :term:`MACHINE`-specific override, which is useful
2452      in a BSP layer::
2453
2454          FILESEXTRAPATHS:prepend:intel-x86-common := "${THISDIR}/${PN}:"
2455
2456      The previous statement appears in the
2457      ``linux-yocto-dev.bbappend`` file, which is found in the
2458      :ref:`overview-manual/development-environment:yocto project source repositories` in
2459      ``meta-intel/common/recipes-kernel/linux``. Here, the machine
2460      override is a special :term:`PACKAGE_ARCH`
2461      definition for multiple ``meta-intel`` machines.
2462
2463      .. note::
2464
2465         For a layer that supports a single BSP, the override could just be
2466         the value of :term:`MACHINE`.
2467
2468      By prepending paths in ``.bbappend`` files, you allow multiple append
2469      files that reside in different layers but are used for the same
2470      recipe to correctly extend the path.
2471
2472   :term:`FILESOVERRIDES`
2473      A subset of :term:`OVERRIDES` used by the
2474      OpenEmbedded build system for creating
2475      :term:`FILESPATH`. The :term:`FILESOVERRIDES` variable
2476      uses overrides to automatically extend the
2477      :term:`FILESPATH` variable. For an example of how
2478      that works, see the :term:`FILESPATH` variable
2479      description. Additionally, you find more information on how overrides
2480      are handled in the
2481      ":ref:`bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:conditional syntax (overrides)`"
2482      section of the BitBake User Manual.
2483
2484      By default, the :term:`FILESOVERRIDES` variable is defined as::
2485
2486         FILESOVERRIDES = "${TRANSLATED_TARGET_ARCH}:${MACHINEOVERRIDES}:${DISTROOVERRIDES}"
2487
2488      .. note::
2489
2490         Do not hand-edit the :term:`FILESOVERRIDES` variable. The values match up
2491         with expected overrides and are used in an expected manner by the
2492         build system.
2493
2494   :term:`FILESPATH`
2495      The default set of directories the OpenEmbedded build system uses
2496      when searching for patches and files.
2497
2498      During the build process, BitBake searches each directory in
2499      :term:`FILESPATH` in the specified order when looking for files and
2500      patches specified by each ``file://`` URI in a recipe's
2501      :term:`SRC_URI` statements.
2502
2503      The default value for the :term:`FILESPATH` variable is defined in the
2504      ``base.bbclass`` class found in ``meta/classes`` in the
2505      :term:`Source Directory`::
2506
2507         FILESPATH = "${@base_set_filespath(["${FILE_DIRNAME}/${BP}", \
2508             "${FILE_DIRNAME}/${BPN}", "${FILE_DIRNAME}/files"], d)}"
2509
2510      The
2511      :term:`FILESPATH` variable is automatically extended using the overrides
2512      from the :term:`FILESOVERRIDES` variable.
2513
2514      .. note::
2515
2516         -  Do not hand-edit the :term:`FILESPATH` variable. If you want the
2517            build system to look in directories other than the defaults,
2518            extend the :term:`FILESPATH` variable by using the
2519            :term:`FILESEXTRAPATHS` variable.
2520
2521         -  Be aware that the default :term:`FILESPATH` directories do not map
2522            to directories in custom layers where append files
2523            (``.bbappend``) are used. If you want the build system to find
2524            patches or files that reside with your append files, you need
2525            to extend the :term:`FILESPATH` variable by using the
2526            :term:`FILESEXTRAPATHS` variable.
2527
2528      You can take advantage of this searching behavior in useful ways. For
2529      example, consider a case where there is the following directory structure
2530      for general and machine-specific configurations::
2531
2532         files/defconfig
2533         files/MACHINEA/defconfig
2534         files/MACHINEB/defconfig
2535
2536      Also in the example, the :term:`SRC_URI` statement contains
2537      "file://defconfig". Given this scenario, you can set
2538      :term:`MACHINE` to "MACHINEA" and cause the build
2539      system to use files from ``files/MACHINEA``. Set :term:`MACHINE` to
2540      "MACHINEB" and the build system uses files from ``files/MACHINEB``.
2541      Finally, for any machine other than "MACHINEA" and "MACHINEB", the
2542      build system uses files from ``files/defconfig``.
2543
2544      You can find out more about the patching process in the
2545      ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:patching`" section
2546      in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual and the
2547      ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:patching code`" section in
2548      the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. See the
2549      :ref:`ref-tasks-patch` task as well.
2550
2551   :term:`FILESYSTEM_PERMS_TABLES`
2552      Allows you to define your own file permissions settings table as part
2553      of your configuration for the packaging process. For example, suppose
2554      you need a consistent set of custom permissions for a set of groups
2555      and users across an entire work project. It is best to do this in the
2556      packages themselves but this is not always possible.
2557
2558      By default, the OpenEmbedded build system uses the ``fs-perms.txt``,
2559      which is located in the ``meta/files`` folder in the :term:`Source Directory`.
2560      If you create your own file
2561      permissions setting table, you should place it in your layer or the
2562      distro's layer.
2563
2564      You define the :term:`FILESYSTEM_PERMS_TABLES` variable in the
2565      ``conf/local.conf`` file, which is found in the :term:`Build Directory`,
2566      to point to your custom
2567      ``fs-perms.txt``. You can specify more than a single file permissions
2568      setting table. The paths you specify to these files must be defined
2569      within the :term:`BBPATH` variable.
2570
2571      For guidance on how to create your own file permissions settings
2572      table file, examine the existing ``fs-perms.txt``.
2573
2574   :term:`FIT_DESC`
2575      Specifies the description string encoded into a fitImage. The default
2576      value is set by the :ref:`kernel-fitimage <ref-classes-kernel-fitimage>`
2577      class as follows::
2578
2579         FIT_DESC ?= "U-Boot fitImage for ${DISTRO_NAME}/${PV}/${MACHINE}"
2580
2581   :term:`FIT_GENERATE_KEYS`
2582      Decides whether to generate the keys for signing fitImage if they
2583      don't already exist. The keys are created in :term:`UBOOT_SIGN_KEYDIR`.
2584      The default value is 0.
2585
2586   :term:`FIT_HASH_ALG`
2587      Specifies the hash algorithm used in creating the FIT Image. For e.g. sha256.
2588
2589   :term:`FIT_KERNEL_COMP_ALG`
2590      Compression algorithm to use for the kernel image inside the FIT Image.
2591      At present, the only supported values are "gzip" (default) or "none"
2592      If you set this variable to anything other than "none" you may also need
2593      to set :term:`FIT_KERNEL_COMP_ALG_EXTENSION`.
2594
2595   :term:`FIT_KERNEL_COMP_ALG_EXTENSION`
2596      File extension corresponding to :term:`FIT_KERNEL_COMP_ALG`. The default
2597      value is ".gz".
2598
2599   :term:`FIT_KEY_GENRSA_ARGS`
2600      Arguments to openssl genrsa for generating RSA private key for signing
2601      fitImage. The default value is "-F4". i.e. the public exponent 65537 to
2602      use.
2603
2604   :term:`FIT_KEY_REQ_ARGS`
2605      Arguments to openssl req for generating certificate for signing fitImage.
2606      The default value is "-batch -new". batch for non interactive mode
2607      and new for generating new keys.
2608
2609   :term:`FIT_KEY_SIGN_PKCS`
2610      Format for public key certificate used in signing fitImage.
2611      The default value is "x509".
2612
2613   :term:`FIT_SIGN_ALG`
2614      Specifies the signature algorithm used in creating the FIT Image.
2615      For e.g. rsa2048.
2616
2617   :term:`FIT_SIGN_NUMBITS`
2618      Size of private key in number of bits used in fitImage. The default
2619      value is "2048".
2620
2621   :term:`FIT_SIGN_INDIVIDUAL`
2622      If set to "1", then the :ref:`kernel-fitimage <ref-classes-kernel-fitimage>`
2623      class will sign the kernel, dtb and ramdisk images individually in addition
2624      to signing the fitImage itself. This could be useful if you are
2625      intending to verify signatures in another context than booting via
2626      U-Boot.
2627
2628   :term:`FONT_EXTRA_RDEPENDS`
2629      When inheriting the :ref:`fontcache <ref-classes-fontcache>` class,
2630      this variable specifies the runtime dependencies for font packages.
2631      By default, the :term:`FONT_EXTRA_RDEPENDS` is set to "fontconfig-utils".
2632
2633   :term:`FONT_PACKAGES`
2634      When inheriting the :ref:`fontcache <ref-classes-fontcache>` class,
2635      this variable identifies packages containing font files that need to
2636      be cached by Fontconfig. By default, the :ref:`fontcache <ref-classes-fontcache>` class assumes
2637      that fonts are in the recipe's main package (i.e.
2638      ``${``\ :term:`PN`\ ``}``). Use this variable if fonts you
2639      need are in a package other than that main package.
2640
2641   :term:`FORCE_RO_REMOVE`
2642      Forces the removal of the packages listed in ``ROOTFS_RO_UNNEEDED``
2643      during the generation of the root filesystem.
2644
2645      Set the variable to "1" to force the removal of these packages.
2646
2647   :term:`FULL_OPTIMIZATION`
2648      The options to pass in :term:`TARGET_CFLAGS` and :term:`CFLAGS` when
2649      compiling an optimized system. This variable defaults to "-O2 -pipe
2650      ${DEBUG_FLAGS}".
2651
2652   :term:`GCCPIE`
2653      Enables Position Independent Executables (PIE) within the GNU C
2654      Compiler (GCC). Enabling PIE in the GCC makes Return Oriented
2655      Programming (ROP) attacks much more difficult to execute.
2656
2657      By default the ``security_flags.inc`` file enables PIE by setting the
2658      variable as follows::
2659
2660         GCCPIE ?= "--enable-default-pie"
2661
2662   :term:`GCCVERSION`
2663      Specifies the default version of the GNU C Compiler (GCC) used for
2664      compilation. By default, :term:`GCCVERSION` is set to "8.x" in the
2665      ``meta/conf/distro/include/tcmode-default.inc`` include file::
2666
2667         GCCVERSION ?= "8.%"
2668
2669      You can override this value by setting it in a
2670      configuration file such as the ``local.conf``.
2671
2672   :term:`GDB`
2673      The minimal command and arguments to run the GNU Debugger.
2674
2675   :term:`GIR_EXTRA_LIBS_PATH`
2676      Allows to specify an extra search path for ``.so`` files
2677      in GLib related recipes using GObject introspection,
2678      and which do not compile without this setting.
2679      See the ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:enabling gobject introspection support`"
2680      section for details.
2681
2682   :term:`GITDIR`
2683      The directory in which a local copy of a Git repository is stored
2684      when it is cloned.
2685
2686   :term:`GLIBC_GENERATE_LOCALES`
2687      Specifies the list of GLIBC locales to generate should you not wish
2688      to generate all LIBC locals, which can be time consuming.
2689
2690      .. note::
2691
2692         If you specifically remove the locale ``en_US.UTF-8``, you must set
2693         :term:`IMAGE_LINGUAS` appropriately.
2694
2695      You can set :term:`GLIBC_GENERATE_LOCALES` in your ``local.conf`` file.
2696      By default, all locales are generated.
2697      ::
2698
2699         GLIBC_GENERATE_LOCALES = "en_GB.UTF-8 en_US.UTF-8"
2700
2701   :term:`GROUPADD_PARAM`
2702      When inheriting the :ref:`useradd <ref-classes-useradd>` class,
2703      this variable specifies for a package what parameters should be
2704      passed to the ``groupadd`` command if you wish to add a group to the
2705      system when the package is installed.
2706
2707      Here is an example from the ``dbus`` recipe::
2708
2709         GROUPADD_PARAM:${PN} = "-r netdev"
2710
2711      For information on the standard Linux shell command
2712      ``groupadd``, see https://linux.die.net/man/8/groupadd.
2713
2714   :term:`GROUPMEMS_PARAM`
2715      When inheriting the :ref:`useradd <ref-classes-useradd>` class,
2716      this variable specifies for a package what parameters should be
2717      passed to the ``groupmems`` command if you wish to modify the members
2718      of a group when the package is installed.
2719
2720      For information on the standard Linux shell command ``groupmems``,
2721      see https://linux.die.net/man/8/groupmems.
2722
2723   :term:`GRUB_GFXSERIAL`
2724      Configures the GNU GRand Unified Bootloader (GRUB) to have graphics
2725      and serial in the boot menu. Set this variable to "1" in your
2726      ``local.conf`` or distribution configuration file to enable graphics
2727      and serial in the menu.
2728
2729      See the :ref:`grub-efi <ref-classes-grub-efi>` class for more
2730      information on how this variable is used.
2731
2732   :term:`GRUB_OPTS`
2733      Additional options to add to the GNU GRand Unified Bootloader (GRUB)
2734      configuration. Use a semi-colon character (``;``) to separate
2735      multiple options.
2736
2737      The :term:`GRUB_OPTS` variable is optional. See the
2738      :ref:`grub-efi <ref-classes-grub-efi>` class for more information
2739      on how this variable is used.
2740
2741   :term:`GRUB_TIMEOUT`
2742      Specifies the timeout before executing the default ``LABEL`` in the
2743      GNU GRand Unified Bootloader (GRUB).
2744
2745      The :term:`GRUB_TIMEOUT` variable is optional. See the
2746      :ref:`grub-efi <ref-classes-grub-efi>` class for more information
2747      on how this variable is used.
2748
2749   :term:`GTKIMMODULES_PACKAGES`
2750      When inheriting the
2751      :ref:`gtk-immodules-cache <ref-classes-gtk-immodules-cache>` class,
2752      this variable specifies the packages that contain the GTK+ input
2753      method modules being installed when the modules are in packages other
2754      than the main package.
2755
2756   :term:`HOMEPAGE`
2757      Website where more information about the software the recipe is
2758      building can be found.
2759
2760   :term:`HOST_ARCH`
2761      The name of the target architecture, which is normally the same as
2762      :term:`TARGET_ARCH`. The OpenEmbedded build system
2763      supports many architectures. Here is an example list of architectures
2764      supported. This list is by no means complete as the architecture is
2765      configurable:
2766
2767      - arm
2768      - i586
2769      - x86_64
2770      - powerpc
2771      - powerpc64
2772      - mips
2773      - mipsel
2774
2775   :term:`HOST_CC_ARCH`
2776      Specifies architecture-specific compiler flags that are passed to the
2777      C compiler.
2778
2779      Default initialization for :term:`HOST_CC_ARCH` varies depending on what
2780      is being built:
2781
2782      -  :term:`TARGET_CC_ARCH` when building for the
2783         target
2784
2785      -  :term:`BUILD_CC_ARCH` when building for the build host (i.e.
2786         ``-native``)
2787
2788      -  ``BUILDSDK_CC_ARCH`` when building for an SDK (i.e.
2789         ``nativesdk-``)
2790
2791   :term:`HOST_OS`
2792      Specifies the name of the target operating system, which is normally
2793      the same as the :term:`TARGET_OS`. The variable can
2794      be set to "linux" for ``glibc``-based systems and to "linux-musl" for
2795      ``musl``. For ARM/EABI targets, there are also "linux-gnueabi" and
2796      "linux-musleabi" values possible.
2797
2798   :term:`HOST_PREFIX`
2799      Specifies the prefix for the cross-compile toolchain. :term:`HOST_PREFIX`
2800      is normally the same as :term:`TARGET_PREFIX`.
2801
2802   :term:`HOST_SYS`
2803      Specifies the system, including the architecture and the operating
2804      system, for which the build is occurring in the context of the
2805      current recipe.
2806
2807      The OpenEmbedded build system automatically sets this variable based
2808      on :term:`HOST_ARCH`,
2809      :term:`HOST_VENDOR`, and
2810      :term:`HOST_OS` variables.
2811
2812      .. note::
2813
2814         You do not need to set the variable yourself.
2815
2816      Consider these two examples:
2817
2818      -  Given a native recipe on a 32-bit x86 machine running Linux, the
2819         value is "i686-linux".
2820
2821      -  Given a recipe being built for a little-endian MIPS target running
2822         Linux, the value might be "mipsel-linux".
2823
2824   :term:`HOSTTOOLS`
2825      A space-separated list (filter) of tools on the build host that
2826      should be allowed to be called from within build tasks. Using this
2827      filter helps reduce the possibility of host contamination. If a tool
2828      specified in the value of :term:`HOSTTOOLS` is not found on the build
2829      host, the OpenEmbedded build system produces an error and the build
2830      is not started.
2831
2832      For additional information, see
2833      :term:`HOSTTOOLS_NONFATAL`.
2834
2835   :term:`HOSTTOOLS_NONFATAL`
2836      A space-separated list (filter) of tools on the build host that
2837      should be allowed to be called from within build tasks. Using this
2838      filter helps reduce the possibility of host contamination. Unlike
2839      :term:`HOSTTOOLS`, the OpenEmbedded build system
2840      does not produce an error if a tool specified in the value of
2841      :term:`HOSTTOOLS_NONFATAL` is not found on the build host. Thus, you can
2842      use :term:`HOSTTOOLS_NONFATAL` to filter optional host tools.
2843
2844   :term:`HOST_VENDOR`
2845      Specifies the name of the vendor. :term:`HOST_VENDOR` is normally the
2846      same as :term:`TARGET_VENDOR`.
2847
2848   :term:`ICECC_DISABLED`
2849      Disables or enables the ``icecc`` (Icecream) function. For more
2850      information on this function and best practices for using this
2851      variable, see the ":ref:`ref-classes-icecc`"
2852      section.
2853
2854      Setting this variable to "1" in your ``local.conf`` disables the
2855      function::
2856
2857         ICECC_DISABLED ??= "1"
2858
2859      To enable the function, set the variable as follows::
2860
2861         ICECC_DISABLED = ""
2862
2863   :term:`ICECC_ENV_EXEC`
2864      Points to the ``icecc-create-env`` script that you provide. This
2865      variable is used by the :ref:`icecc <ref-classes-icecc>` class. You
2866      set this variable in your ``local.conf`` file.
2867
2868      If you do not point to a script that you provide, the OpenEmbedded
2869      build system uses the default script provided by the
2870      ``icecc-create-env.bb`` recipe, which is a modified version and not
2871      the one that comes with ``icecc``.
2872
2873   :term:`ICECC_PARALLEL_MAKE`
2874      Extra options passed to the ``make`` command during the
2875      :ref:`ref-tasks-compile` task that specify parallel
2876      compilation. This variable usually takes the form of "-j x", where x
2877      represents the maximum number of parallel threads ``make`` can run.
2878
2879      .. note::
2880
2881         The options passed affect builds on all enabled machines on the
2882         network, which are machines running the ``iceccd`` daemon.
2883
2884      If your enabled machines support multiple cores, coming up with the
2885      maximum number of parallel threads that gives you the best
2886      performance could take some experimentation since machine speed,
2887      network lag, available memory, and existing machine loads can all
2888      affect build time. Consequently, unlike the
2889      :term:`PARALLEL_MAKE` variable, there is no
2890      rule-of-thumb for setting :term:`ICECC_PARALLEL_MAKE` to achieve optimal
2891      performance.
2892
2893      If you do not set :term:`ICECC_PARALLEL_MAKE`, the build system does not
2894      use it (i.e. the system does not detect and assign the number of
2895      cores as is done with :term:`PARALLEL_MAKE`).
2896
2897   :term:`ICECC_PATH`
2898      The location of the ``icecc`` binary. You can set this variable in
2899      your ``local.conf`` file. If your ``local.conf`` file does not define
2900      this variable, the :ref:`icecc <ref-classes-icecc>` class attempts
2901      to define it by locating ``icecc`` using ``which``.
2902
2903   :term:`ICECC_USER_CLASS_BL`
2904      Identifies user classes that you do not want the Icecream distributed
2905      compile support to consider. This variable is used by the
2906      :ref:`icecc <ref-classes-icecc>` class. You set this variable in
2907      your ``local.conf`` file.
2908
2909      When you list classes using this variable, the recipes inheriting
2910      those classes will not benefit from distributed compilation across
2911      remote hosts. Instead they will be built locally.
2912
2913   :term:`ICECC_USER_PACKAGE_BL`
2914      Identifies user recipes that you do not want the Icecream distributed
2915      compile support to consider. This variable is used by the
2916      :ref:`icecc <ref-classes-icecc>` class. You set this variable in
2917      your ``local.conf`` file.
2918
2919      When you list recipes using this variable, you are excluding them
2920      from distributed compilation across remote hosts. Instead they will
2921      be built locally.
2922
2923   :term:`ICECC_USER_PACKAGE_WL`
2924      Identifies user recipes that use an empty
2925      :term:`PARALLEL_MAKE` variable that you want to
2926      force remote distributed compilation on using the Icecream
2927      distributed compile support. This variable is used by the
2928      :ref:`icecc <ref-classes-icecc>` class. You set this variable in
2929      your ``local.conf`` file.
2930
2931   :term:`IMAGE_BASENAME`
2932      The base name of image output files. This variable defaults to the
2933      recipe name (``${``\ :term:`PN`\ ``}``).
2934
2935   :term:`IMAGE_EFI_BOOT_FILES`
2936      A space-separated list of files installed into the boot partition
2937      when preparing an image using the Wic tool with the
2938      ``bootimg-efi`` source plugin. By default,
2939      the files are
2940      installed under the same name as the source files. To change the
2941      installed name, separate it from the original name with a semi-colon
2942      (;). Source files need to be located in
2943      :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE`. Here are two
2944      examples::
2945
2946         IMAGE_EFI_BOOT_FILES = "${KERNEL_IMAGETYPE};bz2"
2947         IMAGE_EFI_BOOT_FILES = "${KERNEL_IMAGETYPE} microcode.cpio"
2948
2949      Alternatively, source files can be picked up using a glob pattern. In
2950      this case, the destination file must have the same name as the base
2951      name of the source file path. To install files into a directory
2952      within the target location, pass its name after a semi-colon (;).
2953      Here are two examples::
2954
2955         IMAGE_EFI_BOOT_FILES = "boot/loader/*"
2956         IMAGE_EFI_BOOT_FILES = "boot/loader/*;boot/"
2957
2958      The first example
2959      installs all files from ``${DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE}/boot/loader/``
2960      into the root of the target partition. The second example installs
2961      the same files into a ``boot`` directory within the target partition.
2962
2963      You can find information on how to use the Wic tool in the
2964      ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:creating partitioned images using wic`"
2965      section of the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. Reference
2966      material for Wic is located in the
2967      ":doc:`/ref-manual/kickstart`" chapter.
2968
2969   :term:`IMAGE_BOOT_FILES`
2970      A space-separated list of files installed into the boot partition
2971      when preparing an image using the Wic tool with the
2972      ``bootimg-partition`` source plugin. By default,
2973      the files are
2974      installed under the same name as the source files. To change the
2975      installed name, separate it from the original name with a semi-colon
2976      (;). Source files need to be located in
2977      :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE`. Here are two
2978      examples::
2979
2980         IMAGE_BOOT_FILES = "u-boot.img uImage;kernel"
2981         IMAGE_BOOT_FILES = "u-boot.${UBOOT_SUFFIX} ${KERNEL_IMAGETYPE}"
2982
2983      Alternatively, source files can be picked up using a glob pattern. In
2984      this case, the destination file must have the same name as the base
2985      name of the source file path. To install files into a directory
2986      within the target location, pass its name after a semi-colon (;).
2987      Here are two examples::
2988
2989         IMAGE_BOOT_FILES = "bcm2835-bootfiles/*"
2990         IMAGE_BOOT_FILES = "bcm2835-bootfiles/*;boot/"
2991
2992      The first example
2993      installs all files from ``${DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE}/bcm2835-bootfiles``
2994      into the root of the target partition. The second example installs
2995      the same files into a ``boot`` directory within the target partition.
2996
2997      You can find information on how to use the Wic tool in the
2998      ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:creating partitioned images using wic`"
2999      section of the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. Reference
3000      material for Wic is located in the
3001      ":doc:`/ref-manual/kickstart`" chapter.
3002
3003   :term:`IMAGE_CLASSES`
3004      A list of classes that all images should inherit. You typically use
3005      this variable to specify the list of classes that register the
3006      different types of images the OpenEmbedded build system creates.
3007
3008      The default value for :term:`IMAGE_CLASSES` is ``image_types``. You can
3009      set this variable in your ``local.conf`` or in a distribution
3010      configuration file.
3011
3012      For more information, see ``meta/classes/image_types.bbclass`` in the
3013      :term:`Source Directory`.
3014
3015   :term:`IMAGE_CMD`
3016      Specifies the command to create the image file for a specific image
3017      type, which corresponds to the value set in
3018      :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES`, (e.g. ``ext3``,
3019      ``btrfs``, and so forth). When setting this variable, you should use
3020      an override for the associated type. Here is an example::
3021
3022         IMAGE_CMD:jffs2 = "mkfs.jffs2 --root=${IMAGE_ROOTFS} --faketime \
3023             --output=${IMGDEPLOYDIR}/${IMAGE_NAME}${IMAGE_NAME_SUFFIX}.jffs2 \
3024             ${EXTRA_IMAGECMD}"
3025
3026      You typically do not need to set this variable unless you are adding
3027      support for a new image type. For more examples on how to set this
3028      variable, see the :ref:`image_types <ref-classes-image_types>`
3029      class file, which is ``meta/classes/image_types.bbclass``.
3030
3031   :term:`IMAGE_DEVICE_TABLES`
3032      Specifies one or more files that contain custom device tables that
3033      are passed to the ``makedevs`` command as part of creating an image.
3034      These files list basic device nodes that should be created under
3035      ``/dev`` within the image. If :term:`IMAGE_DEVICE_TABLES` is not set,
3036      ``files/device_table-minimal.txt`` is used, which is located by
3037      :term:`BBPATH`. For details on how you should write
3038      device table files, see ``meta/files/device_table-minimal.txt`` as an
3039      example.
3040
3041   :term:`IMAGE_FEATURES`
3042      The primary list of features to include in an image. Typically, you
3043      configure this variable in an image recipe. Although you can use this
3044      variable from your ``local.conf`` file, which is found in the
3045      :term:`Build Directory`, best practices dictate that you do
3046      not.
3047
3048      .. note::
3049
3050         To enable extra features from outside the image recipe, use the
3051         :term:`EXTRA_IMAGE_FEATURES` variable.
3052
3053      For a list of image features that ships with the Yocto Project, see
3054      the ":ref:`ref-features-image`" section.
3055
3056      For an example that shows how to customize your image by using this
3057      variable, see the ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:customizing images using custom \`\`image_features\`\` and \`\`extra_image_features\`\``"
3058      section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
3059
3060   :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES`
3061      Specifies the formats the OpenEmbedded build system uses during the
3062      build when creating the root filesystem. For example, setting
3063      :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES` as follows causes the build system to create root
3064      filesystems using two formats: ``.ext3`` and ``.tar.bz2``::
3065
3066         IMAGE_FSTYPES = "ext3 tar.bz2"
3067
3068      For the complete list of supported image formats from which you can
3069      choose, see :term:`IMAGE_TYPES`.
3070
3071      .. note::
3072
3073         -  If an image recipe uses the "inherit image" line and you are
3074            setting :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES` inside the recipe, you must set
3075            :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES` prior to using the "inherit image" line.
3076
3077         -  Due to the way the OpenEmbedded build system processes this
3078            variable, you cannot update its contents by using ``:append``
3079            or ``:prepend``. You must use the ``+=`` operator to add one or
3080            more options to the :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES` variable.
3081
3082   :term:`IMAGE_INSTALL`
3083      Used by recipes to specify the packages to install into an image
3084      through the :ref:`image <ref-classes-image>` class. Use the
3085      :term:`IMAGE_INSTALL` variable with care to avoid ordering issues.
3086
3087      Image recipes set :term:`IMAGE_INSTALL` to specify the packages to
3088      install into an image through ``image.bbclass``. Additionally,
3089      there are "helper" classes such as the
3090      :ref:`core-image <ref-classes-core-image>` class which can
3091      take lists used with :term:`IMAGE_FEATURES` and turn them into
3092      auto-generated entries in :term:`IMAGE_INSTALL` in addition to its
3093      default contents.
3094
3095      When you use this variable, it is best to use it as follows::
3096
3097         IMAGE_INSTALL:append = " package-name"
3098
3099      Be sure to include the space
3100      between the quotation character and the start of the package name or
3101      names.
3102
3103      .. note::
3104
3105         -  When working with a
3106            :ref:`core-image-minimal-initramfs <ref-manual/images:images>`
3107            image, do not use the :term:`IMAGE_INSTALL` variable to specify
3108            packages for installation. Instead, use the
3109            :term:`PACKAGE_INSTALL` variable, which
3110            allows the initial RAM filesystem (initramfs) recipe to use a
3111            fixed set of packages and not be affected by :term:`IMAGE_INSTALL`.
3112            For information on creating an initramfs, see the
3113            ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:building an initial ram filesystem (initramfs) image`"
3114            section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
3115
3116         -  Using :term:`IMAGE_INSTALL` with the
3117            :ref:`+= <bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:appending (+=) and prepending (=+) with spaces>`
3118            BitBake operator within the ``/conf/local.conf`` file or from
3119            within an image recipe is not recommended. Use of this operator
3120            in these ways can cause ordering issues. Since
3121            ``core-image.bbclass`` sets :term:`IMAGE_INSTALL` to a default
3122            value using the
3123            :ref:`?= <bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:setting a default value (?=)>`
3124            operator, using a ``+=`` operation against :term:`IMAGE_INSTALL`
3125            results in unexpected behavior when used within
3126            ``conf/local.conf``. Furthermore, the same operation from
3127            within an image recipe may or may not succeed depending on the
3128            specific situation. In both these cases, the behavior is
3129            contrary to how most users expect the ``+=`` operator to work.
3130
3131   :term:`IMAGE_LINGUAS`
3132      Specifies the list of locales to install into the image during the
3133      root filesystem construction process. The OpenEmbedded build system
3134      automatically splits locale files, which are used for localization,
3135      into separate packages. Setting the :term:`IMAGE_LINGUAS` variable
3136      ensures that any locale packages that correspond to packages already
3137      selected for installation into the image are also installed. Here is
3138      an example::
3139
3140         IMAGE_LINGUAS = "pt-br de-de"
3141
3142      In this example, the build system ensures any Brazilian Portuguese
3143      and German locale files that correspond to packages in the image are
3144      installed (i.e. ``*-locale-pt-br`` and ``*-locale-de-de`` as well as
3145      ``*-locale-pt`` and ``*-locale-de``, since some software packages
3146      only provide locale files by language and not by country-specific
3147      language).
3148
3149      See the :term:`GLIBC_GENERATE_LOCALES`
3150      variable for information on generating GLIBC locales.
3151
3152
3153   :term:`IMAGE_LINK_NAME`
3154      The name of the output image symlink (which does not include
3155      the version part as :term:`IMAGE_NAME` does). The default value
3156      is derived using the :term:`IMAGE_BASENAME` and :term:`MACHINE`
3157      variables::
3158
3159         IMAGE_LINK_NAME ?= "${IMAGE_BASENAME}-${MACHINE}"
3160
3161
3162   :term:`IMAGE_MANIFEST`
3163      The manifest file for the image. This file lists all the installed
3164      packages that make up the image. The file contains package
3165      information on a line-per-package basis as follows::
3166
3167          packagename packagearch version
3168
3169      The :ref:`rootfs-postcommands <ref-classes-rootfs*>` class defines the manifest
3170      file as follows::
3171
3172         IMAGE_MANIFEST ="${IMGDEPLOYDIR}/${IMAGE_NAME}${IMAGE_NAME_SUFFIX}.manifest"
3173
3174      The location is
3175      derived using the :term:`IMGDEPLOYDIR`
3176      and :term:`IMAGE_NAME` variables. You can find
3177      information on how the image is created in the ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:image generation`"
3178      section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual.
3179
3180   :term:`IMAGE_NAME`
3181      The name of the output image files minus the extension. This variable
3182      is derived using the :term:`IMAGE_BASENAME`,
3183      :term:`MACHINE`, and :term:`IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX`
3184      variables::
3185
3186         IMAGE_NAME ?= "${IMAGE_BASENAME}-${MACHINE}${IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX}"
3187
3188   :term:`IMAGE_NAME_SUFFIX`
3189      Suffix used for the image output filename - defaults to ``".rootfs"``
3190      to distinguish the image file from other files created during image
3191      building; however if this suffix is redundant or not desired you can
3192      clear the value of this variable (set the value to ""). For example,
3193      this is typically cleared in initramfs image recipes.
3194
3195   :term:`IMAGE_OVERHEAD_FACTOR`
3196      Defines a multiplier that the build system applies to the initial
3197      image size for cases when the multiplier times the returned disk
3198      usage value for the image is greater than the sum of
3199      :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS_SIZE` and :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS_EXTRA_SPACE`. The result of
3200      the multiplier applied to the initial image size creates free disk
3201      space in the image as overhead. By default, the build process uses a
3202      multiplier of 1.3 for this variable. This default value results in
3203      30% free disk space added to the image when this method is used to
3204      determine the final generated image size. You should be aware that
3205      post install scripts and the package management system uses disk
3206      space inside this overhead area. Consequently, the multiplier does
3207      not produce an image with all the theoretical free disk space. See
3208      :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS_SIZE` for information on how the build system
3209      determines the overall image size.
3210
3211      The default 30% free disk space typically gives the image enough room
3212      to boot and allows for basic post installs while still leaving a
3213      small amount of free disk space. If 30% free space is inadequate, you
3214      can increase the default value. For example, the following setting
3215      gives you 50% free space added to the image::
3216
3217         IMAGE_OVERHEAD_FACTOR = "1.5"
3218
3219      Alternatively, you can ensure a specific amount of free disk space is
3220      added to the image by using the :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS_EXTRA_SPACE`
3221      variable.
3222
3223   :term:`IMAGE_PKGTYPE`
3224      Defines the package type (i.e. DEB, RPM, IPK, or TAR) used by the
3225      OpenEmbedded build system. The variable is defined appropriately by
3226      the :ref:`package_deb <ref-classes-package_deb>`,
3227      :ref:`package_rpm <ref-classes-package_rpm>`,
3228      :ref:`package_ipk <ref-classes-package_ipk>`, or
3229      :ref:`package_tar <ref-classes-package_tar>` class.
3230
3231      .. note::
3232
3233         The ``package_tar`` class is broken and is not supported. It is
3234         recommended that you do not use it.
3235
3236      The :ref:`populate_sdk_* <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` and
3237      :ref:`image <ref-classes-image>` classes use the :term:`IMAGE_PKGTYPE`
3238      for packaging up images and SDKs.
3239
3240      You should not set the :term:`IMAGE_PKGTYPE` manually. Rather, the
3241      variable is set indirectly through the appropriate
3242      :ref:`package_* <ref-classes-package>` class using the
3243      :term:`PACKAGE_CLASSES` variable. The
3244      OpenEmbedded build system uses the first package type (e.g. DEB, RPM,
3245      or IPK) that appears with the variable
3246
3247      .. note::
3248
3249         Files using the ``.tar`` format are never used as a substitute
3250         packaging format for DEB, RPM, and IPK formatted files for your image
3251         or SDK.
3252
3253   :term:`IMAGE_POSTPROCESS_COMMAND`
3254      Specifies a list of functions to call once the OpenEmbedded build
3255      system creates the final image output files. You can specify
3256      functions separated by semicolons::
3257
3258         IMAGE_POSTPROCESS_COMMAND += "function; ... "
3259
3260      If you need to pass the root filesystem path to a command within the
3261      function, you can use ``${IMAGE_ROOTFS}``, which points to the
3262      directory that becomes the root filesystem image. See the
3263      :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS` variable for more
3264      information.
3265
3266   :term:`IMAGE_PREPROCESS_COMMAND`
3267      Specifies a list of functions to call before the OpenEmbedded build
3268      system creates the final image output files. You can specify
3269      functions separated by semicolons::
3270
3271         IMAGE_PREPROCESS_COMMAND += "function; ... "
3272
3273      If you need to pass the root filesystem path to a command within the
3274      function, you can use ``${IMAGE_ROOTFS}``, which points to the
3275      directory that becomes the root filesystem image. See the
3276      :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS` variable for more
3277      information.
3278
3279   :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS`
3280      The location of the root filesystem while it is under construction
3281      (i.e. during the :ref:`ref-tasks-rootfs` task). This
3282      variable is not configurable. Do not change it.
3283
3284   :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS_ALIGNMENT`
3285      Specifies the alignment for the output image file in Kbytes. If the
3286      size of the image is not a multiple of this value, then the size is
3287      rounded up to the nearest multiple of the value. The default value is
3288      "1". See :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS_SIZE` for
3289      additional information.
3290
3291   :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS_EXTRA_SPACE`
3292      Defines additional free disk space created in the image in Kbytes. By
3293      default, this variable is set to "0". This free disk space is added
3294      to the image after the build system determines the image size as
3295      described in :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS_SIZE`.
3296
3297      This variable is particularly useful when you want to ensure that a
3298      specific amount of free disk space is available on a device after an
3299      image is installed and running. For example, to be sure 5 Gbytes of
3300      free disk space is available, set the variable as follows::
3301
3302         IMAGE_ROOTFS_EXTRA_SPACE = "5242880"
3303
3304      For example, the Yocto Project Build Appliance specifically requests
3305      40 Gbytes of extra space with the line::
3306
3307         IMAGE_ROOTFS_EXTRA_SPACE = "41943040"
3308
3309   :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS_SIZE`
3310      Defines the size in Kbytes for the generated image. The OpenEmbedded
3311      build system determines the final size for the generated image using
3312      an algorithm that takes into account the initial disk space used for
3313      the generated image, a requested size for the image, and requested
3314      additional free disk space to be added to the image. Programatically,
3315      the build system determines the final size of the generated image as
3316      follows::
3317
3318         if (image-du * overhead) < rootfs-size:
3319             internal-rootfs-size = rootfs-size + xspace
3320         else:
3321             internal-rootfs-size = (image-du * overhead) + xspace
3322         where:
3323             image-du = Returned value of the du command on the image.
3324             overhead = IMAGE_OVERHEAD_FACTOR
3325             rootfs-size = IMAGE_ROOTFS_SIZE
3326             internal-rootfs-size = Initial root filesystem size before any modifications.
3327             xspace = IMAGE_ROOTFS_EXTRA_SPACE
3328
3329      See the :term:`IMAGE_OVERHEAD_FACTOR`
3330      and :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS_EXTRA_SPACE`
3331      variables for related information.
3332
3333   :term:`IMAGE_TYPEDEP`
3334      Specifies a dependency from one image type on another. Here is an
3335      example from the :ref:`image-live <ref-classes-image-live>` class::
3336
3337         IMAGE_TYPEDEP:live = "ext3"
3338
3339      In the previous example, the variable ensures that when "live" is
3340      listed with the :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES` variable,
3341      the OpenEmbedded build system produces an ``ext3`` image first since
3342      one of the components of the live image is an ``ext3`` formatted
3343      partition containing the root filesystem.
3344
3345   :term:`IMAGE_TYPES`
3346      Specifies the complete list of supported image types by default:
3347
3348      - btrfs
3349      - container
3350      - cpio
3351      - cpio.gz
3352      - cpio.lz4
3353      - cpio.lzma
3354      - cpio.xz
3355      - cramfs
3356      - erofs
3357      - erofs-lz4
3358      - erofs-lz4hc
3359      - ext2
3360      - ext2.bz2
3361      - ext2.gz
3362      - ext2.lzma
3363      - ext3
3364      - ext3.gz
3365      - ext4
3366      - ext4.gz
3367      - f2fs
3368      - hddimg
3369      - iso
3370      - jffs2
3371      - jffs2.sum
3372      - multiubi
3373      - squashfs
3374      - squashfs-lz4
3375      - squashfs-lzo
3376      - squashfs-xz
3377      - tar
3378      - tar.bz2
3379      - tar.gz
3380      - tar.lz4
3381      - tar.xz
3382      - tar.zst
3383      - ubi
3384      - ubifs
3385      - wic
3386      - wic.bz2
3387      - wic.gz
3388      - wic.lzma
3389
3390      For more information about these types of images, see
3391      ``meta/classes/image_types*.bbclass`` in the :term:`Source Directory`.
3392
3393   :term:`IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX`
3394      Version suffix that is part of the default :term:`IMAGE_NAME` and
3395      :term:`KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME` values.
3396      Defaults to ``"-${DATETIME}"``, however you could set this to a
3397      version string that comes from your external build environment if
3398      desired, and this suffix would then be used consistently across
3399      the build artifacts.
3400
3401   :term:`IMGDEPLOYDIR`
3402      When inheriting the :ref:`image <ref-classes-image>` class directly or
3403      through the :ref:`core-image <ref-classes-core-image>` class, the
3404      :term:`IMGDEPLOYDIR` points to a temporary work area for deployed files
3405      that is set in the ``image`` class as follows::
3406
3407         IMGDEPLOYDIR = "${WORKDIR}/deploy-${PN}-image-complete"
3408
3409      Recipes inheriting the ``image`` class should copy files to be
3410      deployed into :term:`IMGDEPLOYDIR`, and the class will take care of
3411      copying them into :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE` afterwards.
3412
3413   :term:`INC_PR`
3414      Helps define the recipe revision for recipes that share a common
3415      ``include`` file. You can think of this variable as part of the
3416      recipe revision as set from within an include file.
3417
3418      Suppose, for example, you have a set of recipes that are used across
3419      several projects. And, within each of those recipes the revision (its
3420      :term:`PR` value) is set accordingly. In this case, when
3421      the revision of those recipes changes, the burden is on you to find
3422      all those recipes and be sure that they get changed to reflect the
3423      updated version of the recipe. In this scenario, it can get
3424      complicated when recipes that are used in many places and provide
3425      common functionality are upgraded to a new revision.
3426
3427      A more efficient way of dealing with this situation is to set the
3428      :term:`INC_PR` variable inside the ``include`` files that the recipes
3429      share and then expand the :term:`INC_PR` variable within the recipes to
3430      help define the recipe revision.
3431
3432      The following provides an example that shows how to use the
3433      :term:`INC_PR` variable given a common ``include`` file that defines the
3434      variable. Once the variable is defined in the ``include`` file, you
3435      can use the variable to set the :term:`PR` values in each recipe. You
3436      will notice that when you set a recipe's :term:`PR` you can provide more
3437      granular revisioning by appending values to the :term:`INC_PR` variable::
3438
3439         recipes-graphics/xorg-font/xorg-font-common.inc:INC_PR = "r2"
3440         recipes-graphics/xorg-font/encodings_1.0.4.bb:PR = "${INC_PR}.1"
3441         recipes-graphics/xorg-font/font-util_1.3.0.bb:PR = "${INC_PR}.0"
3442         recipes-graphics/xorg-font/font-alias_1.0.3.bb:PR = "${INC_PR}.3"
3443
3444      The
3445      first line of the example establishes the baseline revision to be
3446      used for all recipes that use the ``include`` file. The remaining
3447      lines in the example are from individual recipes and show how the
3448      :term:`PR` value is set.
3449
3450   :term:`INCOMPATIBLE_LICENSE`
3451      Specifies a space-separated list of license names (as they would
3452      appear in :term:`LICENSE`) that should be excluded
3453      from the build. Recipes that provide no alternatives to listed
3454      incompatible licenses are not built. Packages that are individually
3455      licensed with the specified incompatible licenses will be deleted.
3456
3457      .. note::
3458
3459         This functionality is only regularly tested using the following
3460         setting::
3461
3462                 INCOMPATIBLE_LICENSE = "GPL-3.0 LGPL-3.0 AGPL-3.0"
3463
3464
3465         Although you can use other settings, you might be required to
3466         remove dependencies on or provide alternatives to components that
3467         are required to produce a functional system image.
3468
3469      .. note::
3470
3471         It is possible to define a list of licenses that are allowed to be
3472         used instead of the licenses that are excluded. To do this, define
3473         a variable ``COMPATIBLE_LICENSES`` with the names of the licenses
3474         that are allowed. Then define :term:`INCOMPATIBLE_LICENSE` as::
3475
3476                 INCOMPATIBLE_LICENSE = "${@' '.join(sorted(set(d.getVar('AVAILABLE_LICENSES').split()) - set(d.getVar('COMPATIBLE_LICENSES').split())))}"
3477
3478
3479         This will result in :term:`INCOMPATIBLE_LICENSE` containing the names of
3480         all licenses from :term:`AVAILABLE_LICENSES` except the ones specified
3481         in ``COMPATIBLE_LICENSES``, thus only allowing the latter licenses to
3482         be used.
3483
3484   :term:`INHERIT`
3485      Causes the named class or classes to be inherited globally. Anonymous
3486      functions in the class or classes are not executed for the base
3487      configuration and in each individual recipe. The OpenEmbedded build
3488      system ignores changes to :term:`INHERIT` in individual recipes.
3489
3490      For more information on :term:`INHERIT`, see the
3491      :ref:`bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:\`\`inherit\`\` configuration directive`"
3492      section in the Bitbake User Manual.
3493
3494   :term:`INHERIT_DISTRO`
3495      Lists classes that will be inherited at the distribution level. It is
3496      unlikely that you want to edit this variable.
3497
3498      The default value of the variable is set as follows in the
3499      ``meta/conf/distro/defaultsetup.conf`` file::
3500
3501         INHERIT_DISTRO ?= "debian devshell sstate license"
3502
3503   :term:`INHIBIT_DEFAULT_DEPS`
3504      Prevents the default dependencies, namely the C compiler and standard
3505      C library (libc), from being added to :term:`DEPENDS`.
3506      This variable is usually used within recipes that do not require any
3507      compilation using the C compiler.
3508
3509      Set the variable to "1" to prevent the default dependencies from
3510      being added.
3511
3512   :term:`INHIBIT_PACKAGE_DEBUG_SPLIT`
3513      Prevents the OpenEmbedded build system from splitting out debug
3514      information during packaging. By default, the build system splits out
3515      debugging information during the
3516      :ref:`ref-tasks-package` task. For more information on
3517      how debug information is split out, see the
3518      :term:`PACKAGE_DEBUG_SPLIT_STYLE`
3519      variable.
3520
3521      To prevent the build system from splitting out debug information
3522      during packaging, set the :term:`INHIBIT_PACKAGE_DEBUG_SPLIT` variable as
3523      follows::
3524
3525         INHIBIT_PACKAGE_DEBUG_SPLIT = "1"
3526
3527   :term:`INHIBIT_PACKAGE_STRIP`
3528      If set to "1", causes the build to not strip binaries in resulting
3529      packages and prevents the ``-dbg`` package from containing the source
3530      files.
3531
3532      By default, the OpenEmbedded build system strips binaries and puts
3533      the debugging symbols into ``${``\ :term:`PN`\ ``}-dbg``.
3534      Consequently, you should not set :term:`INHIBIT_PACKAGE_STRIP` when you
3535      plan to debug in general.
3536
3537   :term:`INHIBIT_SYSROOT_STRIP`
3538      If set to "1", causes the build to not strip binaries in the
3539      resulting sysroot.
3540
3541      By default, the OpenEmbedded build system strips binaries in the
3542      resulting sysroot. When you specifically set the
3543      :term:`INHIBIT_SYSROOT_STRIP` variable to "1" in your recipe, you inhibit
3544      this stripping.
3545
3546      If you want to use this variable, include the
3547      :ref:`staging <ref-classes-staging>` class. This class uses a
3548      ``sys_strip()`` function to test for the variable and acts
3549      accordingly.
3550
3551      .. note::
3552
3553         Use of the :term:`INHIBIT_SYSROOT_STRIP` variable occurs in rare and
3554         special circumstances. For example, suppose you are building
3555         bare-metal firmware by using an external GCC toolchain. Furthermore,
3556         even if the toolchain's binaries are strippable, there are other files
3557         needed for the build that are not strippable.
3558
3559   :term:`INITRAMFS_FSTYPES`
3560      Defines the format for the output image of an initial RAM filesystem
3561      (initramfs), which is used during boot. Supported formats are the
3562      same as those supported by the
3563      :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES` variable.
3564
3565      The default value of this variable, which is set in the
3566      ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` configuration file in the
3567      :term:`Source Directory`, is "cpio.gz". The Linux kernel's
3568      initramfs mechanism, as opposed to the initial RAM filesystem
3569      `initrd <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Initrd>`__ mechanism, expects
3570      an optionally compressed cpio archive.
3571
3572   :term:`INITRAMFS_IMAGE`
3573      Specifies the :term:`PROVIDES` name of an image
3574      recipe that is used to build an initial RAM filesystem (initramfs)
3575      image. In other words, the :term:`INITRAMFS_IMAGE` variable causes an
3576      additional recipe to be built as a dependency to whatever root
3577      filesystem recipe you might be using (e.g. ``core-image-sato``). The
3578      initramfs image recipe you provide should set
3579      :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES` to
3580      :term:`INITRAMFS_FSTYPES`.
3581
3582      An initramfs image provides a temporary root filesystem used for
3583      early system initialization (e.g. loading of modules needed to locate
3584      and mount the "real" root filesystem).
3585
3586      .. note::
3587
3588         See the ``meta/recipes-core/images/core-image-minimal-initramfs.bb``
3589         recipe in the :term:`Source Directory`
3590         for an example initramfs recipe. To select this sample recipe as
3591         the one built to provide the initramfs image, set :term:`INITRAMFS_IMAGE`
3592         to "core-image-minimal-initramfs".
3593
3594      You can also find more information by referencing the
3595      ``meta-poky/conf/local.conf.sample.extended`` configuration file in
3596      the Source Directory, the :ref:`image <ref-classes-image>` class,
3597      and the :ref:`kernel <ref-classes-kernel>` class to see how to use
3598      the :term:`INITRAMFS_IMAGE` variable.
3599
3600      If :term:`INITRAMFS_IMAGE` is empty, which is the default, then no
3601      initramfs image is built.
3602
3603      For more information, you can also see the
3604      :term:`INITRAMFS_IMAGE_BUNDLE`
3605      variable, which allows the generated image to be bundled inside the
3606      kernel image. Additionally, for information on creating an initramfs
3607      image, see the ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:building an initial ram filesystem (initramfs) image`" section
3608      in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
3609
3610   :term:`INITRAMFS_IMAGE_BUNDLE`
3611      Controls whether or not the image recipe specified by
3612      :term:`INITRAMFS_IMAGE` is run through an
3613      extra pass
3614      (:ref:`ref-tasks-bundle_initramfs`) during
3615      kernel compilation in order to build a single binary that contains
3616      both the kernel image and the initial RAM filesystem (initramfs)
3617      image. This makes use of the
3618      :term:`CONFIG_INITRAMFS_SOURCE` kernel
3619      feature.
3620
3621      .. note::
3622
3623         Bundling the initramfs with the kernel conflates the code in the
3624         initramfs with the GPLv2 licensed Linux kernel binary. Thus only GPLv2
3625         compatible software may be part of a bundled initramfs.
3626
3627      .. note::
3628
3629         Using an extra compilation pass to bundle the initramfs avoids a
3630         circular dependency between the kernel recipe and the initramfs
3631         recipe should the initramfs include kernel modules. Should that be
3632         the case, the initramfs recipe depends on the kernel for the
3633         kernel modules, and the kernel depends on the initramfs recipe
3634         since the initramfs is bundled inside the kernel image.
3635
3636      The combined binary is deposited into the ``tmp/deploy`` directory,
3637      which is part of the :term:`Build Directory`.
3638
3639      Setting the variable to "1" in a configuration file causes the
3640      OpenEmbedded build system to generate a kernel image with the
3641      initramfs specified in :term:`INITRAMFS_IMAGE` bundled within::
3642
3643         INITRAMFS_IMAGE_BUNDLE = "1"
3644
3645      By default, the
3646      :ref:`kernel <ref-classes-kernel>` class sets this variable to a
3647      null string as follows::
3648
3649         INITRAMFS_IMAGE_BUNDLE ?= ""
3650
3651      .. note::
3652
3653         You must set the :term:`INITRAMFS_IMAGE_BUNDLE` variable in a
3654         configuration file. You cannot set the variable in a recipe file.
3655
3656      See the
3657      :yocto_git:`local.conf.sample.extended </poky/tree/meta-poky/conf/local.conf.sample.extended>`
3658      file for additional information. Also, for information on creating an
3659      initramfs, see the ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:building an initial ram filesystem (initramfs) image`" section
3660      in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
3661
3662   :term:`INITRAMFS_LINK_NAME`
3663      The link name of the initial RAM filesystem image. This variable is
3664      set in the ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file as
3665      follows::
3666
3667         INITRAMFS_LINK_NAME ?= "initramfs-${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME}"
3668
3669      The value of the
3670      ``KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME`` variable, which is set in the same
3671      file, has the following value::
3672
3673         KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME ?= "${MACHINE}"
3674
3675      See the :term:`MACHINE` variable for additional
3676      information.
3677
3678   :term:`INITRAMFS_NAME`
3679      The base name of the initial RAM filesystem image. This variable is
3680      set in the ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file as
3681      follows::
3682
3683         INITRAMFS_NAME ?= "initramfs-${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME}"
3684
3685      The value of the :term:`KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME`
3686      variable, which is set in the same file, has the following value::
3687
3688         KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME ?= "${PKGE}-${PKGV}-${PKGR}-${MACHINE}${IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX}"
3689
3690   :term:`INITRD`
3691      Indicates list of filesystem images to concatenate and use as an
3692      initial RAM disk (``initrd``).
3693
3694      The :term:`INITRD` variable is an optional variable used with the
3695      :ref:`image-live <ref-classes-image-live>` class.
3696
3697   :term:`INITRD_IMAGE`
3698      When building a "live" bootable image (i.e. when
3699      :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES` contains "live"),
3700      :term:`INITRD_IMAGE` specifies the image recipe that should be built to
3701      provide the initial RAM disk image. The default value is
3702      "core-image-minimal-initramfs".
3703
3704      See the :ref:`image-live <ref-classes-image-live>` class for more
3705      information.
3706
3707   :term:`INITSCRIPT_NAME`
3708      The filename of the initialization script as installed to
3709      ``${sysconfdir}/init.d``.
3710
3711      This variable is used in recipes when using ``update-rc.d.bbclass``.
3712      The variable is mandatory.
3713
3714   :term:`INITSCRIPT_PACKAGES`
3715      A list of the packages that contain initscripts. If multiple packages
3716      are specified, you need to append the package name to the other
3717      ``INITSCRIPT_*`` as an override.
3718
3719      This variable is used in recipes when using ``update-rc.d.bbclass``.
3720      The variable is optional and defaults to the :term:`PN`
3721      variable.
3722
3723   :term:`INITSCRIPT_PARAMS`
3724      Specifies the options to pass to ``update-rc.d``. Here is an example::
3725
3726         INITSCRIPT_PARAMS = "start 99 5 2 . stop 20 0 1 6 ."
3727
3728      In this example, the script has a runlevel of 99, starts the script
3729      in initlevels 2 and 5, and stops the script in levels 0, 1 and 6.
3730
3731      The variable's default value is "defaults", which is set in the
3732      :ref:`update-rc.d <ref-classes-update-rc.d>` class.
3733
3734      The value in :term:`INITSCRIPT_PARAMS` is passed through to the
3735      ``update-rc.d`` command. For more information on valid parameters,
3736      please see the ``update-rc.d`` manual page at
3737      https://manpages.debian.org/buster/init-system-helpers/update-rc.d.8.en.html
3738
3739   :term:`INSANE_SKIP`
3740      Specifies the QA checks to skip for a specific package within a
3741      recipe. For example, to skip the check for symbolic link ``.so``
3742      files in the main package of a recipe, add the following to the
3743      recipe. The package name override must be used, which in this example
3744      is ``${PN}``::
3745
3746         INSANE_SKIP:${PN} += "dev-so"
3747
3748      See the ":ref:`ref-classes-insane`" section for a
3749      list of the valid QA checks you can specify using this variable.
3750
3751   :term:`INSTALL_TIMEZONE_FILE`
3752      By default, the ``tzdata`` recipe packages an ``/etc/timezone`` file.
3753      Set the :term:`INSTALL_TIMEZONE_FILE` variable to "0" at the
3754      configuration level to disable this behavior.
3755
3756   :term:`IPK_FEED_URIS`
3757      When the IPK backend is in use and package management is enabled on
3758      the target, you can use this variable to set up ``opkg`` in the
3759      target image to point to package feeds on a nominated server. Once
3760      the feed is established, you can perform installations or upgrades
3761      using the package manager at runtime.
3762
3763   :term:`KARCH`
3764      Defines the kernel architecture used when assembling the
3765      configuration. Architectures supported for this release are:
3766
3767      - powerpc
3768      - i386
3769      - x86_64
3770      - arm
3771      - qemu
3772      - mips
3773
3774      You define the :term:`KARCH` variable in the :ref:`kernel-dev/advanced:bsp descriptions`.
3775
3776   :term:`KBRANCH`
3777      A regular expression used by the build process to explicitly identify
3778      the kernel branch that is validated, patched, and configured during a
3779      build. You must set this variable to ensure the exact kernel branch
3780      you want is being used by the build process.
3781
3782      Values for this variable are set in the kernel's recipe file and the
3783      kernel's append file. For example, if you are using the
3784      ``linux-yocto_4.12`` kernel, the kernel recipe file is the
3785      ``meta/recipes-kernel/linux/linux-yocto_4.12.bb`` file. :term:`KBRANCH`
3786      is set as follows in that kernel recipe file::
3787
3788         KBRANCH ?= "standard/base"
3789
3790      This variable is also used from the kernel's append file to identify
3791      the kernel branch specific to a particular machine or target
3792      hardware. Continuing with the previous kernel example, the kernel's
3793      append file (i.e. ``linux-yocto_4.12.bbappend``) is located in the
3794      BSP layer for a given machine. For example, the append file for the
3795      Beaglebone, EdgeRouter, and generic versions of both 32 and 64-bit IA
3796      machines (``meta-yocto-bsp``) is named
3797      ``meta-yocto-bsp/recipes-kernel/linux/linux-yocto_4.12.bbappend``.
3798      Here are the related statements from that append file::
3799
3800         KBRANCH:genericx86 = "standard/base"
3801         KBRANCH:genericx86-64 = "standard/base"
3802         KBRANCH:edgerouter = "standard/edgerouter"
3803         KBRANCH:beaglebone = "standard/beaglebone"
3804
3805      The :term:`KBRANCH` statements
3806      identify the kernel branch to use when building for each supported
3807      BSP.
3808
3809   :term:`KBUILD_DEFCONFIG`
3810      When used with the :ref:`kernel-yocto <ref-classes-kernel-yocto>`
3811      class, specifies an "in-tree" kernel configuration file for use
3812      during a kernel build.
3813
3814      Typically, when using a ``defconfig`` to configure a kernel during a
3815      build, you place the file in your layer in the same manner as you
3816      would place patch files and configuration fragment files (i.e.
3817      "out-of-tree"). However, if you want to use a ``defconfig`` file that
3818      is part of the kernel tree (i.e. "in-tree"), you can use the
3819      :term:`KBUILD_DEFCONFIG` variable and append the
3820      :term:`KMACHINE` variable to point to the
3821      ``defconfig`` file.
3822
3823      To use the variable, set it in the append file for your kernel recipe
3824      using the following form::
3825
3826         KBUILD_DEFCONFIG_KMACHINE ?= defconfig_file
3827
3828      Here is an example from a "raspberrypi2" :term:`KMACHINE` build that uses
3829      a ``defconfig`` file named "bcm2709_defconfig"::
3830
3831         KBUILD_DEFCONFIG:raspberrypi2 = "bcm2709_defconfig"
3832
3833      As an alternative, you can use the following within your append file::
3834
3835         KBUILD_DEFCONFIG:pn-linux-yocto ?= "defconfig_file"
3836
3837      For more
3838      information on how to use the :term:`KBUILD_DEFCONFIG` variable, see the
3839      ":ref:`kernel-dev/common:using an "in-tree" \`\`defconfig\`\` file`"
3840      section in the Yocto Project Linux Kernel Development Manual.
3841
3842   :term:`KCONFIG_MODE`
3843      When used with the :ref:`kernel-yocto <ref-classes-kernel-yocto>`
3844      class, specifies the kernel configuration values to use for options
3845      not specified in the provided ``defconfig`` file. Valid options are::
3846
3847         KCONFIG_MODE = "alldefconfig"
3848         KCONFIG_MODE = "allnoconfig"
3849
3850      In ``alldefconfig`` mode the options not explicitly specified will be
3851      assigned their Kconfig default value. In ``allnoconfig`` mode the
3852      options not explicitly specified will be disabled in the kernel
3853      config.
3854
3855      In case :term:`KCONFIG_MODE` is not set the behaviour will depend on where
3856      the ``defconfig`` file is coming from. An "in-tree" ``defconfig`` file
3857      will be handled in ``alldefconfig`` mode, a ``defconfig`` file placed
3858      in ``${WORKDIR}`` through a meta-layer will be handled in
3859      ``allnoconfig`` mode.
3860
3861      An "in-tree" ``defconfig`` file can be selected via the
3862      :term:`KBUILD_DEFCONFIG` variable. :term:`KCONFIG_MODE` does not need to
3863      be explicitly set.
3864
3865      A ``defconfig`` file compatible with ``allnoconfig`` mode can be
3866      generated by copying the ``.config`` file from a working Linux kernel
3867      build, renaming it to ``defconfig`` and placing it into the Linux
3868      kernel ``${WORKDIR}`` through your meta-layer. :term:`KCONFIG_MODE` does
3869      not need to be explicitly set.
3870
3871      A ``defconfig`` file compatible with ``alldefconfig`` mode can be
3872      generated using the
3873      :ref:`ref-tasks-savedefconfig`
3874      task and placed into the Linux kernel ``${WORKDIR}`` through your
3875      meta-layer. Explicitely set :term:`KCONFIG_MODE`::
3876
3877         KCONFIG_MODE = "alldefconfig"
3878
3879
3880   :term:`KERNEL_ALT_IMAGETYPE`
3881      Specifies an alternate kernel image type for creation in addition to
3882      the kernel image type specified using the
3883      :term:`KERNEL_IMAGETYPE` variable.
3884
3885   :term:`KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME`
3886      Specifies the name of all of the build artifacts. You can change the
3887      name of the artifacts by changing the :term:`KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME`
3888      variable.
3889
3890      The value of :term:`KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME`, which is set in the
3891      ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file, has the
3892      following default value::
3893
3894         KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME ?= "${PKGE}-${PKGV}-${PKGR}-${MACHINE}${IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX}"
3895
3896      See the :term:`PKGE`, :term:`PKGV`, :term:`PKGR`, :term:`MACHINE`
3897      and :term:`IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX` variables for additional information.
3898
3899   :term:`KERNEL_CLASSES`
3900      A list of classes defining kernel image types that the
3901      :ref:`kernel <ref-classes-kernel>` class should inherit. You
3902      typically append this variable to enable extended image types. An
3903      example is the "kernel-fitimage", which enables fitImage support and
3904      resides in ``meta/classes/kernel-fitimage.bbclass``. You can register
3905      custom kernel image types with the :ref:`kernel <ref-classes-kernel>` class using this
3906      variable.
3907
3908   :term:`KERNEL_DEVICETREE`
3909      Specifies the name of the generated Linux kernel device tree (i.e.
3910      the ``.dtb``) file.
3911
3912      .. note::
3913
3914         There is legacy support for specifying the full path to the device
3915         tree. However, providing just the ``.dtb`` file is preferred.
3916
3917      In order to use this variable, the
3918      :ref:`kernel-devicetree <ref-classes-kernel-devicetree>` class must
3919      be inherited.
3920
3921   :term:`KERNEL_DTB_LINK_NAME`
3922      The link name of the kernel device tree binary (DTB). This variable
3923      is set in the ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file as
3924      follows::
3925
3926         KERNEL_DTB_LINK_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME}"
3927
3928      The
3929      value of the ``KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME`` variable, which is set in
3930      the same file, has the following value::
3931
3932         KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME ?= "${MACHINE}"
3933
3934      See the :term:`MACHINE` variable for additional
3935      information.
3936
3937   :term:`KERNEL_DTB_NAME`
3938      The base name of the kernel device tree binary (DTB). This variable
3939      is set in the ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file as
3940      follows::
3941
3942         KERNEL_DTB_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME}"
3943
3944      The value of the :term:`KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME`
3945      variable, which is set in the same file, has the following value::
3946
3947         KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME ?= "${PKGE}-${PKGV}-${PKGR}-${MACHINE}${IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX}"
3948
3949   :term:`KERNEL_DTC_FLAGS`
3950      Specifies the ``dtc`` flags that are passed to the Linux kernel build
3951      system when generating the device trees (via ``DTC_FLAGS`` environment
3952      variable).
3953
3954      In order to use this variable, the
3955      :ref:`kernel-devicetree <ref-classes-kernel-devicetree>` class must
3956      be inherited.
3957
3958   :term:`KERNEL_EXTRA_ARGS`
3959      Specifies additional ``make`` command-line arguments the OpenEmbedded
3960      build system passes on when compiling the kernel.
3961
3962   :term:`KERNEL_FEATURES`
3963      Includes additional kernel metadata. In the OpenEmbedded build
3964      system, the default Board Support Packages (BSPs)
3965      :term:`Metadata` is provided through the
3966      :term:`KMACHINE` and :term:`KBRANCH`
3967      variables. You can use the :term:`KERNEL_FEATURES` variable from within
3968      the kernel recipe or kernel append file to further add metadata for
3969      all BSPs or specific BSPs.
3970
3971      The metadata you add through this variable includes config fragments
3972      and features descriptions, which usually includes patches as well as
3973      config fragments. You typically override the :term:`KERNEL_FEATURES`
3974      variable for a specific machine. In this way, you can provide
3975      validated, but optional, sets of kernel configurations and features.
3976
3977      For example, the following example from the ``linux-yocto-rt_4.12``
3978      kernel recipe adds "netfilter" and "taskstats" features to all BSPs
3979      as well as "virtio" configurations to all QEMU machines. The last two
3980      statements add specific configurations to targeted machine types::
3981
3982         KERNEL_EXTRA_FEATURES ?= "features/netfilter/netfilter.scc features/taskstats/taskstats.scc"
3983         KERNEL_FEATURES:append = "${KERNEL_EXTRA_FEATURES}"
3984         KERNEL_FEATURES:append:qemuall = "cfg/virtio.scc"
3985         KERNEL_FEATURES:append:qemux86 = " cfg/sound.scc cfg/paravirt_kvm.scc"
3986         KERNEL_FEATURES:append:qemux86-64 = "cfg/sound.scc"
3987
3988   :term:`KERNEL_FIT_LINK_NAME`
3989      The link name of the kernel flattened image tree (FIT) image. This
3990      variable is set in the ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass``
3991      file as follows::
3992
3993         KERNEL_FIT_LINK_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME}"
3994
3995      The value of the
3996      ``KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME`` variable, which is set in the same
3997      file, has the following value::
3998
3999         KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME ?= "${MACHINE}"
4000
4001      See the :term:`MACHINE` variable for additional
4002      information.
4003
4004   :term:`KERNEL_FIT_NAME`
4005      The base name of the kernel flattened image tree (FIT) image. This
4006      variable is set in the ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass``
4007      file as follows::
4008
4009         KERNEL_FIT_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME}"
4010
4011      The value of the :term:`KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME`
4012      variable, which is set in the same file, has the following value::
4013
4014         KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME ?= "${PKGE}-${PKGV}-${PKGR}-${MACHINE}${IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX}"
4015
4016   :term:`KERNEL_IMAGE_LINK_NAME`
4017      The link name for the kernel image. This variable is set in the
4018      ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file as follows::
4019
4020         KERNEL_IMAGE_LINK_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME}"
4021
4022      The value of
4023      the ``KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME`` variable, which is set in the same
4024      file, has the following value::
4025
4026         KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME ?= "${MACHINE}"
4027
4028      See the :term:`MACHINE` variable for additional
4029      information.
4030
4031   :term:`KERNEL_IMAGE_MAXSIZE`
4032      Specifies the maximum size of the kernel image file in kilobytes. If
4033      :term:`KERNEL_IMAGE_MAXSIZE` is set, the size of the kernel image file is
4034      checked against the set value during the
4035      :ref:`ref-tasks-sizecheck` task. The task fails if
4036      the kernel image file is larger than the setting.
4037
4038      :term:`KERNEL_IMAGE_MAXSIZE` is useful for target devices that have a
4039      limited amount of space in which the kernel image must be stored.
4040
4041      By default, this variable is not set, which means the size of the
4042      kernel image is not checked.
4043
4044   :term:`KERNEL_IMAGE_NAME`
4045      The base name of the kernel image. This variable is set in the
4046      ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file as follows::
4047
4048         KERNEL_IMAGE_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME}"
4049
4050      The value of the
4051      :term:`KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME` variable,
4052      which is set in the same file, has the following value::
4053
4054         KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME ?= "${PKGE}-${PKGV}-${PKGR}-${MACHINE}${IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX}"
4055
4056   :term:`KERNEL_IMAGETYPE`
4057      The type of kernel to build for a device, usually set by the machine
4058      configuration files and defaults to "zImage". This variable is used
4059      when building the kernel and is passed to ``make`` as the target to
4060      build.
4061
4062      If you want to build an alternate kernel image type in addition to that
4063      specified by :term:`KERNEL_IMAGETYPE`, use the :term:`KERNEL_ALT_IMAGETYPE`
4064      variable.
4065
4066   :term:`KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD`
4067      Lists kernel modules that need to be auto-loaded during boot.
4068
4069      .. note::
4070
4071         This variable replaces the deprecated :term:`module_autoload`
4072         variable.
4073
4074      You can use the :term:`KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD` variable anywhere that it
4075      can be recognized by the kernel recipe or by an out-of-tree kernel
4076      module recipe (e.g. a machine configuration file, a distribution
4077      configuration file, an append file for the recipe, or the recipe
4078      itself).
4079
4080      Specify it as follows::
4081
4082         KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD += "module_name1 module_name2 module_name3"
4083
4084      Including :term:`KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD` causes the OpenEmbedded build
4085      system to populate the ``/etc/modules-load.d/modname.conf`` file with
4086      the list of modules to be auto-loaded on boot. The modules appear
4087      one-per-line in the file. Here is an example of the most common use
4088      case::
4089
4090         KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD += "module_name"
4091
4092      For information on how to populate the ``modname.conf`` file with
4093      ``modprobe.d`` syntax lines, see the :term:`KERNEL_MODULE_PROBECONF` variable.
4094
4095   :term:`KERNEL_MODULE_PROBECONF`
4096      Provides a list of modules for which the OpenEmbedded build system
4097      expects to find ``module_conf_``\ modname values that specify
4098      configuration for each of the modules. For information on how to
4099      provide those module configurations, see the
4100      :term:`module_conf_* <module_conf>` variable.
4101
4102   :term:`KERNEL_PATH`
4103      The location of the kernel sources. This variable is set to the value
4104      of the :term:`STAGING_KERNEL_DIR` within
4105      the :ref:`module <ref-classes-module>` class. For information on
4106      how this variable is used, see the
4107      ":ref:`kernel-dev/common:incorporating out-of-tree modules`"
4108      section in the Yocto Project Linux Kernel Development Manual.
4109
4110      To help maximize compatibility with out-of-tree drivers used to build
4111      modules, the OpenEmbedded build system also recognizes and uses the
4112      :term:`KERNEL_SRC` variable, which is identical to
4113      the :term:`KERNEL_PATH` variable. Both variables are common variables
4114      used by external Makefiles to point to the kernel source directory.
4115
4116   :term:`KERNEL_SRC`
4117      The location of the kernel sources. This variable is set to the value
4118      of the :term:`STAGING_KERNEL_DIR` within
4119      the :ref:`module <ref-classes-module>` class. For information on
4120      how this variable is used, see the
4121      ":ref:`kernel-dev/common:incorporating out-of-tree modules`"
4122      section in the Yocto Project Linux Kernel Development Manual.
4123
4124      To help maximize compatibility with out-of-tree drivers used to build
4125      modules, the OpenEmbedded build system also recognizes and uses the
4126      :term:`KERNEL_PATH` variable, which is identical
4127      to the :term:`KERNEL_SRC` variable. Both variables are common variables
4128      used by external Makefiles to point to the kernel source directory.
4129
4130   :term:`KERNEL_VERSION`
4131      Specifies the version of the kernel as extracted from ``version.h``
4132      or ``utsrelease.h`` within the kernel sources. Effects of setting
4133      this variable do not take effect until the kernel has been
4134      configured. Consequently, attempting to refer to this variable in
4135      contexts prior to configuration will not work.
4136
4137   :term:`KERNELDEPMODDEPEND`
4138      Specifies whether the data referenced through
4139      :term:`PKGDATA_DIR` is needed or not.
4140      :term:`KERNELDEPMODDEPEND` does not control whether or not that data
4141      exists, but simply whether or not it is used. If you do not need to
4142      use the data, set the :term:`KERNELDEPMODDEPEND` variable in your
4143      ``initramfs`` recipe. Setting the variable there when the data is not
4144      needed avoids a potential dependency loop.
4145
4146   :term:`KFEATURE_DESCRIPTION`
4147      Provides a short description of a configuration fragment. You use
4148      this variable in the ``.scc`` file that describes a configuration
4149      fragment file. Here is the variable used in a file named ``smp.scc``
4150      to describe SMP being enabled::
4151
4152          define KFEATURE_DESCRIPTION "Enable SMP"
4153
4154   :term:`KMACHINE`
4155      The machine as known by the kernel. Sometimes the machine name used
4156      by the kernel does not match the machine name used by the
4157      OpenEmbedded build system. For example, the machine name that the
4158      OpenEmbedded build system understands as ``core2-32-intel-common``
4159      goes by a different name in the Linux Yocto kernel. The kernel
4160      understands that machine as ``intel-core2-32``. For cases like these,
4161      the :term:`KMACHINE` variable maps the kernel machine name to the
4162      OpenEmbedded build system machine name.
4163
4164      These mappings between different names occur in the Yocto Linux
4165      Kernel's ``meta`` branch. As an example take a look in the
4166      ``common/recipes-kernel/linux/linux-yocto_3.19.bbappend`` file::
4167
4168         LINUX_VERSION:core2-32-intel-common = "3.19.0"
4169         COMPATIBLE_MACHINE:core2-32-intel-common = "${MACHINE}"
4170         SRCREV_meta:core2-32-intel-common = "8897ef68b30e7426bc1d39895e71fb155d694974"
4171         SRCREV_machine:core2-32-intel-common = "43b9eced9ba8a57add36af07736344dcc383f711"
4172         KMACHINE:core2-32-intel-common = "intel-core2-32"
4173         KBRANCH:core2-32-intel-common = "standard/base"
4174         KERNEL_FEATURES:append:core2-32-intel-common = "${KERNEL_FEATURES_INTEL_COMMON}"
4175
4176      The :term:`KMACHINE` statement says
4177      that the kernel understands the machine name as "intel-core2-32".
4178      However, the OpenEmbedded build system understands the machine as
4179      "core2-32-intel-common".
4180
4181   :term:`KTYPE`
4182      Defines the kernel type to be used in assembling the configuration.
4183      The linux-yocto recipes define "standard", "tiny", and "preempt-rt"
4184      kernel types. See the ":ref:`kernel-dev/advanced:kernel types`"
4185      section in the
4186      Yocto Project Linux Kernel Development Manual for more information on
4187      kernel types.
4188
4189      You define the :term:`KTYPE` variable in the
4190      :ref:`kernel-dev/advanced:bsp descriptions`. The
4191      value you use must match the value used for the
4192      :term:`LINUX_KERNEL_TYPE` value used by the
4193      kernel recipe.
4194
4195   :term:`LABELS`
4196      Provides a list of targets for automatic configuration.
4197
4198      See the :ref:`grub-efi <ref-classes-grub-efi>` class for more
4199      information on how this variable is used.
4200
4201   :term:`LAYERDEPENDS`
4202      Lists the layers, separated by spaces, on which this recipe depends.
4203      Optionally, you can specify a specific layer version for a dependency
4204      by adding it to the end of the layer name. Here is an example::
4205
4206         LAYERDEPENDS_mylayer = "anotherlayer (=3)"
4207
4208      In this previous example,
4209      version 3 of "anotherlayer" is compared against
4210      :term:`LAYERVERSION`\ ``_anotherlayer``.
4211
4212      An error is produced if any dependency is missing or the version
4213      numbers (if specified) do not match exactly. This variable is used in
4214      the ``conf/layer.conf`` file and must be suffixed with the name of
4215      the specific layer (e.g. ``LAYERDEPENDS_mylayer``).
4216
4217   :term:`LAYERDIR`
4218      When used inside the ``layer.conf`` configuration file, this variable
4219      provides the path of the current layer. This variable is not
4220      available outside of ``layer.conf`` and references are expanded
4221      immediately when parsing of the file completes.
4222
4223   :term:`LAYERRECOMMENDS`
4224      Lists the layers, separated by spaces, recommended for use with this
4225      layer.
4226
4227      Optionally, you can specify a specific layer version for a
4228      recommendation by adding the version to the end of the layer name.
4229      Here is an example::
4230
4231         LAYERRECOMMENDS_mylayer = "anotherlayer (=3)"
4232
4233      In this previous example, version 3 of "anotherlayer" is compared
4234      against ``LAYERVERSION_anotherlayer``.
4235
4236      This variable is used in the ``conf/layer.conf`` file and must be
4237      suffixed with the name of the specific layer (e.g.
4238      ``LAYERRECOMMENDS_mylayer``).
4239
4240   :term:`LAYERSERIES_COMPAT`
4241      Lists the versions of the :term:`OpenEmbedded-Core (OE-Core)` for which
4242      a layer is compatible. Using the :term:`LAYERSERIES_COMPAT` variable
4243      allows the layer maintainer to indicate which combinations of the
4244      layer and OE-Core can be expected to work. The variable gives the
4245      system a way to detect when a layer has not been tested with new
4246      releases of OE-Core (e.g. the layer is not maintained).
4247
4248      To specify the OE-Core versions for which a layer is compatible, use
4249      this variable in your layer's ``conf/layer.conf`` configuration file.
4250      For the list, use the Yocto Project
4251      :yocto_wiki:`Release Name </Releases>` (e.g.
4252      &DISTRO_NAME_NO_CAP;). To specify multiple OE-Core versions for the
4253      layer, use a space-separated list::
4254
4255         LAYERSERIES_COMPAT_layer_root_name = "&DISTRO_NAME_NO_CAP; &DISTRO_NAME_NO_CAP_MINUS_ONE;"
4256
4257      .. note::
4258
4259         Setting :term:`LAYERSERIES_COMPAT` is required by the Yocto Project
4260         Compatible version 2 standard.
4261         The OpenEmbedded build system produces a warning if the variable
4262         is not set for any given layer.
4263
4264      See the ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:creating your own layer`"
4265      section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
4266
4267   :term:`LAYERVERSION`
4268      Optionally specifies the version of a layer as a single number. You
4269      can use this within :term:`LAYERDEPENDS` for
4270      another layer in order to depend on a specific version of the layer.
4271      This variable is used in the ``conf/layer.conf`` file and must be
4272      suffixed with the name of the specific layer (e.g.
4273      ``LAYERVERSION_mylayer``).
4274
4275   :term:`LD`
4276      The minimal command and arguments used to run the linker.
4277
4278   :term:`LDFLAGS`
4279      Specifies the flags to pass to the linker. This variable is exported
4280      to an environment variable and thus made visible to the software
4281      being built during the compilation step.
4282
4283      Default initialization for :term:`LDFLAGS` varies depending on what is
4284      being built:
4285
4286      -  :term:`TARGET_LDFLAGS` when building for the
4287         target
4288
4289      -  :term:`BUILD_LDFLAGS` when building for the
4290         build host (i.e. ``-native``)
4291
4292      -  :term:`BUILDSDK_LDFLAGS` when building for
4293         an SDK (i.e. ``nativesdk-``)
4294
4295   :term:`LEAD_SONAME`
4296      Specifies the lead (or primary) compiled library file (i.e. ``.so``)
4297      that the :ref:`debian <ref-classes-debian>` class applies its
4298      naming policy to given a recipe that packages multiple libraries.
4299
4300      This variable works in conjunction with the :ref:`debian <ref-classes-debian>` class.
4301
4302   :term:`LIC_FILES_CHKSUM`
4303      Checksums of the license text in the recipe source code.
4304
4305      This variable tracks changes in license text of the source code
4306      files. If the license text is changed, it will trigger a build
4307      failure, which gives the developer an opportunity to review any
4308      license change.
4309
4310      This variable must be defined for all recipes (unless
4311      :term:`LICENSE` is set to "CLOSED").
4312
4313      For more information, see the ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:tracking license changes`"
4314      section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
4315
4316   :term:`LICENSE`
4317      The list of source licenses for the recipe. Follow these rules:
4318
4319      -  Do not use spaces within individual license names.
4320
4321      -  Separate license names using \| (pipe) when there is a choice
4322         between licenses.
4323
4324      -  Separate license names using & (ampersand) when there are
4325         multiple licenses for different parts of the source.
4326
4327      -  You can use spaces between license names.
4328
4329      -  For standard licenses, use the names of the files in
4330         ``meta/files/common-licenses/`` or the
4331         :term:`SPDXLICENSEMAP` flag names defined in
4332         ``meta/conf/licenses.conf``.
4333
4334      Here are some examples::
4335
4336         LICENSE = "LGPLv2.1 | GPLv3"
4337         LICENSE = "MPL-1 & LGPLv2.1"
4338         LICENSE = "GPLv2+"
4339
4340      The first example is from the
4341      recipes for Qt, which the user may choose to distribute under either
4342      the LGPL version 2.1 or GPL version 3. The second example is from
4343      Cairo where two licenses cover different parts of the source code.
4344      The final example is from ``sysstat``, which presents a single
4345      license.
4346
4347      You can also specify licenses on a per-package basis to handle
4348      situations where components of the output have different licenses.
4349      For example, a piece of software whose code is licensed under GPLv2
4350      but has accompanying documentation licensed under the GNU Free
4351      Documentation License 1.2 could be specified as follows::
4352
4353         LICENSE = "GFDL-1.2 & GPLv2"
4354         LICENSE:${PN} = "GPLv2"
4355         LICENSE:${PN}-doc = "GFDL-1.2"
4356
4357   :term:`LICENSE_CREATE_PACKAGE`
4358      Setting :term:`LICENSE_CREATE_PACKAGE` to "1" causes the OpenEmbedded
4359      build system to create an extra package (i.e.
4360      ``${``\ :term:`PN`\ ``}-lic``) for each recipe and to add
4361      those packages to the
4362      :term:`RRECOMMENDS`\ ``:${PN}``.
4363
4364      The ``${PN}-lic`` package installs a directory in
4365      ``/usr/share/licenses`` named ``${PN}``, which is the recipe's base
4366      name, and installs files in that directory that contain license and
4367      copyright information (i.e. copies of the appropriate license files
4368      from ``meta/common-licenses`` that match the licenses specified in
4369      the :term:`LICENSE` variable of the recipe metadata
4370      and copies of files marked in
4371      :term:`LIC_FILES_CHKSUM` as containing
4372      license text).
4373
4374      For related information on providing license text, see the
4375      :term:`COPY_LIC_DIRS` variable, the
4376      :term:`COPY_LIC_MANIFEST` variable, and the
4377      ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:providing license text`"
4378      section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
4379
4380   :term:`LICENSE_FLAGS`
4381      Specifies additional flags for a recipe you must allow through
4382      :term:`LICENSE_FLAGS_WHITELIST` in
4383      order for the recipe to be built. When providing multiple flags,
4384      separate them with spaces.
4385
4386      This value is independent of :term:`LICENSE` and is
4387      typically used to mark recipes that might require additional licenses
4388      in order to be used in a commercial product. For more information,
4389      see the
4390      ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:enabling commercially licensed recipes`"
4391      section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
4392
4393   :term:`LICENSE_FLAGS_WHITELIST`
4394      Lists license flags that when specified in
4395      :term:`LICENSE_FLAGS` within a recipe should not
4396      prevent that recipe from being built.  For more information, see the
4397      ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:enabling commercially licensed recipes`"
4398      section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
4399
4400   :term:`LICENSE_PATH`
4401      Path to additional licenses used during the build. By default, the
4402      OpenEmbedded build system uses :term:`COMMON_LICENSE_DIR` to define the
4403      directory that holds common license text used during the build. The
4404      :term:`LICENSE_PATH` variable allows you to extend that location to other
4405      areas that have additional licenses::
4406
4407         LICENSE_PATH += "path-to-additional-common-licenses"
4408
4409   :term:`LINUX_KERNEL_TYPE`
4410      Defines the kernel type to be used in assembling the configuration.
4411      The linux-yocto recipes define "standard", "tiny", and "preempt-rt"
4412      kernel types. See the ":ref:`kernel-dev/advanced:kernel types`"
4413      section in the
4414      Yocto Project Linux Kernel Development Manual for more information on
4415      kernel types.
4416
4417      If you do not specify a :term:`LINUX_KERNEL_TYPE`, it defaults to
4418      "standard". Together with :term:`KMACHINE`, the
4419      :term:`LINUX_KERNEL_TYPE` variable defines the search arguments used by
4420      the kernel tools to find the appropriate description within the
4421      kernel :term:`Metadata` with which to build out the sources
4422      and configuration.
4423
4424   :term:`LINUX_VERSION`
4425      The Linux version from ``kernel.org`` on which the Linux kernel image
4426      being built using the OpenEmbedded build system is based. You define
4427      this variable in the kernel recipe. For example, the
4428      ``linux-yocto-3.4.bb`` kernel recipe found in
4429      ``meta/recipes-kernel/linux`` defines the variables as follows::
4430
4431         LINUX_VERSION ?= "3.4.24"
4432
4433      The :term:`LINUX_VERSION` variable is used to define :term:`PV`
4434      for the recipe::
4435
4436         PV = "${LINUX_VERSION}+git${SRCPV}"
4437
4438   :term:`LINUX_VERSION_EXTENSION`
4439      A string extension compiled into the version string of the Linux
4440      kernel built with the OpenEmbedded build system. You define this
4441      variable in the kernel recipe. For example, the linux-yocto kernel
4442      recipes all define the variable as follows::
4443
4444         LINUX_VERSION_EXTENSION ?= "-yocto-${LINUX_KERNEL_TYPE}"
4445
4446      Defining this variable essentially sets the Linux kernel
4447      configuration item ``CONFIG_LOCALVERSION``, which is visible through
4448      the ``uname`` command. Here is an example that shows the extension
4449      assuming it was set as previously shown::
4450
4451         $ uname -r
4452         3.7.0-rc8-custom
4453
4454   :term:`LOG_DIR`
4455      Specifies the directory to which the OpenEmbedded build system writes
4456      overall log files. The default directory is ``${TMPDIR}/log``.
4457
4458      For the directory containing logs specific to each task, see the
4459      :term:`T` variable.
4460
4461   :term:`MACHINE`
4462      Specifies the target device for which the image is built. You define
4463      :term:`MACHINE` in the ``local.conf`` file found in the
4464      :term:`Build Directory`. By default, :term:`MACHINE` is set to
4465      "qemux86", which is an x86-based architecture machine to be emulated
4466      using QEMU::
4467
4468         MACHINE ?= "qemux86"
4469
4470      The variable corresponds to a machine configuration file of the same
4471      name, through which machine-specific configurations are set. Thus,
4472      when :term:`MACHINE` is set to "qemux86", the corresponding
4473      ``qemux86.conf`` machine configuration file can be found in
4474      the :term:`Source Directory` in
4475      ``meta/conf/machine``.
4476
4477      The list of machines supported by the Yocto Project as shipped
4478      include the following::
4479
4480         MACHINE ?= "qemuarm"
4481         MACHINE ?= "qemuarm64"
4482         MACHINE ?= "qemumips"
4483         MACHINE ?= "qemumips64"
4484         MACHINE ?= "qemuppc"
4485         MACHINE ?= "qemux86"
4486         MACHINE ?= "qemux86-64"
4487         MACHINE ?= "genericx86"
4488         MACHINE ?= "genericx86-64"
4489         MACHINE ?= "beaglebone"
4490         MACHINE ?= "edgerouter"
4491
4492      The last five are Yocto Project reference hardware
4493      boards, which are provided in the ``meta-yocto-bsp`` layer.
4494
4495      .. note::
4496
4497         Adding additional Board Support Package (BSP) layers to your
4498         configuration adds new possible settings for :term:`MACHINE`.
4499
4500   :term:`MACHINE_ARCH`
4501      Specifies the name of the machine-specific architecture. This
4502      variable is set automatically from :term:`MACHINE` or
4503      :term:`TUNE_PKGARCH`. You should not hand-edit
4504      the :term:`MACHINE_ARCH` variable.
4505
4506   :term:`MACHINE_ESSENTIAL_EXTRA_RDEPENDS`
4507      A list of required machine-specific packages to install as part of
4508      the image being built. The build process depends on these packages
4509      being present. Furthermore, because this is a "machine-essential"
4510      variable, the list of packages are essential for the machine to boot.
4511      The impact of this variable affects images based on
4512      ``packagegroup-core-boot``, including the ``core-image-minimal``
4513      image.
4514
4515      This variable is similar to the
4516      :term:`MACHINE_ESSENTIAL_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS` variable with the exception
4517      that the image being built has a build dependency on the variable's
4518      list of packages. In other words, the image will not build if a file
4519      in this list is not found.
4520
4521      As an example, suppose the machine for which you are building
4522      requires ``example-init`` to be run during boot to initialize the
4523      hardware. In this case, you would use the following in the machine's
4524      ``.conf`` configuration file::
4525
4526         MACHINE_ESSENTIAL_EXTRA_RDEPENDS += "example-init"
4527
4528   :term:`MACHINE_ESSENTIAL_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS`
4529      A list of recommended machine-specific packages to install as part of
4530      the image being built. The build process does not depend on these
4531      packages being present. However, because this is a
4532      "machine-essential" variable, the list of packages are essential for
4533      the machine to boot. The impact of this variable affects images based
4534      on ``packagegroup-core-boot``, including the ``core-image-minimal``
4535      image.
4536
4537      This variable is similar to the :term:`MACHINE_ESSENTIAL_EXTRA_RDEPENDS`
4538      variable with the exception that the image being built does not have
4539      a build dependency on the variable's list of packages. In other
4540      words, the image will still build if a package in this list is not
4541      found. Typically, this variable is used to handle essential kernel
4542      modules, whose functionality may be selected to be built into the
4543      kernel rather than as a module, in which case a package will not be
4544      produced.
4545
4546      Consider an example where you have a custom kernel where a specific
4547      touchscreen driver is required for the machine to be usable. However,
4548      the driver can be built as a module or into the kernel depending on
4549      the kernel configuration. If the driver is built as a module, you
4550      want it to be installed. But, when the driver is built into the
4551      kernel, you still want the build to succeed. This variable sets up a
4552      "recommends" relationship so that in the latter case, the build will
4553      not fail due to the missing package. To accomplish this, assuming the
4554      package for the module was called ``kernel-module-ab123``, you would
4555      use the following in the machine's ``.conf`` configuration file::
4556
4557         MACHINE_ESSENTIAL_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS += "kernel-module-ab123"
4558
4559      .. note::
4560
4561         In this example, the ``kernel-module-ab123`` recipe needs to
4562         explicitly set its :term:`PACKAGES` variable to ensure that BitBake
4563         does not use the kernel recipe's :term:`PACKAGES_DYNAMIC` variable to
4564         satisfy the dependency.
4565
4566      Some examples of these machine essentials are flash, screen,
4567      keyboard, mouse, or touchscreen drivers (depending on the machine).
4568
4569   :term:`MACHINE_EXTRA_RDEPENDS`
4570      A list of machine-specific packages to install as part of the image
4571      being built that are not essential for the machine to boot. However,
4572      the build process for more fully-featured images depends on the
4573      packages being present.
4574
4575      This variable affects all images based on ``packagegroup-base``,
4576      which does not include the ``core-image-minimal`` or
4577      ``core-image-full-cmdline`` images.
4578
4579      The variable is similar to the :term:`MACHINE_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS` variable
4580      with the exception that the image being built has a build dependency
4581      on the variable's list of packages. In other words, the image will
4582      not build if a file in this list is not found.
4583
4584      An example is a machine that has WiFi capability but is not essential
4585      for the machine to boot the image. However, if you are building a
4586      more fully-featured image, you want to enable the WiFi. The package
4587      containing the firmware for the WiFi hardware is always expected to
4588      exist, so it is acceptable for the build process to depend upon
4589      finding the package. In this case, assuming the package for the
4590      firmware was called ``wifidriver-firmware``, you would use the
4591      following in the ``.conf`` file for the machine::
4592
4593         MACHINE_EXTRA_RDEPENDS += "wifidriver-firmware"
4594
4595   :term:`MACHINE_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS`
4596      A list of machine-specific packages to install as part of the image
4597      being built that are not essential for booting the machine. The image
4598      being built has no build dependency on this list of packages.
4599
4600      This variable affects only images based on ``packagegroup-base``,
4601      which does not include the ``core-image-minimal`` or
4602      ``core-image-full-cmdline`` images.
4603
4604      This variable is similar to the :term:`MACHINE_EXTRA_RDEPENDS` variable
4605      with the exception that the image being built does not have a build
4606      dependency on the variable's list of packages. In other words, the
4607      image will build if a file in this list is not found.
4608
4609      An example is a machine that has WiFi capability but is not essential
4610      For the machine to boot the image. However, if you are building a
4611      more fully-featured image, you want to enable WiFi. In this case, the
4612      package containing the WiFi kernel module will not be produced if the
4613      WiFi driver is built into the kernel, in which case you still want
4614      the build to succeed instead of failing as a result of the package
4615      not being found. To accomplish this, assuming the package for the
4616      module was called ``kernel-module-examplewifi``, you would use the
4617      following in the ``.conf`` file for the machine::
4618
4619         MACHINE_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS += "kernel-module-examplewifi"
4620
4621   :term:`MACHINE_FEATURES`
4622      Specifies the list of hardware features the
4623      :term:`MACHINE` is capable of supporting. For related
4624      information on enabling features, see the
4625      :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES`,
4626      :term:`COMBINED_FEATURES`, and
4627      :term:`IMAGE_FEATURES` variables.
4628
4629      For a list of hardware features supported by the Yocto Project as
4630      shipped, see the ":ref:`ref-features-machine`" section.
4631
4632   :term:`MACHINE_FEATURES_BACKFILL`
4633      Features to be added to :term:`MACHINE_FEATURES` if not also present in
4634      :term:`MACHINE_FEATURES_BACKFILL_CONSIDERED`.
4635
4636      This variable is set in the ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` file. It is
4637      not intended to be user-configurable. It is best to just reference
4638      the variable to see which machine features are being backfilled for
4639      all machine configurations. See the ":ref:`ref-features-backfill`"
4640      section for more information.
4641
4642   :term:`MACHINE_FEATURES_BACKFILL_CONSIDERED`
4643      Features from :term:`MACHINE_FEATURES_BACKFILL` that should not be
4644      backfilled (i.e. added to :term:`MACHINE_FEATURES`) during the build. See
4645      the ":ref:`ref-features-backfill`" section for more information.
4646
4647   :term:`MACHINEOVERRIDES`
4648      A colon-separated list of overrides that apply to the current
4649      machine. By default, this list includes the value of
4650      :term:`MACHINE`.
4651
4652      You can extend :term:`MACHINEOVERRIDES` to add extra overrides that
4653      should apply to a machine. For example, all machines emulated in QEMU
4654      (e.g. ``qemuarm``, ``qemux86``, and so forth) include a file named
4655      ``meta/conf/machine/include/qemu.inc`` that prepends the following
4656      override to :term:`MACHINEOVERRIDES`::
4657
4658         MACHINEOVERRIDES =. "qemuall:"
4659
4660      This
4661      override allows variables to be overridden for all machines emulated
4662      in QEMU, like in the following example from the ``connman-conf``
4663      recipe::
4664
4665         SRC_URI:append:qemuall = " file://wired.config \
4666             file://wired-setup \
4667             "
4668
4669      The underlying mechanism behind
4670      :term:`MACHINEOVERRIDES` is simply that it is included in the default
4671      value of :term:`OVERRIDES`.
4672
4673   :term:`MAINTAINER`
4674      The email address of the distribution maintainer.
4675
4676   :term:`METADATA_BRANCH`
4677      The branch currently checked out for the OpenEmbedded-Core layer (path
4678      determined by :term:`COREBASE`).
4679
4680   :term:`METADATA_REVISION`
4681      The revision currently checked out for the OpenEmbedded-Core layer (path
4682      determined by :term:`COREBASE`).
4683
4684   :term:`MIRRORS`
4685      Specifies additional paths from which the OpenEmbedded build system
4686      gets source code. When the build system searches for source code, it
4687      first tries the local download directory. If that location fails, the
4688      build system tries locations defined by
4689      :term:`PREMIRRORS`, the upstream source, and then
4690      locations specified by :term:`MIRRORS` in that order.
4691
4692      Assuming your distribution (:term:`DISTRO`) is "poky",
4693      the default value for :term:`MIRRORS` is defined in the
4694      ``conf/distro/poky.conf`` file in the ``meta-poky`` Git repository.
4695
4696   :term:`MLPREFIX`
4697      Specifies a prefix has been added to :term:`PN` to create a
4698      special version of a recipe or package (i.e. a Multilib version). The
4699      variable is used in places where the prefix needs to be added to or
4700      removed from a the name (e.g. the :term:`BPN` variable).
4701      :term:`MLPREFIX` gets set when a prefix has been added to :term:`PN`.
4702
4703      .. note::
4704
4705         The "ML" in :term:`MLPREFIX` stands for "MultiLib". This representation is
4706         historical and comes from a time when ``nativesdk`` was a suffix
4707         rather than a prefix on the recipe name. When ``nativesdk`` was turned
4708         into a prefix, it made sense to set :term:`MLPREFIX` for it as well.
4709
4710      To help understand when :term:`MLPREFIX` might be needed, consider when
4711      :term:`BBCLASSEXTEND` is used to provide a
4712      ``nativesdk`` version of a recipe in addition to the target version.
4713      If that recipe declares build-time dependencies on tasks in other
4714      recipes by using :term:`DEPENDS`, then a dependency on
4715      "foo" will automatically get rewritten to a dependency on
4716      "nativesdk-foo". However, dependencies like the following will not
4717      get rewritten automatically::
4718
4719         do_foo[depends] += "recipe:do_foo"
4720
4721      If you want such a dependency to also get transformed, you can do the
4722      following::
4723
4724         do_foo[depends] += "${MLPREFIX}recipe:do_foo"
4725
4726   :term:`module_autoload`
4727      This variable has been replaced by the :term:`KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD`
4728      variable. You should replace all occurrences of :term:`module_autoload`
4729      with additions to :term:`KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD`, for example::
4730
4731         module_autoload_rfcomm = "rfcomm"
4732
4733      should now be replaced with::
4734
4735         KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD += "rfcomm"
4736
4737      See the :term:`KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD` variable for more information.
4738
4739   :term:`module_conf`
4740      Specifies `modprobe.d <https://linux.die.net/man/5/modprobe.d>`_
4741      syntax lines for inclusion in the ``/etc/modprobe.d/modname.conf``
4742      file.
4743
4744      You can use this variable anywhere that it can be recognized by the
4745      kernel recipe or out-of-tree kernel module recipe (e.g. a machine
4746      configuration file, a distribution configuration file, an append file
4747      for the recipe, or the recipe itself). If you use this variable, you
4748      must also be sure to list the module name in the
4749      :term:`KERNEL_MODULE_PROBECONF`
4750      variable.
4751
4752      Here is the general syntax::
4753
4754         module_conf_module_name = "modprobe.d-syntax"
4755
4756      You must use the kernel module name override.
4757
4758      Run ``man modprobe.d`` in the shell to find out more information on
4759      the exact syntax you want to provide with :term:`module_conf`.
4760
4761      Including :term:`module_conf` causes the OpenEmbedded build system to
4762      populate the ``/etc/modprobe.d/modname.conf`` file with
4763      ``modprobe.d`` syntax lines. Here is an example that adds the options
4764      ``arg1`` and ``arg2`` to a module named ``mymodule``::
4765
4766         module_conf_mymodule = "options mymodule arg1=val1 arg2=val2"
4767
4768      For information on how to specify kernel modules to auto-load on
4769      boot, see the :term:`KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD` variable.
4770
4771   :term:`MODULE_TARBALL_DEPLOY`
4772      Controls creation of the ``modules-*.tgz`` file. Set this variable to
4773      "0" to disable creation of this file, which contains all of the
4774      kernel modules resulting from a kernel build.
4775
4776   :term:`MODULE_TARBALL_LINK_NAME`
4777      The link name of the kernel module tarball. This variable is set in
4778      the ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file as follows::
4779
4780         MODULE_TARBALL_LINK_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME}"
4781
4782      The value
4783      of the ``KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME`` variable, which is set in the
4784      same file, has the following value::
4785
4786         KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME ?= "${MACHINE}"
4787
4788      See the :term:`MACHINE` variable for additional information.
4789
4790   :term:`MODULE_TARBALL_NAME`
4791      The base name of the kernel module tarball. This variable is set in
4792      the ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file as follows::
4793
4794         MODULE_TARBALL_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME}"
4795
4796      The value of the :term:`KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME` variable,
4797      which is set in the same file, has the following value::
4798
4799         KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME ?= "${PKGE}-${PKGV}-${PKGR}-${MACHINE}${IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX}"
4800
4801   :term:`MULTIMACH_TARGET_SYS`
4802      Uniquely identifies the type of the target system for which packages
4803      are being built. This variable allows output for different types of
4804      target systems to be put into different subdirectories of the same
4805      output directory.
4806
4807      The default value of this variable is::
4808
4809         ${PACKAGE_ARCH}${TARGET_VENDOR}-${TARGET_OS}
4810
4811      Some classes (e.g.
4812      :ref:`cross-canadian <ref-classes-cross-canadian>`) modify the
4813      :term:`MULTIMACH_TARGET_SYS` value.
4814
4815      See the :term:`STAMP` variable for an example. See the
4816      :term:`STAGING_DIR_TARGET` variable for more information.
4817
4818   :term:`NATIVELSBSTRING`
4819      A string identifying the host distribution. Strings consist of the
4820      host distributor ID followed by the release, as reported by the
4821      ``lsb_release`` tool or as read from ``/etc/lsb-release``. For
4822      example, when running a build on Ubuntu 12.10, the value is
4823      "Ubuntu-12.10". If this information is unable to be determined, the
4824      value resolves to "Unknown".
4825
4826      This variable is used by default to isolate native shared state
4827      packages for different distributions (e.g. to avoid problems with
4828      ``glibc`` version incompatibilities). Additionally, the variable is
4829      checked against
4830      :term:`SANITY_TESTED_DISTROS` if that
4831      variable is set.
4832
4833   :term:`NM`
4834      The minimal command and arguments to run ``nm``.
4835
4836   :term:`NO_GENERIC_LICENSE`
4837      Avoids QA errors when you use a non-common, non-CLOSED license in a
4838      recipe. There are packages, such as the linux-firmware package, with many
4839      licenses that are not in any way common. Also, new licenses are added
4840      occasionally to avoid introducing a lot of common license files,
4841      which are only applicable to a specific package.
4842      :term:`NO_GENERIC_LICENSE` is used to allow copying a license that does
4843      not exist in common licenses.
4844
4845      The following example shows how to add :term:`NO_GENERIC_LICENSE` to a
4846      recipe::
4847
4848         NO_GENERIC_LICENSE[license_name] = "license_file_in_fetched_source"
4849
4850      Here is an example that
4851      uses the ``LICENSE.Abilis.txt`` file as the license from the fetched
4852      source::
4853
4854         NO_GENERIC_LICENSE[Firmware-Abilis] = "LICENSE.Abilis.txt"
4855
4856   :term:`NO_RECOMMENDATIONS`
4857      Prevents installation of all "recommended-only" packages.
4858      Recommended-only packages are packages installed only through the
4859      :term:`RRECOMMENDS` variable). Setting the
4860      :term:`NO_RECOMMENDATIONS` variable to "1" turns this feature on::
4861
4862         NO_RECOMMENDATIONS = "1"
4863
4864      You can set this variable globally in your ``local.conf`` file or you
4865      can attach it to a specific image recipe by using the recipe name
4866      override::
4867
4868         NO_RECOMMENDATIONS:pn-target_image = "1"
4869
4870      It is important to realize that if you choose to not install packages
4871      using this variable and some other packages are dependent on them
4872      (i.e. listed in a recipe's :term:`RDEPENDS`
4873      variable), the OpenEmbedded build system ignores your request and
4874      will install the packages to avoid dependency errors.
4875
4876      .. note::
4877
4878         Some recommended packages might be required for certain system
4879         functionality, such as kernel modules. It is up to you to add
4880         packages with the :term:`IMAGE_INSTALL` variable.
4881
4882      This variable is only supported when using the IPK and RPM
4883      packaging backends. DEB is not supported.
4884
4885      See the :term:`BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS` and
4886      the :term:`PACKAGE_EXCLUDE` variables for
4887      related information.
4888
4889   :term:`NOAUTOPACKAGEDEBUG`
4890      Disables auto package from splitting ``.debug`` files. If a recipe
4891      requires ``FILES:${PN}-dbg`` to be set manually, the
4892      :term:`NOAUTOPACKAGEDEBUG` can be defined allowing you to define the
4893      content of the debug package. For example::
4894
4895         NOAUTOPACKAGEDEBUG = "1"
4896         FILES:${PN}-dev = "${includedir}/${QT_DIR_NAME}/Qt/*"
4897         FILES:${PN}-dbg = "/usr/src/debug/"
4898         FILES:${QT_BASE_NAME}-demos-doc = "${docdir}/${QT_DIR_NAME}/qch/qt.qch"
4899
4900   :term:`NON_MULTILIB_RECIPES`
4901      A list of recipes that should not be built for multilib. OE-Core's
4902      ``multilib.conf`` file defines a reasonable starting point for this
4903      list with::
4904
4905         NON_MULTILIB_RECIPES = "grub grub-efi make-mod-scripts ovmf u-boot"
4906
4907   :term:`OBJCOPY`
4908      The minimal command and arguments to run ``objcopy``.
4909
4910   :term:`OBJDUMP`
4911      The minimal command and arguments to run ``objdump``.
4912
4913   :term:`OE_BINCONFIG_EXTRA_MANGLE`
4914      When inheriting the :ref:`binconfig <ref-classes-binconfig>` class,
4915      this variable specifies additional arguments passed to the "sed"
4916      command. The sed command alters any paths in configuration scripts
4917      that have been set up during compilation. Inheriting this class
4918      results in all paths in these scripts being changed to point into the
4919      ``sysroots/`` directory so that all builds that use the script will
4920      use the correct directories for the cross compiling layout.
4921
4922      See the ``meta/classes/binconfig.bbclass`` in the
4923      :term:`Source Directory` for details on how this class
4924      applies these additional sed command arguments.
4925
4926   :term:`OE_IMPORTS`
4927      An internal variable used to tell the OpenEmbedded build system what
4928      Python modules to import for every Python function run by the system.
4929
4930      .. note::
4931
4932         Do not set this variable. It is for internal use only.
4933
4934   :term:`OE_INIT_ENV_SCRIPT`
4935      The name of the build environment setup script for the purposes of
4936      setting up the environment within the extensible SDK. The default
4937      value is "oe-init-build-env".
4938
4939      If you use a custom script to set up your build environment, set the
4940      :term:`OE_INIT_ENV_SCRIPT` variable to its name.
4941
4942   :term:`OE_TERMINAL`
4943      Controls how the OpenEmbedded build system spawns interactive
4944      terminals on the host development system (e.g. using the BitBake
4945      command with the ``-c devshell`` command-line option). For more
4946      information, see the ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:using a development shell`" section in
4947      the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
4948
4949      You can use the following values for the :term:`OE_TERMINAL` variable:
4950
4951      - auto
4952      - gnome
4953      - xfce
4954      - rxvt
4955      - screen
4956      - konsole
4957      - none
4958
4959   :term:`OEROOT`
4960      The directory from which the top-level build environment setup script
4961      is sourced. The Yocto Project provides a top-level build environment
4962      setup script: :ref:`structure-core-script`. When you run this
4963      script, the :term:`OEROOT` variable resolves to the directory that
4964      contains the script.
4965
4966      For additional information on how this variable is used, see the
4967      initialization script.
4968
4969   :term:`OLDEST_KERNEL`
4970      Declares the oldest version of the Linux kernel that the produced
4971      binaries must support. This variable is passed into the build of the
4972      Embedded GNU C Library (``glibc``).
4973
4974      The default for this variable comes from the
4975      ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` configuration file. You can override this
4976      default by setting the variable in a custom distribution
4977      configuration file.
4978
4979   :term:`OVERRIDES`
4980      A colon-separated list of overrides that currently apply. Overrides
4981      are a BitBake mechanism that allows variables to be selectively
4982      overridden at the end of parsing. The set of overrides in
4983      :term:`OVERRIDES` represents the "state" during building, which includes
4984      the current recipe being built, the machine for which it is being
4985      built, and so forth.
4986
4987      As an example, if the string "an-override" appears as an element in
4988      the colon-separated list in :term:`OVERRIDES`, then the following
4989      assignment will override ``FOO`` with the value "overridden" at the
4990      end of parsing::
4991
4992         FOO:an-override = "overridden"
4993
4994      See the
4995      ":ref:`bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:conditional syntax (overrides)`"
4996      section in the BitBake User Manual for more information on the
4997      overrides mechanism.
4998
4999      The default value of :term:`OVERRIDES` includes the values of the
5000      :term:`CLASSOVERRIDE`,
5001      :term:`MACHINEOVERRIDES`, and
5002      :term:`DISTROOVERRIDES` variables. Another
5003      important override included by default is ``pn-${PN}``. This override
5004      allows variables to be set for a single recipe within configuration
5005      (``.conf``) files. Here is an example::
5006
5007         FOO:pn-myrecipe = "myrecipe-specific value"
5008
5009      .. note::
5010
5011         An easy way to see what overrides apply is to search for :term:`OVERRIDES`
5012         in the output of the ``bitbake -e`` command. See the
5013         ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:viewing variable values`" section in the Yocto
5014         Project Development Tasks Manual for more information.
5015
5016   :term:`P`
5017      The recipe name and version. :term:`P` is comprised of the following::
5018
5019         ${PN}-${PV}
5020
5021   :term:`PACKAGE_ADD_METADATA`
5022      This variable defines additional metadata to add to packages.
5023
5024      You may find you need to inject additional metadata into packages.
5025      This variable allows you to do that by setting the injected data as
5026      the value. Multiple fields can be added by splitting the content with
5027      the literal separator "\n".
5028
5029      The suffixes '_IPK', '_DEB', or '_RPM' can be applied to the variable
5030      to do package type specific settings. It can also be made package
5031      specific by using the package name as a suffix.
5032
5033      You can find out more about applying this variable in the
5034      ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:adding custom metadata to packages`"
5035      section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
5036
5037   :term:`PACKAGE_ARCH`
5038      The architecture of the resulting package or packages.
5039
5040      By default, the value of this variable is set to
5041      :term:`TUNE_PKGARCH` when building for the
5042      target, :term:`BUILD_ARCH` when building for the
5043      build host, and "${SDK_ARCH}-${SDKPKGSUFFIX}" when building for the
5044      SDK.
5045
5046      .. note::
5047
5048         See :term:`SDK_ARCH` for more information.
5049
5050      However, if your recipe's output packages are built specific to the
5051      target machine rather than generally for the architecture of the
5052      machine, you should set :term:`PACKAGE_ARCH` to the value of
5053      :term:`MACHINE_ARCH` in the recipe as follows::
5054
5055         PACKAGE_ARCH = "${MACHINE_ARCH}"
5056
5057   :term:`PACKAGE_ARCHS`
5058      Specifies a list of architectures compatible with the target machine.
5059      This variable is set automatically and should not normally be
5060      hand-edited. Entries are separated using spaces and listed in order
5061      of priority. The default value for :term:`PACKAGE_ARCHS` is "all any
5062      noarch ${PACKAGE_EXTRA_ARCHS} ${MACHINE_ARCH}".
5063
5064   :term:`PACKAGE_BEFORE_PN`
5065      Enables easily adding packages to :term:`PACKAGES` before ``${PN}`` so
5066      that those added packages can pick up files that would normally be
5067      included in the default package.
5068
5069   :term:`PACKAGE_CLASSES`
5070      This variable, which is set in the ``local.conf`` configuration file
5071      found in the ``conf`` folder of the
5072      :term:`Build Directory`, specifies the package manager the
5073      OpenEmbedded build system uses when packaging data.
5074
5075      You can provide one or more of the following arguments for the
5076      variable: PACKAGE_CLASSES ?= "package_rpm package_deb package_ipk
5077      package_tar"
5078
5079      .. note::
5080
5081         While it is a legal option, the ``package_tar``
5082         class has limited functionality due to no support for package
5083         dependencies by that backend. Therefore, it is recommended that
5084         you do not use it.
5085
5086      The build system uses only the first argument in the list as the
5087      package manager when creating your image or SDK. However, packages
5088      will be created using any additional packaging classes you specify.
5089      For example, if you use the following in your ``local.conf`` file::
5090
5091         PACKAGE_CLASSES ?= "package_ipk"
5092
5093      The OpenEmbedded build system uses
5094      the IPK package manager to create your image or SDK.
5095
5096      For information on packaging and build performance effects as a
5097      result of the package manager in use, see the
5098      ":ref:`ref-classes-package`" section.
5099
5100   :term:`PACKAGE_DEBUG_SPLIT_STYLE`
5101      Determines how to split up and package debug and source information
5102      when creating debugging packages to be used with the GNU Project
5103      Debugger (GDB). In general, based on the value of this variable,
5104      you can combine the source and debug info in a single package,
5105      you can break out the source into a separate package that can be
5106      installed independently, or you can choose to not have the source
5107      packaged at all.
5108
5109      The possible values of :term:`PACKAGE_DEBUG_SPLIT_STYLE` variable:
5110
5111      -  "``.debug``": All debugging and source info is placed in a single
5112         ``*-dbg`` package; debug symbol files are placed next to the
5113         binary in a ``.debug`` directory so that, if a binary is installed
5114         into ``/bin``, the corresponding debug symbol file is installed
5115         in ``/bin/.debug``. Source files are installed in the same ``*-dbg``
5116         package under ``/usr/src/debug``.
5117
5118      -  "``debug-file-directory``": As above, all debugging and source info
5119         is placed in a single ``*-dbg`` package; debug symbol files are
5120         placed entirely under the directory ``/usr/lib/debug`` and separated
5121         by the path from where the binary is installed, so that if a binary
5122         is installed in ``/bin``, the corresponding debug symbols are installed
5123         in ``/usr/lib/debug/bin``, and so on. As above, source is installed
5124         in the same package under ``/usr/src/debug``.
5125
5126      -  "``debug-with-srcpkg``": Debugging info is placed in the standard
5127         ``*-dbg`` package as with the ``.debug`` value, while source is
5128         placed in a separate ``*-src`` package, which can be installed
5129         independently.  This is the default setting for this variable,
5130         as defined in Poky's ``bitbake.conf`` file.
5131
5132      -  "``debug-without-src``": The same behavior as with the ``.debug``
5133         setting, but no source is packaged at all.
5134
5135      .. note::
5136
5137         Much of the above package splitting can be overridden via
5138         use of the :term:`INHIBIT_PACKAGE_DEBUG_SPLIT` variable.
5139
5140      You can find out more about debugging using GDB by reading the
5141      ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:debugging with the gnu project debugger (gdb) remotely`" section
5142      in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
5143
5144   :term:`PACKAGE_EXCLUDE_COMPLEMENTARY`
5145      Prevents specific packages from being installed when you are
5146      installing complementary packages.
5147
5148      You might find that you want to prevent installing certain packages
5149      when you are installing complementary packages. For example, if you
5150      are using :term:`IMAGE_FEATURES` to install
5151      ``dev-pkgs``, you might not want to install all packages from a
5152      particular multilib. If you find yourself in this situation, you can
5153      use the :term:`PACKAGE_EXCLUDE_COMPLEMENTARY` variable to specify regular
5154      expressions to match the packages you want to exclude.
5155
5156   :term:`PACKAGE_EXCLUDE`
5157      Lists packages that should not be installed into an image. For
5158      example::
5159
5160         PACKAGE_EXCLUDE = "package_name package_name package_name ..."
5161
5162      You can set this variable globally in your ``local.conf`` file or you
5163      can attach it to a specific image recipe by using the recipe name
5164      override::
5165
5166         PACKAGE_EXCLUDE:pn-target_image = "package_name"
5167
5168      If you choose to not install a package using this variable and some
5169      other package is dependent on it (i.e. listed in a recipe's
5170      :term:`RDEPENDS` variable), the OpenEmbedded build
5171      system generates a fatal installation error. Because the build system
5172      halts the process with a fatal error, you can use the variable with
5173      an iterative development process to remove specific components from a
5174      system.
5175
5176      This variable is supported only when using the IPK and RPM
5177      packaging backends. DEB is not supported.
5178
5179      See the :term:`NO_RECOMMENDATIONS` and the
5180      :term:`BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS` variables for
5181      related information.
5182
5183   :term:`PACKAGE_EXTRA_ARCHS`
5184      Specifies the list of architectures compatible with the device CPU.
5185      This variable is useful when you build for several different devices
5186      that use miscellaneous processors such as XScale and ARM926-EJS.
5187
5188   :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS`
5189      Optionally specifies the package architectures used as part of the
5190      package feed URIs during the build. When used, the
5191      :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS` variable is appended to the final package feed
5192      URI, which is constructed using the
5193      :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_URIS` and
5194      :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS`
5195      variables.
5196
5197      .. note::
5198
5199         You can use the :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS`
5200         variable to allow specific package architectures. If you do
5201         not need to allow specific architectures, which is a common
5202         case, you can omit this variable. Omitting the variable results in
5203         all available architectures for the current machine being included
5204         into remote package feeds.
5205
5206      Consider the following example where the :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_URIS`,
5207      :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS`, and :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS` variables are
5208      defined in your ``local.conf`` file::
5209
5210         PACKAGE_FEED_URIS = "https://example.com/packagerepos/release \
5211                              https://example.com/packagerepos/updates"
5212         PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS = "rpm rpm-dev"
5213         PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS = "all core2-64"
5214
5215      Given these settings, the resulting package feeds are as follows:
5216
5217      .. code-block:: none
5218
5219         https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm/all
5220         https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm/core2-64
5221         https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm-dev/all
5222         https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm-dev/core2-64
5223         https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm/all
5224         https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm/core2-64
5225         https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm-dev/all
5226         https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm-dev/core2-64
5227
5228   :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS`
5229      Specifies the base path used when constructing package feed URIs. The
5230      :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS` variable makes up the middle portion of a
5231      package feed URI used by the OpenEmbedded build system. The base path
5232      lies between the :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_URIS`
5233      and :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS` variables.
5234
5235      Consider the following example where the :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_URIS`,
5236      :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS`, and :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS` variables are
5237      defined in your ``local.conf`` file::
5238
5239         PACKAGE_FEED_URIS = "https://example.com/packagerepos/release \
5240                              https://example.com/packagerepos/updates"
5241         PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS = "rpm rpm-dev"
5242         PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS = "all core2-64"
5243
5244      Given these settings, the resulting package feeds are as follows:
5245
5246      .. code-block:: none
5247
5248         https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm/all
5249         https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm/core2-64
5250         https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm-dev/all
5251         https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm-dev/core2-64
5252         https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm/all
5253         https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm/core2-64
5254         https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm-dev/all
5255         https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm-dev/core2-64
5256
5257   :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_URIS`
5258      Specifies the front portion of the package feed URI used by the
5259      OpenEmbedded build system. Each final package feed URI is comprised
5260      of :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_URIS`,
5261      :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS`, and
5262      :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS` variables.
5263
5264      Consider the following example where the :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_URIS`,
5265      :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS`, and :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS` variables are
5266      defined in your ``local.conf`` file::
5267
5268         PACKAGE_FEED_URIS = "https://example.com/packagerepos/release \
5269                              https://example.com/packagerepos/updates"
5270         PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS = "rpm rpm-dev"
5271         PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS = "all core2-64"
5272
5273      Given these settings, the resulting package feeds are as follows:
5274
5275      .. code-block:: none
5276
5277         https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm/all
5278         https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm/core2-64
5279         https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm-dev/all
5280         https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm-dev/core2-64
5281         https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm/all
5282         https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm/core2-64
5283         https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm-dev/all
5284         https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm-dev/core2-64
5285
5286   :term:`PACKAGE_INSTALL`
5287      The final list of packages passed to the package manager for
5288      installation into the image.
5289
5290      Because the package manager controls actual installation of all
5291      packages, the list of packages passed using :term:`PACKAGE_INSTALL` is
5292      not the final list of packages that are actually installed. This
5293      variable is internal to the image construction code. Consequently, in
5294      general, you should use the
5295      :term:`IMAGE_INSTALL` variable to specify
5296      packages for installation. The exception to this is when working with
5297      the :ref:`core-image-minimal-initramfs <ref-manual/images:images>`
5298      image. When working with an initial RAM filesystem (initramfs) image,
5299      use the :term:`PACKAGE_INSTALL` variable. For information on creating an
5300      initramfs, see the ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:building an initial ram filesystem (initramfs) image`" section
5301      in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
5302
5303   :term:`PACKAGE_INSTALL_ATTEMPTONLY`
5304      Specifies a list of packages the OpenEmbedded build system attempts
5305      to install when creating an image. If a listed package fails to
5306      install, the build system does not generate an error. This variable
5307      is generally not user-defined.
5308
5309   :term:`PACKAGE_PREPROCESS_FUNCS`
5310      Specifies a list of functions run to pre-process the
5311      :term:`PKGD` directory prior to splitting the files out
5312      to individual packages.
5313
5314   :term:`PACKAGE_WRITE_DEPS`
5315      Specifies a list of dependencies for post-installation and
5316      pre-installation scripts on native/cross tools. If your
5317      post-installation or pre-installation script can execute at root filesystem
5318      creation time rather than on the target but depends on a native tool
5319      in order to execute, you need to list the tools in
5320      :term:`PACKAGE_WRITE_DEPS`.
5321
5322      For information on running post-installation scripts, see the
5323      ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:post-installation scripts`"
5324      section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
5325
5326   :term:`PACKAGECONFIG`
5327      This variable provides a means of enabling or disabling features of a
5328      recipe on a per-recipe basis. :term:`PACKAGECONFIG` blocks are defined in
5329      recipes when you specify features and then arguments that define
5330      feature behaviors. Here is the basic block structure (broken over
5331      multiple lines for readability)::
5332
5333         PACKAGECONFIG ??= "f1 f2 f3 ..."
5334         PACKAGECONFIG[f1] = "\
5335             --with-f1, \
5336             --without-f1, \
5337             build-deps-for-f1, \
5338             runtime-deps-for-f1, \
5339             runtime-recommends-for-f1, \
5340             packageconfig-conflicts-for-f1"
5341         PACKAGECONFIG[f2] = "\
5342              ... and so on and so on ...
5343
5344      The :term:`PACKAGECONFIG` variable itself specifies a space-separated
5345      list of the features to enable. Following the features, you can
5346      determine the behavior of each feature by providing up to six
5347      order-dependent arguments, which are separated by commas. You can
5348      omit any argument you like but must retain the separating commas. The
5349      order is important and specifies the following:
5350
5351      1. Extra arguments that should be added to the configure script
5352         argument list (:term:`EXTRA_OECONF` or
5353         :term:`PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS`) if
5354         the feature is enabled.
5355
5356      2. Extra arguments that should be added to :term:`EXTRA_OECONF` or
5357         :term:`PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS` if the feature is disabled.
5358
5359      3. Additional build dependencies (:term:`DEPENDS`)
5360         that should be added if the feature is enabled.
5361
5362      4. Additional runtime dependencies (:term:`RDEPENDS`)
5363         that should be added if the feature is enabled.
5364
5365      5. Additional runtime recommendations
5366         (:term:`RRECOMMENDS`) that should be added if
5367         the feature is enabled.
5368
5369      6. Any conflicting (that is, mutually exclusive) :term:`PACKAGECONFIG`
5370         settings for this feature.
5371
5372      Consider the following :term:`PACKAGECONFIG` block taken from the
5373      ``librsvg`` recipe. In this example the feature is ``gtk``, which has
5374      three arguments that determine the feature's behavior.
5375      ::
5376
5377         PACKAGECONFIG[gtk] = "--with-gtk3,--without-gtk3,gtk+3"
5378
5379      The
5380      ``--with-gtk3`` and ``gtk+3`` arguments apply only if the feature is
5381      enabled. In this case, ``--with-gtk3`` is added to the configure
5382      script argument list and ``gtk+3`` is added to :term:`DEPENDS`. On the
5383      other hand, if the feature is disabled say through a ``.bbappend``
5384      file in another layer, then the second argument ``--without-gtk3`` is
5385      added to the configure script instead.
5386
5387      The basic :term:`PACKAGECONFIG` structure previously described holds true
5388      regardless of whether you are creating a block or changing a block.
5389      When creating a block, use the structure inside your recipe.
5390
5391      If you want to change an existing :term:`PACKAGECONFIG` block, you can do
5392      so one of two ways:
5393
5394      -  *Append file:* Create an append file named
5395         ``recipename.bbappend`` in your layer and override the value of
5396         :term:`PACKAGECONFIG`. You can either completely override the
5397         variable::
5398
5399            PACKAGECONFIG = "f4 f5"
5400
5401         Or, you can just append the variable::
5402
5403            PACKAGECONFIG:append = " f4"
5404
5405      -  *Configuration file:* This method is identical to changing the
5406         block through an append file except you edit your ``local.conf``
5407         or ``mydistro.conf`` file. As with append files previously
5408         described, you can either completely override the variable::
5409
5410            PACKAGECONFIG:pn-recipename = "f4 f5"
5411
5412         Or, you can just amend the variable::
5413
5414            PACKAGECONFIG:append:pn-recipename = " f4"
5415
5416   :term:`PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS`
5417      A space-separated list of configuration options generated from the
5418      :term:`PACKAGECONFIG` setting.
5419
5420      Classes such as :ref:`autotools <ref-classes-autotools>` and
5421      :ref:`cmake <ref-classes-cmake>` use :term:`PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS` to
5422      pass :term:`PACKAGECONFIG` options to ``configure`` and ``cmake``,
5423      respectively. If you are using :term:`PACKAGECONFIG` but not a class that
5424      handles the ``do_configure`` task, then you need to use
5425      :term:`PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS` appropriately.
5426
5427   :term:`PACKAGEGROUP_DISABLE_COMPLEMENTARY`
5428      For recipes inheriting the
5429      :ref:`packagegroup <ref-classes-packagegroup>` class, setting
5430      :term:`PACKAGEGROUP_DISABLE_COMPLEMENTARY` to "1" specifies that the
5431      normal complementary packages (i.e. ``-dev``, ``-dbg``, and so forth)
5432      should not be automatically created by the ``packagegroup`` recipe,
5433      which is the default behavior.
5434
5435   :term:`PACKAGES`
5436      The list of packages the recipe creates. The default value is the
5437      following::
5438
5439         ${PN}-src ${PN}-dbg ${PN}-staticdev ${PN}-dev ${PN}-doc ${PN}-locale ${PACKAGE_BEFORE_PN} ${PN}
5440
5441      During packaging, the :ref:`ref-tasks-package` task
5442      goes through :term:`PACKAGES` and uses the :term:`FILES`
5443      variable corresponding to each package to assign files to the
5444      package. If a file matches the :term:`FILES` variable for more than one
5445      package in :term:`PACKAGES`, it will be assigned to the earliest
5446      (leftmost) package.
5447
5448      Packages in the variable's list that are empty (i.e. where none of
5449      the patterns in ``FILES:``\ pkg match any files installed by the
5450      :ref:`ref-tasks-install` task) are not generated,
5451      unless generation is forced through the
5452      :term:`ALLOW_EMPTY` variable.
5453
5454   :term:`PACKAGES_DYNAMIC`
5455      A promise that your recipe satisfies runtime dependencies for
5456      optional modules that are found in other recipes.
5457      :term:`PACKAGES_DYNAMIC` does not actually satisfy the dependencies, it
5458      only states that they should be satisfied. For example, if a hard,
5459      runtime dependency (:term:`RDEPENDS`) of another
5460      package is satisfied at build time through the :term:`PACKAGES_DYNAMIC`
5461      variable, but a package with the module name is never actually
5462      produced, then the other package will be broken. Thus, if you attempt
5463      to include that package in an image, you will get a dependency
5464      failure from the packaging system during the
5465      :ref:`ref-tasks-rootfs` task.
5466
5467      Typically, if there is a chance that such a situation can occur and
5468      the package that is not created is valid without the dependency being
5469      satisfied, then you should use :term:`RRECOMMENDS`
5470      (a soft runtime dependency) instead of :term:`RDEPENDS`.
5471
5472      For an example of how to use the :term:`PACKAGES_DYNAMIC` variable when
5473      you are splitting packages, see the
5474      ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:handling optional module packaging`"
5475      section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
5476
5477   :term:`PACKAGESPLITFUNCS`
5478      Specifies a list of functions run to perform additional splitting of
5479      files into individual packages. Recipes can either prepend to this
5480      variable or prepend to the ``populate_packages`` function in order to
5481      perform additional package splitting. In either case, the function
5482      should set :term:`PACKAGES`,
5483      :term:`FILES`, :term:`RDEPENDS` and
5484      other packaging variables appropriately in order to perform the
5485      desired splitting.
5486
5487   :term:`PARALLEL_MAKE`
5488      Extra options passed to the ``make`` command during the
5489      :ref:`ref-tasks-compile` task in order to specify
5490      parallel compilation on the local build host. This variable is
5491      usually in the form "-j x", where x represents the maximum number of
5492      parallel threads ``make`` can run.
5493
5494      .. note::
5495
5496         In order for :term:`PARALLEL_MAKE` to be effective, ``make`` must be
5497         called with ``${``\ :term:`EXTRA_OEMAKE`\ ``}``. An easy way to ensure
5498         this is to use the ``oe_runmake`` function.
5499
5500      By default, the OpenEmbedded build system automatically sets this
5501      variable to be equal to the number of cores the build system uses.
5502
5503      .. note::
5504
5505         If the software being built experiences dependency issues during
5506         the ``do_compile`` task that result in race conditions, you can clear
5507         the :term:`PARALLEL_MAKE` variable within the recipe as a workaround. For
5508         information on addressing race conditions, see the
5509         ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:debugging parallel make races`"
5510         section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
5511
5512      For single socket systems (i.e. one CPU), you should not have to
5513      override this variable to gain optimal parallelism during builds.
5514      However, if you have very large systems that employ multiple physical
5515      CPUs, you might want to make sure the :term:`PARALLEL_MAKE` variable is
5516      not set higher than "-j 20".
5517
5518      For more information on speeding up builds, see the
5519      ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:speeding up a build`"
5520      section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
5521
5522   :term:`PARALLEL_MAKEINST`
5523      Extra options passed to the ``make install`` command during the
5524      :ref:`ref-tasks-install` task in order to specify
5525      parallel installation. This variable defaults to the value of
5526      :term:`PARALLEL_MAKE`.
5527
5528      .. note::
5529
5530         In order for :term:`PARALLEL_MAKEINST` to be effective, ``make`` must
5531         be called with
5532         ``${``\ :term:`EXTRA_OEMAKE`\ ``}``. An easy
5533         way to ensure this is to use the ``oe_runmake`` function.
5534
5535         If the software being built experiences dependency issues during
5536         the ``do_install`` task that result in race conditions, you can
5537         clear the :term:`PARALLEL_MAKEINST` variable within the recipe as a
5538         workaround. For information on addressing race conditions, see the
5539         ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:debugging parallel make races`"
5540         section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
5541
5542   :term:`PATCHRESOLVE`
5543      Determines the action to take when a patch fails. You can set this
5544      variable to one of two values: "noop" and "user".
5545
5546      The default value of "noop" causes the build to simply fail when the
5547      OpenEmbedded build system cannot successfully apply a patch. Setting
5548      the value to "user" causes the build system to launch a shell and
5549      places you in the right location so that you can manually resolve the
5550      conflicts.
5551
5552      Set this variable in your ``local.conf`` file.
5553
5554   :term:`PATCHTOOL`
5555      Specifies the utility used to apply patches for a recipe during the
5556      :ref:`ref-tasks-patch` task. You can specify one of
5557      three utilities: "patch", "quilt", or "git". The default utility used
5558      is "quilt" except for the quilt-native recipe itself. Because the
5559      quilt tool is not available at the time quilt-native is being
5560      patched, it uses "patch".
5561
5562      If you wish to use an alternative patching tool, set the variable in
5563      the recipe using one of the following::
5564
5565         PATCHTOOL = "patch"
5566         PATCHTOOL = "quilt"
5567         PATCHTOOL = "git"
5568
5569   :term:`PE`
5570      The epoch of the recipe. By default, this variable is unset. The
5571      variable is used to make upgrades possible when the versioning scheme
5572      changes in some backwards incompatible way.
5573
5574      :term:`PE` is the default value of the :term:`PKGE` variable.
5575
5576   :term:`PF`
5577      Specifies the recipe or package name and includes all version and
5578      revision numbers (i.e. ``glibc-2.13-r20+svnr15508/`` and
5579      ``bash-4.2-r1/``). This variable is comprised of the following:
5580      ${:term:`PN`}-${:term:`EXTENDPE`}${:term:`PV`}-${:term:`PR`}
5581
5582   :term:`PIXBUF_PACKAGES`
5583      When inheriting the :ref:`pixbufcache <ref-classes-pixbufcache>`
5584      class, this variable identifies packages that contain the pixbuf
5585      loaders used with ``gdk-pixbuf``. By default, the ``pixbufcache``
5586      class assumes that the loaders are in the recipe's main package (i.e.
5587      ``${``\ :term:`PN`\ ``}``). Use this variable if the
5588      loaders you need are in a package other than that main package.
5589
5590   :term:`PKG`
5591      The name of the resulting package created by the OpenEmbedded build
5592      system.
5593
5594      .. note::
5595
5596         When using the :term:`PKG` variable, you must use a package name override.
5597
5598      For example, when the :ref:`debian <ref-classes-debian>` class
5599      renames the output package, it does so by setting
5600      ``PKG:packagename``.
5601
5602   :term:`PKG_CONFIG_PATH`
5603      The path to ``pkg-config`` files for the current build context.
5604      ``pkg-config`` reads this variable from the environment.
5605
5606   :term:`PKGD`
5607      Points to the destination directory for files to be packaged before
5608      they are split into individual packages. This directory defaults to
5609      the following::
5610
5611         ${WORKDIR}/package
5612
5613      Do not change this default.
5614
5615   :term:`PKGDATA_DIR`
5616      Points to a shared, global-state directory that holds data generated
5617      during the packaging process. During the packaging process, the
5618      :ref:`ref-tasks-packagedata` task packages data
5619      for each recipe and installs it into this temporary, shared area.
5620      This directory defaults to the following, which you should not
5621      change::
5622
5623         ${STAGING_DIR_HOST}/pkgdata
5624
5625      For examples of how this data is used, see the
5626      ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:automatically added runtime dependencies`"
5627      section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual and the
5628      ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:viewing package information with \`\`oe-pkgdata-util\`\``"
5629      section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. For more
5630      information on the shared, global-state directory, see
5631      :term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST`.
5632
5633   :term:`PKGDEST`
5634      Points to the parent directory for files to be packaged after they
5635      have been split into individual packages. This directory defaults to
5636      the following::
5637
5638         ${WORKDIR}/packages-split
5639
5640      Under this directory, the build system creates directories for each
5641      package specified in :term:`PACKAGES`. Do not change
5642      this default.
5643
5644   :term:`PKGDESTWORK`
5645      Points to a temporary work area where the
5646      :ref:`ref-tasks-package` task saves package metadata.
5647      The :term:`PKGDESTWORK` location defaults to the following::
5648
5649         ${WORKDIR}/pkgdata
5650
5651      Do not change this default.
5652
5653      The :ref:`ref-tasks-packagedata` task copies the
5654      package metadata from :term:`PKGDESTWORK` to
5655      :term:`PKGDATA_DIR` to make it available globally.
5656
5657   :term:`PKGE`
5658      The epoch of the package(s) built by the recipe. By default, :term:`PKGE`
5659      is set to :term:`PE`.
5660
5661   :term:`PKGR`
5662      The revision of the package(s) built by the recipe. By default,
5663      :term:`PKGR` is set to :term:`PR`.
5664
5665   :term:`PKGV`
5666      The version of the package(s) built by the recipe. By default,
5667      :term:`PKGV` is set to :term:`PV`.
5668
5669   :term:`PN`
5670      This variable can have two separate functions depending on the
5671      context: a recipe name or a resulting package name.
5672
5673      :term:`PN` refers to a recipe name in the context of a file used by the
5674      OpenEmbedded build system as input to create a package. The name is
5675      normally extracted from the recipe file name. For example, if the
5676      recipe is named ``expat_2.0.1.bb``, then the default value of :term:`PN`
5677      will be "expat".
5678
5679      The variable refers to a package name in the context of a file
5680      created or produced by the OpenEmbedded build system.
5681
5682      If applicable, the :term:`PN` variable also contains any special suffix
5683      or prefix. For example, using ``bash`` to build packages for the
5684      native machine, :term:`PN` is ``bash-native``. Using ``bash`` to build
5685      packages for the target and for Multilib, :term:`PN` would be ``bash``
5686      and ``lib64-bash``, respectively.
5687
5688   :term:`PNBLACKLIST`
5689      Lists recipes you do not want the OpenEmbedded build system to build.
5690      This variable works in conjunction with the
5691      :ref:`blacklist <ref-classes-blacklist>` class, which is inherited
5692      globally.
5693
5694      To prevent a recipe from being built, use the :term:`PNBLACKLIST`
5695      variable in your ``local.conf`` file. Here is an example that
5696      prevents ``myrecipe`` from being built::
5697
5698         PNBLACKLIST[myrecipe] = "Not supported by our organization."
5699
5700   :term:`POPULATE_SDK_POST_HOST_COMMAND`
5701      Specifies a list of functions to call once the OpenEmbedded build
5702      system has created the host part of the SDK. You can specify
5703      functions separated by semicolons::
5704
5705          POPULATE_SDK_POST_HOST_COMMAND += "function; ... "
5706
5707      If you need to pass the SDK path to a command within a function, you
5708      can use ``${SDK_DIR}``, which points to the parent directory used by
5709      the OpenEmbedded build system when creating SDK output. See the
5710      :term:`SDK_DIR` variable for more information.
5711
5712   :term:`POPULATE_SDK_POST_TARGET_COMMAND`
5713      Specifies a list of functions to call once the OpenEmbedded build
5714      system has created the target part of the SDK. You can specify
5715      functions separated by semicolons::
5716
5717         POPULATE_SDK_POST_TARGET_COMMAND += "function; ... "
5718
5719      If you need to pass the SDK path to a command within a function, you
5720      can use ``${SDK_DIR}``, which points to the parent directory used by
5721      the OpenEmbedded build system when creating SDK output. See the
5722      :term:`SDK_DIR` variable for more information.
5723
5724   :term:`PR`
5725      The revision of the recipe. The default value for this variable is
5726      "r0". Subsequent revisions of the recipe conventionally have the
5727      values "r1", "r2", and so forth. When :term:`PV` increases,
5728      :term:`PR` is conventionally reset to "r0".
5729
5730      .. note::
5731
5732         The OpenEmbedded build system does not need the aid of :term:`PR`
5733         to know when to rebuild a recipe. The build system uses the task
5734         :ref:`input checksums <overview-manual/concepts:checksums (signatures)>` along with the
5735         :ref:`stamp <structure-build-tmp-stamps>` and
5736         :ref:`overview-manual/concepts:shared state cache`
5737         mechanisms.
5738
5739      The :term:`PR` variable primarily becomes significant when a package
5740      manager dynamically installs packages on an already built image. In
5741      this case, :term:`PR`, which is the default value of
5742      :term:`PKGR`, helps the package manager distinguish which
5743      package is the most recent one in cases where many packages have the
5744      same :term:`PV` (i.e. :term:`PKGV`). A component having many packages with
5745      the same :term:`PV` usually means that the packages all install the same
5746      upstream version, but with later (:term:`PR`) version packages including
5747      packaging fixes.
5748
5749      .. note::
5750
5751         :term:`PR` does not need to be increased for changes that do not change the
5752         package contents or metadata.
5753
5754      Because manually managing :term:`PR` can be cumbersome and error-prone,
5755      an automated solution exists. See the
5756      ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:working with a pr service`" section
5757      in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual for more information.
5758
5759   :term:`PREFERRED_PROVIDER`
5760      If multiple recipes provide the same item, this variable determines
5761      which recipe is preferred and thus provides the item (i.e. the
5762      preferred provider). You should always suffix this variable with the
5763      name of the provided item. And, you should define the variable using
5764      the preferred recipe's name (:term:`PN`). Here is a common
5765      example::
5766
5767         PREFERRED_PROVIDER_virtual/kernel ?= "linux-yocto"
5768
5769      In the previous example, multiple recipes are providing "virtual/kernel".
5770      The :term:`PREFERRED_PROVIDER` variable is set with the name (:term:`PN`) of
5771      the recipe you prefer to provide "virtual/kernel".
5772
5773      Following are more examples::
5774
5775         PREFERRED_PROVIDER_virtual/xserver = "xserver-xf86"
5776         PREFERRED_PROVIDER_virtual/libgl ?= "mesa"
5777
5778      For more
5779      information, see the ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:using virtual providers`"
5780      section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
5781
5782      .. note::
5783
5784         If you use a ``virtual/\*`` item with :term:`PREFERRED_PROVIDER`, then any
5785         recipe that :term:`PROVIDES` that item but is not selected (defined)
5786         by :term:`PREFERRED_PROVIDER` is prevented from building, which is usually
5787         desirable since this mechanism is designed to select between mutually
5788         exclusive alternative providers.
5789
5790   :term:`PREFERRED_VERSION`
5791      If there are multiple versions of a recipe available, this variable
5792      determines which version should be given preference. You must always
5793      suffix the variable with the :term:`PN` you want to select (`python` in
5794      the first example below), and you should specify the :term:`PV`
5795      accordingly (`3.4.0` in the example).
5796
5797      The :term:`PREFERRED_VERSION` variable supports limited wildcard use
5798      through the "``%``" character. You can use the character to match any
5799      number of characters, which can be useful when specifying versions
5800      that contain long revision numbers that potentially change. Here are
5801      two examples::
5802
5803         PREFERRED_VERSION_python = "3.4.0"
5804         PREFERRED_VERSION_linux-yocto = "5.0%"
5805
5806      .. note::
5807
5808         The use of the "%" character is limited in that it only works at the end of the
5809         string. You cannot use the wildcard character in any other
5810         location of the string.
5811
5812      The specified version is matched against :term:`PV`, which
5813      does not necessarily match the version part of the recipe's filename.
5814      For example, consider two recipes ``foo_1.2.bb`` and ``foo_git.bb``
5815      where ``foo_git.bb`` contains the following assignment::
5816
5817         PV = "1.1+git${SRCPV}"
5818
5819      In this case, the correct way to select
5820      ``foo_git.bb`` is by using an assignment such as the following::
5821
5822         PREFERRED_VERSION_foo = "1.1+git%"
5823
5824      Compare that previous example
5825      against the following incorrect example, which does not work::
5826
5827         PREFERRED_VERSION_foo = "git"
5828
5829      Sometimes the :term:`PREFERRED_VERSION` variable can be set by
5830      configuration files in a way that is hard to change. You can use
5831      :term:`OVERRIDES` to set a machine-specific
5832      override. Here is an example::
5833
5834         PREFERRED_VERSION_linux-yocto:qemux86 = "5.0%"
5835
5836      Although not recommended, worst case, you can also use the
5837      "forcevariable" override, which is the strongest override possible.
5838      Here is an example::
5839
5840         PREFERRED_VERSION_linux-yocto:forcevariable = "5.0%"
5841
5842      .. note::
5843
5844         The ``:forcevariable`` override is not handled specially. This override
5845         only works because the default value of :term:`OVERRIDES` includes "forcevariable".
5846
5847      If a recipe with the specified version is not available, a warning
5848      message will be shown. See :term:`REQUIRED_VERSION` if you want this
5849      to be an error instead.
5850
5851   :term:`PREMIRRORS`
5852      Specifies additional paths from which the OpenEmbedded build system
5853      gets source code. When the build system searches for source code, it
5854      first tries the local download directory. If that location fails, the
5855      build system tries locations defined by :term:`PREMIRRORS`, the upstream
5856      source, and then locations specified by
5857      :term:`MIRRORS` in that order.
5858
5859      Assuming your distribution (:term:`DISTRO`) is "poky",
5860      the default value for :term:`PREMIRRORS` is defined in the
5861      ``conf/distro/poky.conf`` file in the ``meta-poky`` Git repository.
5862
5863      Typically, you could add a specific server for the build system to
5864      attempt before any others by adding something like the following to
5865      the ``local.conf`` configuration file in the
5866      :term:`Build Directory`::
5867
5868         PREMIRRORS:prepend = "\
5869             git://.*/.* &YOCTO_DL_URL;/mirror/sources/ \
5870             ftp://.*/.* &YOCTO_DL_URL;/mirror/sources/ \
5871             http://.*/.* &YOCTO_DL_URL;/mirror/sources/ \
5872             https://.*/.* &YOCTO_DL_URL;/mirror/sources/"
5873
5874      These changes cause the
5875      build system to intercept Git, FTP, HTTP, and HTTPS requests and
5876      direct them to the ``http://`` sources mirror. You can use
5877      ``file://`` URLs to point to local directories or network shares as
5878      well.
5879
5880   :term:`PRIORITY`
5881      Indicates the importance of a package.
5882
5883      :term:`PRIORITY` is considered to be part of the distribution policy
5884      because the importance of any given recipe depends on the purpose for
5885      which the distribution is being produced. Thus, :term:`PRIORITY` is not
5886      normally set within recipes.
5887
5888      You can set :term:`PRIORITY` to "required", "standard", "extra", and
5889      "optional", which is the default.
5890
5891   :term:`PRIVATE_LIBS`
5892      Specifies libraries installed within a recipe that should be ignored
5893      by the OpenEmbedded build system's shared library resolver. This
5894      variable is typically used when software being built by a recipe has
5895      its own private versions of a library normally provided by another
5896      recipe. In this case, you would not want the package containing the
5897      private libraries to be set as a dependency on other unrelated
5898      packages that should instead depend on the package providing the
5899      standard version of the library.
5900
5901      Libraries specified in this variable should be specified by their
5902      file name. For example, from the Firefox recipe in meta-browser::
5903
5904         PRIVATE_LIBS = "libmozjs.so \
5905                         libxpcom.so \
5906                         libnspr4.so \
5907                         libxul.so \
5908                         libmozalloc.so \
5909                         libplc4.so \
5910                         libplds4.so"
5911
5912      For more information, see the
5913      ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:automatically added runtime dependencies`"
5914      section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual.
5915
5916   :term:`PROVIDES`
5917      A list of aliases by which a particular recipe can be known. By
5918      default, a recipe's own :term:`PN` is implicitly already in its
5919      :term:`PROVIDES` list and therefore does not need to mention that it
5920      provides itself. If a recipe uses :term:`PROVIDES`, the additional
5921      aliases are synonyms for the recipe and can be useful for satisfying
5922      dependencies of other recipes during the build as specified by
5923      :term:`DEPENDS`.
5924
5925      Consider the following example :term:`PROVIDES` statement from the recipe
5926      file ``eudev_3.2.9.bb``::
5927
5928         PROVIDES += "udev"
5929
5930      The :term:`PROVIDES` statement
5931      results in the "eudev" recipe also being available as simply "udev".
5932
5933      .. note::
5934
5935         A recipe's own recipe name (:term:`PN`) is always implicitly prepended
5936         to `PROVIDES`, so while using "+=" in the above example may not be
5937         strictly necessary it is recommended to avoid confusion.
5938
5939      In addition to providing recipes under alternate names, the
5940      :term:`PROVIDES` mechanism is also used to implement virtual targets. A
5941      virtual target is a name that corresponds to some particular
5942      functionality (e.g. a Linux kernel). Recipes that provide the
5943      functionality in question list the virtual target in :term:`PROVIDES`.
5944      Recipes that depend on the functionality in question can include the
5945      virtual target in :term:`DEPENDS` to leave the choice of provider open.
5946
5947      Conventionally, virtual targets have names on the form
5948      "virtual/function" (e.g. "virtual/kernel"). The slash is simply part
5949      of the name and has no syntactical significance.
5950
5951      The :term:`PREFERRED_PROVIDER` variable is
5952      used to select which particular recipe provides a virtual target.
5953
5954      .. note::
5955
5956         A corresponding mechanism for virtual runtime dependencies
5957         (packages) exists. However, the mechanism does not depend on any
5958         special functionality beyond ordinary variable assignments. For
5959         example, ``VIRTUAL-RUNTIME_dev_manager`` refers to the package of
5960         the component that manages the ``/dev`` directory.
5961
5962         Setting the "preferred provider" for runtime dependencies is as
5963         simple as using the following assignment in a configuration file::
5964
5965                 VIRTUAL-RUNTIME_dev_manager = "udev"
5966
5967
5968   :term:`PRSERV_HOST`
5969      The network based :term:`PR` service host and port.
5970
5971      The ``conf/local.conf.sample.extended`` configuration file in the
5972      :term:`Source Directory` shows how the
5973      :term:`PRSERV_HOST` variable is set::
5974
5975         PRSERV_HOST = "localhost:0"
5976
5977      You must
5978      set the variable if you want to automatically start a local :ref:`PR
5979      service <dev-manual/common-tasks:working with a pr service>`. You can
5980      set :term:`PRSERV_HOST` to other values to use a remote PR service.
5981
5982
5983   :term:`PSEUDO_IGNORE_PATHS`
5984      A comma-separated (without spaces) list of path prefixes that should be ignored
5985      by pseudo when monitoring and recording file operations, in order to avoid
5986      problems with files being written to outside of the pseudo context and
5987      reduce pseudo's overhead. A path is ignored if it matches any prefix in the list
5988      and can include partial directory (or file) names.
5989
5990
5991   :term:`PTEST_ENABLED`
5992      Specifies whether or not :ref:`Package
5993      Test <dev-manual/common-tasks:testing packages with ptest>` (ptest)
5994      functionality is enabled when building a recipe. You should not set
5995      this variable directly. Enabling and disabling building Package Tests
5996      at build time should be done by adding "ptest" to (or removing it
5997      from) :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES`.
5998
5999   :term:`PV`
6000      The version of the recipe. The version is normally extracted from the
6001      recipe filename. For example, if the recipe is named
6002      ``expat_2.0.1.bb``, then the default value of :term:`PV` will be "2.0.1".
6003      :term:`PV` is generally not overridden within a recipe unless it is
6004      building an unstable (i.e. development) version from a source code
6005      repository (e.g. Git or Subversion).
6006
6007      :term:`PV` is the default value of the :term:`PKGV` variable.
6008
6009   :term:`PYTHON_ABI`
6010      When used by recipes that inherit the
6011      :ref:`distutils3 <ref-classes-distutils3>`,
6012      :ref:`setuptools3 <ref-classes-setuptools3>` classes, denotes the
6013      Application Binary Interface (ABI) currently in use for Python. By
6014      default, the ABI is "m". You do not have to set this variable as the
6015      OpenEmbedded build system sets it for you.
6016
6017      The OpenEmbedded build system uses the ABI to construct directory
6018      names used when installing the Python headers and libraries in
6019      sysroot (e.g. ``.../python3.3m/...``).
6020
6021      Recipes that inherit the :ref:`distutils3 <ref-classes-distutils3>` class during cross-builds also
6022      use this variable to locate the headers and libraries of the
6023      appropriate Python that the extension is targeting.
6024
6025   :term:`PYTHON_PN`
6026      When used by recipes that inherit the
6027      `distutils3 <ref-classes-distutils3>`,
6028      :ref:`setuptools3 <ref-classes-setuptools3>` classes, specifies the
6029      major Python version being built. For Python 3.x, :term:`PYTHON_PN` would
6030      be "python3". You do not have to set this variable as the
6031      OpenEmbedded build system automatically sets it for you.
6032
6033      The variable allows recipes to use common infrastructure such as the
6034      following::
6035
6036         DEPENDS += "${PYTHON_PN}-native"
6037
6038      In the previous example,
6039      the version of the dependency is :term:`PYTHON_PN`.
6040
6041   :term:`RANLIB`
6042      The minimal command and arguments to run ``ranlib``.
6043
6044   :term:`RCONFLICTS`
6045      The list of packages that conflict with packages. Note that packages
6046      will not be installed if conflicting packages are not first removed.
6047
6048      Like all package-controlling variables, you must always use them in
6049      conjunction with a package name override. Here is an example::
6050
6051         RCONFLICTS:${PN} = "another_conflicting_package_name"
6052
6053      BitBake, which the OpenEmbedded build system uses, supports
6054      specifying versioned dependencies. Although the syntax varies
6055      depending on the packaging format, BitBake hides these differences
6056      from you. Here is the general syntax to specify versions with the
6057      :term:`RCONFLICTS` variable::
6058
6059         RCONFLICTS:${PN} = "package (operator version)"
6060
6061      For ``operator``, you can specify the following:
6062
6063      - =
6064      - <
6065      - >
6066      - <=
6067      - >=
6068
6069      For example, the following sets up a dependency on version 1.2 or
6070      greater of the package ``foo``::
6071
6072         RCONFLICTS:${PN} = "foo (>= 1.2)"
6073
6074   :term:`RDEPENDS`
6075      Lists runtime dependencies of a package. These dependencies are other
6076      packages that must be installed in order for the package to function
6077      correctly. As an example, the following assignment declares that the
6078      package ``foo`` needs the packages ``bar`` and ``baz`` to be
6079      installed::
6080
6081         RDEPENDS:foo = "bar baz"
6082
6083      The most common types of package
6084      runtime dependencies are automatically detected and added. Therefore,
6085      most recipes do not need to set :term:`RDEPENDS`. For more information,
6086      see the
6087      ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:automatically added runtime dependencies`"
6088      section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual.
6089
6090      The practical effect of the above :term:`RDEPENDS` assignment is that
6091      ``bar`` and ``baz`` will be declared as dependencies inside the
6092      package ``foo`` when it is written out by one of the
6093      :ref:`do_package_write_\* <ref-tasks-package_write_deb>` tasks.
6094      Exactly how this is done depends on which package format is used,
6095      which is determined by
6096      :term:`PACKAGE_CLASSES`. When the
6097      corresponding package manager installs the package, it will know to
6098      also install the packages on which it depends.
6099
6100      To ensure that the packages ``bar`` and ``baz`` get built, the
6101      previous :term:`RDEPENDS` assignment also causes a task dependency to be
6102      added. This dependency is from the recipe's
6103      :ref:`ref-tasks-build` (not to be confused with
6104      :ref:`ref-tasks-compile`) task to the
6105      ``do_package_write_*`` task of the recipes that build ``bar`` and
6106      ``baz``.
6107
6108      The names of the packages you list within :term:`RDEPENDS` must be the
6109      names of other packages - they cannot be recipe names. Although
6110      package names and recipe names usually match, the important point
6111      here is that you are providing package names within the :term:`RDEPENDS`
6112      variable. For an example of the default list of packages created from
6113      a recipe, see the :term:`PACKAGES` variable.
6114
6115      Because the :term:`RDEPENDS` variable applies to packages being built,
6116      you should always use the variable in a form with an attached package
6117      name (remember that a single recipe can build multiple packages). For
6118      example, suppose you are building a development package that depends
6119      on the ``perl`` package. In this case, you would use the following
6120      :term:`RDEPENDS` statement::
6121
6122         RDEPENDS:${PN}-dev += "perl"
6123
6124      In the example,
6125      the development package depends on the ``perl`` package. Thus, the
6126      :term:`RDEPENDS` variable has the ``${PN}-dev`` package name as part of
6127      the variable.
6128
6129      .. note::
6130
6131         ``RDEPENDS:${PN}-dev`` includes ``${``\ :term:`PN`\ ``}``
6132         by default. This default is set in the BitBake configuration file
6133         (``meta/conf/bitbake.conf``). Be careful not to accidentally remove
6134         ``${PN}`` when modifying ``RDEPENDS:${PN}-dev``. Use the "+=" operator
6135         rather than the "=" operator.
6136
6137      The package names you use with :term:`RDEPENDS` must appear as they would
6138      in the :term:`PACKAGES` variable. The :term:`PKG` variable
6139      allows a different name to be used for the final package (e.g. the
6140      :ref:`debian <ref-classes-debian>` class uses this to rename
6141      packages), but this final package name cannot be used with
6142      :term:`RDEPENDS`, which makes sense as :term:`RDEPENDS` is meant to be
6143      independent of the package format used.
6144
6145      BitBake, which the OpenEmbedded build system uses, supports
6146      specifying versioned dependencies. Although the syntax varies
6147      depending on the packaging format, BitBake hides these differences
6148      from you. Here is the general syntax to specify versions with the
6149      :term:`RDEPENDS` variable::
6150
6151         RDEPENDS:${PN} = "package (operator version)"
6152
6153      For ``operator``, you can specify the following:
6154
6155      - =
6156      - <
6157      - >
6158      - <=
6159      - >=
6160
6161      For version, provide the version number.
6162
6163      .. note::
6164
6165         You can use :term:`EXTENDPKGV` to provide a full package version
6166         specification.
6167
6168      For example, the following sets up a dependency on version 1.2 or
6169      greater of the package ``foo``::
6170
6171         RDEPENDS:${PN} = "foo (>= 1.2)"
6172
6173      For information on build-time dependencies, see the
6174      :term:`DEPENDS` variable. You can also see the
6175      ":ref:`bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:tasks`" and
6176      ":ref:`bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-execution:dependencies`" sections in the
6177      BitBake User Manual for additional information on tasks and
6178      dependencies.
6179
6180   :term:`RECIPE_NO_UPDATE_REASON`
6181      If a recipe should not be replaced by a more recent upstream version,
6182      putting the reason why in this variable in a recipe allows
6183      ``devtool check-upgrade-status`` command to display it, as explained
6184      in the ":ref:`ref-manual/devtool-reference:checking on the upgrade status of a recipe`"
6185      section.
6186
6187   :term:`REQUIRED_DISTRO_FEATURES`
6188      When inheriting the
6189      :ref:`features_check <ref-classes-features_check>`
6190      class, this variable identifies distribution features that must exist
6191      in the current configuration in order for the OpenEmbedded build
6192      system to build the recipe. In other words, if the
6193      :term:`REQUIRED_DISTRO_FEATURES` variable lists a feature that does not
6194      appear in :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES` within the current configuration, then
6195      the recipe will be skipped, and if the build system attempts to build
6196      the recipe then an error will be triggered.
6197
6198   :term:`REQUIRED_VERSION`
6199      If there are multiple versions of a recipe available, this variable
6200      determines which version should be given preference.
6201      :term:`REQUIRED_VERSION` works in exactly the same manner as
6202      :term:`PREFERRED_VERSION`, except that if the specified version is not
6203      available then an error message is shown and the build fails
6204      immediately.
6205
6206      If both :term:`REQUIRED_VERSION` and :term:`PREFERRED_VERSION` are set
6207      for the same recipe, the :term:`REQUIRED_VERSION` value applies.
6208
6209   :term:`RM_WORK_EXCLUDE`
6210      With ``rm_work`` enabled, this variable specifies a list of recipes
6211      whose work directories should not be removed. See the
6212      ":ref:`ref-classes-rm-work`" section for more
6213      details.
6214
6215   :term:`ROOT_HOME`
6216      Defines the root home directory. By default, this directory is set as
6217      follows in the BitBake configuration file::
6218
6219         ROOT_HOME ??= "/home/root"
6220
6221      .. note::
6222
6223         This default value is likely used because some embedded solutions
6224         prefer to have a read-only root filesystem and prefer to keep
6225         writeable data in one place.
6226
6227      You can override the default by setting the variable in any layer or
6228      in the ``local.conf`` file. Because the default is set using a "weak"
6229      assignment (i.e. "??="), you can use either of the following forms to
6230      define your override::
6231
6232         ROOT_HOME = "/root"
6233         ROOT_HOME ?= "/root"
6234
6235      These
6236      override examples use ``/root``, which is probably the most commonly
6237      used override.
6238
6239   :term:`ROOTFS`
6240      Indicates a filesystem image to include as the root filesystem.
6241
6242      The :term:`ROOTFS` variable is an optional variable used with the
6243      :ref:`image-live <ref-classes-image-live>` class.
6244
6245   :term:`ROOTFS_POSTINSTALL_COMMAND`
6246      Specifies a list of functions to call after the OpenEmbedded build
6247      system has installed packages. You can specify functions separated by
6248      semicolons::
6249
6250         ROOTFS_POSTINSTALL_COMMAND += "function; ... "
6251
6252      If you need to pass the root filesystem path to a command within a
6253      function, you can use ``${IMAGE_ROOTFS}``, which points to the
6254      directory that becomes the root filesystem image. See the
6255      :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS` variable for more
6256      information.
6257
6258   :term:`ROOTFS_POSTPROCESS_COMMAND`
6259      Specifies a list of functions to call once the OpenEmbedded build
6260      system has created the root filesystem. You can specify functions
6261      separated by semicolons::
6262
6263         ROOTFS_POSTPROCESS_COMMAND += "function; ... "
6264
6265      If you need to pass the root filesystem path to a command within a
6266      function, you can use ``${IMAGE_ROOTFS}``, which points to the
6267      directory that becomes the root filesystem image. See the
6268      :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS` variable for more
6269      information.
6270
6271   :term:`ROOTFS_POSTUNINSTALL_COMMAND`
6272      Specifies a list of functions to call after the OpenEmbedded build
6273      system has removed unnecessary packages. When runtime package
6274      management is disabled in the image, several packages are removed
6275      including ``base-passwd``, ``shadow``, and ``update-alternatives``.
6276      You can specify functions separated by semicolons::
6277
6278         ROOTFS_POSTUNINSTALL_COMMAND += "function; ... "
6279
6280      If you need to pass the root filesystem path to a command within a
6281      function, you can use ``${IMAGE_ROOTFS}``, which points to the
6282      directory that becomes the root filesystem image. See the
6283      :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS` variable for more
6284      information.
6285
6286   :term:`ROOTFS_PREPROCESS_COMMAND`
6287      Specifies a list of functions to call before the OpenEmbedded build
6288      system has created the root filesystem. You can specify functions
6289      separated by semicolons::
6290
6291         ROOTFS_PREPROCESS_COMMAND += "function; ... "
6292
6293      If you need to pass the root filesystem path to a command within a
6294      function, you can use ``${IMAGE_ROOTFS}``, which points to the
6295      directory that becomes the root filesystem image. See the
6296      :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS` variable for more
6297      information.
6298
6299   :term:`RPROVIDES`
6300      A list of package name aliases that a package also provides. These
6301      aliases are useful for satisfying runtime dependencies of other
6302      packages both during the build and on the target (as specified by
6303      :term:`RDEPENDS`).
6304
6305      .. note::
6306
6307         A package's own name is implicitly already in its :term:`RPROVIDES` list.
6308
6309      As with all package-controlling variables, you must always use the
6310      variable in conjunction with a package name override. Here is an
6311      example::
6312
6313         RPROVIDES:${PN} = "widget-abi-2"
6314
6315   :term:`RRECOMMENDS`
6316      A list of packages that extends the usability of a package being
6317      built. The package being built does not depend on this list of
6318      packages in order to successfully build, but rather uses them for
6319      extended usability. To specify runtime dependencies for packages, see
6320      the :term:`RDEPENDS` variable.
6321
6322      The package manager will automatically install the :term:`RRECOMMENDS`
6323      list of packages when installing the built package. However, you can
6324      prevent listed packages from being installed by using the
6325      :term:`BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS`,
6326      :term:`NO_RECOMMENDATIONS`, and
6327      :term:`PACKAGE_EXCLUDE` variables.
6328
6329      Packages specified in :term:`RRECOMMENDS` need not actually be produced.
6330      However, there must be a recipe providing each package, either
6331      through the :term:`PACKAGES` or
6332      :term:`PACKAGES_DYNAMIC` variables or the
6333      :term:`RPROVIDES` variable, or an error will occur
6334      during the build. If such a recipe does exist and the package is not
6335      produced, the build continues without error.
6336
6337      Because the :term:`RRECOMMENDS` variable applies to packages being built,
6338      you should always attach an override to the variable to specify the
6339      particular package whose usability is being extended. For example,
6340      suppose you are building a development package that is extended to
6341      support wireless functionality. In this case, you would use the
6342      following::
6343
6344         RRECOMMENDS:${PN}-dev += "wireless_package_name"
6345
6346      In the
6347      example, the package name (``${PN}-dev``) must appear as it would in
6348      the :term:`PACKAGES` namespace before any renaming of the output package
6349      by classes such as ``debian.bbclass``.
6350
6351      BitBake, which the OpenEmbedded build system uses, supports
6352      specifying versioned recommends. Although the syntax varies depending
6353      on the packaging format, BitBake hides these differences from you.
6354      Here is the general syntax to specify versions with the
6355      :term:`RRECOMMENDS` variable::
6356
6357         RRECOMMENDS:${PN} = "package (operator version)"
6358
6359      For ``operator``, you can specify the following:
6360
6361      - =
6362      - <
6363      - >
6364      - <=
6365      - >=
6366
6367      For example, the following sets up a recommend on version 1.2 or
6368      greater of the package ``foo``::
6369
6370         RRECOMMENDS:${PN} = "foo (>= 1.2)"
6371
6372   :term:`RREPLACES`
6373      A list of packages replaced by a package. The package manager uses
6374      this variable to determine which package should be installed to
6375      replace other package(s) during an upgrade. In order to also have the
6376      other package(s) removed at the same time, you must add the name of
6377      the other package to the :term:`RCONFLICTS` variable.
6378
6379      As with all package-controlling variables, you must use this variable
6380      in conjunction with a package name override. Here is an example::
6381
6382         RREPLACES:${PN} = "other_package_being_replaced"
6383
6384      BitBake, which the OpenEmbedded build system uses, supports
6385      specifying versioned replacements. Although the syntax varies
6386      depending on the packaging format, BitBake hides these differences
6387      from you. Here is the general syntax to specify versions with the
6388      :term:`RREPLACES` variable::
6389
6390         RREPLACES:${PN} = "package (operator version)"
6391
6392      For ``operator``, you can specify the following:
6393
6394      - =
6395      - <
6396      - >
6397      - <=
6398      - >=
6399
6400      For example, the following sets up a replacement using version 1.2
6401      or greater of the package ``foo``::
6402
6403          RREPLACES:${PN} = "foo (>= 1.2)"
6404
6405   :term:`RSUGGESTS`
6406      A list of additional packages that you can suggest for installation
6407      by the package manager at the time a package is installed. Not all
6408      package managers support this functionality.
6409
6410      As with all package-controlling variables, you must always use this
6411      variable in conjunction with a package name override. Here is an
6412      example::
6413
6414         RSUGGESTS:${PN} = "useful_package another_package"
6415
6416   :term:`S`
6417      The location in the :term:`Build Directory` where
6418      unpacked recipe source code resides. By default, this directory is
6419      ``${``\ :term:`WORKDIR`\ ``}/${``\ :term:`BPN`\ ``}-${``\ :term:`PV`\ ``}``,
6420      where ``${BPN}`` is the base recipe name and ``${PV}`` is the recipe
6421      version. If the source tarball extracts the code to a directory named
6422      anything other than ``${BPN}-${PV}``, or if the source code is
6423      fetched from an SCM such as Git or Subversion, then you must set
6424      :term:`S` in the recipe so that the OpenEmbedded build system knows where
6425      to find the unpacked source.
6426
6427      As an example, assume a :term:`Source Directory`
6428      top-level folder named ``poky`` and a default Build Directory at
6429      ``poky/build``. In this case, the work directory the build system
6430      uses to keep the unpacked recipe for ``db`` is the following::
6431
6432         poky/build/tmp/work/qemux86-poky-linux/db/5.1.19-r3/db-5.1.19
6433
6434      The unpacked source code resides in the ``db-5.1.19`` folder.
6435
6436      This next example assumes a Git repository. By default, Git
6437      repositories are cloned to ``${WORKDIR}/git`` during
6438      :ref:`ref-tasks-fetch`. Since this path is different
6439      from the default value of :term:`S`, you must set it specifically so the
6440      source can be located::
6441
6442         SRC_URI = "git://path/to/repo.git"
6443         S = "${WORKDIR}/git"
6444
6445   :term:`SANITY_REQUIRED_UTILITIES`
6446      Specifies a list of command-line utilities that should be checked for
6447      during the initial sanity checking process when running BitBake. If
6448      any of the utilities are not installed on the build host, then
6449      BitBake immediately exits with an error.
6450
6451   :term:`SANITY_TESTED_DISTROS`
6452      A list of the host distribution identifiers that the build system has
6453      been tested against. Identifiers consist of the host distributor ID
6454      followed by the release, as reported by the ``lsb_release`` tool or
6455      as read from ``/etc/lsb-release``. Separate the list items with
6456      explicit newline characters (``\n``). If :term:`SANITY_TESTED_DISTROS` is
6457      not empty and the current value of
6458      :term:`NATIVELSBSTRING` does not appear in the
6459      list, then the build system reports a warning that indicates the
6460      current host distribution has not been tested as a build host.
6461
6462   :term:`SDK_ARCH`
6463      The target architecture for the SDK. Typically, you do not directly
6464      set this variable. Instead, use :term:`SDKMACHINE`.
6465
6466   :term:`SDK_CUSTOM_TEMPLATECONF`
6467      When building the extensible SDK, if :term:`SDK_CUSTOM_TEMPLATECONF` is set to
6468      "1" and a ``conf/templateconf.conf`` file exists in the build directory
6469      (:term:`TOPDIR`) then this will be copied into the SDK.
6470
6471   :term:`SDK_DEPLOY`
6472      The directory set up and used by the
6473      :ref:`populate_sdk_base <ref-classes-populate-sdk>` class to which
6474      the SDK is deployed. The ``populate_sdk_base`` class defines
6475      :term:`SDK_DEPLOY` as follows::
6476
6477         SDK_DEPLOY = "${TMPDIR}/deploy/sdk"
6478
6479   :term:`SDK_DIR`
6480      The parent directory used by the OpenEmbedded build system when
6481      creating SDK output. The
6482      :ref:`populate_sdk_base <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class defines
6483      the variable as follows::
6484
6485         SDK_DIR = "${WORKDIR}/sdk"
6486
6487      .. note::
6488
6489         The :term:`SDK_DIR` directory is a temporary directory as it is part of
6490         :term:`WORKDIR`. The final output directory is :term:`SDK_DEPLOY`.
6491
6492   :term:`SDK_EXT_TYPE`
6493      Controls whether or not shared state artifacts are copied into the
6494      extensible SDK. The default value of "full" copies all of the
6495      required shared state artifacts into the extensible SDK. The value
6496      "minimal" leaves these artifacts out of the SDK.
6497
6498      .. note::
6499
6500         If you set the variable to "minimal", you need to ensure
6501         :term:`SSTATE_MIRRORS` is set in the SDK's configuration to enable the
6502         artifacts to be fetched as needed.
6503
6504   :term:`SDK_HOST_MANIFEST`
6505      The manifest file for the host part of the SDK. This file lists all
6506      the installed packages that make up the host part of the SDK. The
6507      file contains package information on a line-per-package basis as
6508      follows::
6509
6510         packagename packagearch version
6511
6512      The :ref:`populate_sdk_base <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class
6513      defines the manifest file as follows::
6514
6515         SDK_HOST_MANIFEST = "${SDK_DEPLOY}/${TOOLCHAIN_OUTPUTNAME}.host.manifest"
6516
6517      The location is derived using the :term:`SDK_DEPLOY` and
6518      :term:`TOOLCHAIN_OUTPUTNAME` variables.
6519
6520   :term:`SDK_INCLUDE_PKGDATA`
6521      When set to "1", specifies to include the packagedata for all recipes
6522      in the "world" target in the extensible SDK. Including this data
6523      allows the ``devtool search`` command to find these recipes in search
6524      results, as well as allows the ``devtool add`` command to map
6525      dependencies more effectively.
6526
6527      .. note::
6528
6529         Enabling the :term:`SDK_INCLUDE_PKGDATA`
6530         variable significantly increases build time because all of world
6531         needs to be built. Enabling the variable also slightly increases
6532         the size of the extensible SDK.
6533
6534   :term:`SDK_INCLUDE_TOOLCHAIN`
6535      When set to "1", specifies to include the toolchain in the extensible
6536      SDK. Including the toolchain is useful particularly when
6537      :term:`SDK_EXT_TYPE` is set to "minimal" to keep
6538      the SDK reasonably small but you still want to provide a usable
6539      toolchain. For example, suppose you want to use the toolchain from an
6540      IDE or from other tools and you do not want to perform additional
6541      steps to install the toolchain.
6542
6543      The :term:`SDK_INCLUDE_TOOLCHAIN` variable defaults to "0" if
6544      :term:`SDK_EXT_TYPE` is set to "minimal", and defaults to "1" if
6545      :term:`SDK_EXT_TYPE` is set to "full".
6546
6547   :term:`SDK_INHERIT_BLACKLIST`
6548      A list of classes to remove from the :term:`INHERIT`
6549      value globally within the extensible SDK configuration. The
6550      :ref:`populate-sdk-ext <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class sets the
6551      default value::
6552
6553         SDK_INHERIT_BLACKLIST ?= "buildhistory icecc"
6554
6555      Some classes are not generally applicable within the extensible SDK
6556      context. You can use this variable to disable those classes.
6557
6558      For additional information on how to customize the extensible SDK's
6559      configuration, see the
6560      ":ref:`sdk-manual/appendix-customizing:configuring the extensible sdk`"
6561      section in the Yocto Project Application Development and the
6562      Extensible Software Development Kit (eSDK) manual.
6563
6564   :term:`SDK_LOCAL_CONF_BLACKLIST`
6565      A list of variables not allowed through from the OpenEmbedded build
6566      system configuration into the extensible SDK configuration. Usually,
6567      these are variables that are specific to the machine on which the
6568      build system is running and thus would be potentially problematic
6569      within the extensible SDK.
6570
6571      By default, :term:`SDK_LOCAL_CONF_BLACKLIST` is set in the
6572      :ref:`populate-sdk-ext <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class and
6573      excludes the following variables:
6574
6575      - :term:`CONF_VERSION`
6576      - :term:`BB_NUMBER_THREADS`
6577      - :term:`BB_NUMBER_PARSE_THREADS`
6578      - :term:`PARALLEL_MAKE`
6579      - :term:`PRSERV_HOST`
6580      - :term:`SSTATE_MIRRORS` :term:`DL_DIR`
6581      - :term:`SSTATE_DIR` :term:`TMPDIR`
6582      - :term:`BB_SERVER_TIMEOUT`
6583
6584      For additional information on how to customize the extensible SDK's
6585      configuration, see the
6586      ":ref:`sdk-manual/appendix-customizing:configuring the extensible sdk`"
6587      section in the Yocto Project Application Development and the
6588      Extensible Software Development Kit (eSDK) manual.
6589
6590   :term:`SDK_LOCAL_CONF_WHITELIST`
6591      A list of variables allowed through from the OpenEmbedded build
6592      system configuration into the extensible SDK configuration. By
6593      default, the list of variables is empty and is set in the
6594      :ref:`populate-sdk-ext <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class.
6595
6596      This list overrides the variables specified using the
6597      :term:`SDK_LOCAL_CONF_BLACKLIST` variable as well as
6598      other variables automatically added due to the "/" character
6599      being found at the start of the
6600      value, which is usually indicative of being a path and thus might not
6601      be valid on the system where the SDK is installed.
6602
6603      For additional information on how to customize the extensible SDK's
6604      configuration, see the
6605      ":ref:`sdk-manual/appendix-customizing:configuring the extensible sdk`"
6606      section in the Yocto Project Application Development and the
6607      Extensible Software Development Kit (eSDK) manual.
6608
6609   :term:`SDK_NAME`
6610      The base name for SDK output files. The name is derived from the
6611      :term:`DISTRO`, :term:`TCLIBC`,
6612      :term:`SDK_ARCH`,
6613      :term:`IMAGE_BASENAME`, and
6614      :term:`TUNE_PKGARCH` variables::
6615
6616         SDK_NAME = "${DISTRO}-${TCLIBC}-${SDK_ARCH}-${IMAGE_BASENAME}-${TUNE_PKGARCH}"
6617
6618   :term:`SDK_OS`
6619      Specifies the operating system for which the SDK will be built. The
6620      default value is the value of :term:`BUILD_OS`.
6621
6622   :term:`SDK_OUTPUT`
6623      The location used by the OpenEmbedded build system when creating SDK
6624      output. The :ref:`populate_sdk_base <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>`
6625      class defines the variable as follows::
6626
6627         SDK_DIR = "${WORKDIR}/sdk"
6628         SDK_OUTPUT = "${SDK_DIR}/image"
6629         SDK_DEPLOY = "${DEPLOY_DIR}/sdk"
6630
6631      .. note::
6632
6633         The :term:`SDK_OUTPUT` directory is a temporary directory as it is part of
6634         :term:`WORKDIR` by way of :term:`SDK_DIR`. The final output directory is
6635         :term:`SDK_DEPLOY`.
6636
6637   :term:`SDK_PACKAGE_ARCHS`
6638      Specifies a list of architectures compatible with the SDK machine.
6639      This variable is set automatically and should not normally be
6640      hand-edited. Entries are separated using spaces and listed in order
6641      of priority. The default value for :term:`SDK_PACKAGE_ARCHS` is "all any
6642      noarch ${SDK_ARCH}-${SDKPKGSUFFIX}".
6643
6644   :term:`SDK_POSTPROCESS_COMMAND`
6645      Specifies a list of functions to call once the OpenEmbedded build
6646      system creates the SDK. You can specify functions separated by
6647      semicolons: SDK_POSTPROCESS_COMMAND += "function; ... "
6648
6649      If you need to pass an SDK path to a command within a function, you
6650      can use ``${SDK_DIR}``, which points to the parent directory used by
6651      the OpenEmbedded build system when creating SDK output. See the
6652      :term:`SDK_DIR` variable for more information.
6653
6654   :term:`SDK_PREFIX`
6655      The toolchain binary prefix used for ``nativesdk`` recipes. The
6656      OpenEmbedded build system uses the :term:`SDK_PREFIX` value to set the
6657      :term:`TARGET_PREFIX` when building
6658      ``nativesdk`` recipes. The default value is "${SDK_SYS}-".
6659
6660   :term:`SDK_RECRDEP_TASKS`
6661      A list of shared state tasks added to the extensible SDK. By default,
6662      the following tasks are added:
6663
6664      - do_populate_lic
6665      - do_package_qa
6666      - do_populate_sysroot
6667      - do_deploy
6668
6669      Despite the default value of "" for the
6670      :term:`SDK_RECRDEP_TASKS` variable, the above four tasks are always added
6671      to the SDK. To specify tasks beyond these four, you need to use the
6672      :term:`SDK_RECRDEP_TASKS` variable (e.g. you are defining additional
6673      tasks that are needed in order to build
6674      :term:`SDK_TARGETS`).
6675
6676   :term:`SDK_SYS`
6677      Specifies the system, including the architecture and the operating
6678      system, for which the SDK will be built.
6679
6680      The OpenEmbedded build system automatically sets this variable based
6681      on :term:`SDK_ARCH`,
6682      :term:`SDK_VENDOR`, and
6683      :term:`SDK_OS`. You do not need to set the :term:`SDK_SYS`
6684      variable yourself.
6685
6686   :term:`SDK_TARGET_MANIFEST`
6687      The manifest file for the target part of the SDK. This file lists all
6688      the installed packages that make up the target part of the SDK. The
6689      file contains package information on a line-per-package basis as
6690      follows::
6691
6692         packagename packagearch version
6693
6694      The :ref:`populate_sdk_base <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class
6695      defines the manifest file as follows::
6696
6697         SDK_TARGET_MANIFEST = "${SDK_DEPLOY}/${TOOLCHAIN_OUTPUTNAME}.target.manifest"
6698
6699      The location is derived using the :term:`SDK_DEPLOY` and
6700      :term:`TOOLCHAIN_OUTPUTNAME` variables.
6701
6702   :term:`SDK_TARGETS`
6703      A list of targets to install from shared state as part of the
6704      standard or extensible SDK installation. The default value is "${PN}"
6705      (i.e. the image from which the SDK is built).
6706
6707      The :term:`SDK_TARGETS` variable is an internal variable and typically
6708      would not be changed.
6709
6710   :term:`SDK_TITLE`
6711      The title to be printed when running the SDK installer. By default,
6712      this title is based on the :term:`DISTRO_NAME` or
6713      :term:`DISTRO` variable and is set in the
6714      :ref:`populate_sdk_base <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class as
6715      follows::
6716
6717         SDK_TITLE ??= "${@d.getVar('DISTRO_NAME') or d.getVar('DISTRO')} SDK"
6718
6719      For the default distribution "poky",
6720      :term:`SDK_TITLE` is set to "Poky (Yocto Project Reference Distro)".
6721
6722      For information on how to change this default title, see the
6723      ":ref:`sdk-manual/appendix-customizing:changing the extensible sdk installer title`"
6724      section in the Yocto Project Application Development and the
6725      Extensible Software Development Kit (eSDK) manual.
6726
6727   :term:`SDK_UPDATE_URL`
6728      An optional URL for an update server for the extensible SDK. If set,
6729      the value is used as the default update server when running
6730      ``devtool sdk-update`` within the extensible SDK.
6731
6732   :term:`SDK_VENDOR`
6733      Specifies the name of the SDK vendor.
6734
6735   :term:`SDK_VERSION`
6736      Specifies the version of the SDK. The Poky distribution configuration file
6737      (``/meta-poky/conf/distro/poky.conf``) sets the default
6738      :term:`SDK_VERSION` as follows::
6739
6740         SDK_VERSION = "${@d.getVar('DISTRO_VERSION').replace('snapshot-${METADATA_REVISION}', 'snapshot')}"
6741
6742      For additional information, see the
6743      :term:`DISTRO_VERSION` and
6744      :term:`METADATA_REVISION` variables.
6745
6746   :term:`SDKEXTPATH`
6747      The default installation directory for the Extensible SDK. By
6748      default, this directory is based on the :term:`DISTRO`
6749      variable and is set in the
6750      :ref:`populate_sdk_base <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class as
6751      follows::
6752
6753         SDKEXTPATH ??= "~/${@d.getVar('DISTRO')}_sdk"
6754
6755      For the
6756      default distribution "poky", the :term:`SDKEXTPATH` is set to "poky_sdk".
6757
6758      For information on how to change this default directory, see the
6759      ":ref:`sdk-manual/appendix-customizing:changing the default sdk installation directory`"
6760      section in the Yocto Project Application Development and the
6761      Extensible Software Development Kit (eSDK) manual.
6762
6763   :term:`SDKIMAGE_FEATURES`
6764      Equivalent to :term:`IMAGE_FEATURES`. However, this variable applies to
6765      the SDK generated from an image using the following command::
6766
6767         $ bitbake -c populate_sdk imagename
6768
6769   :term:`SDKMACHINE`
6770      The machine for which the SDK is built. In other words, the SDK is built
6771      such that it runs on the target you specify with the :term:`SDKMACHINE`
6772      value. The value points to a corresponding ``.conf`` file under
6773      ``conf/machine-sdk/`` in the enabled layers, for example ``aarch64``,
6774      ``i586``, ``i686``, ``ppc64``, ``ppc64le``, and ``x86_64`` are
6775      :oe_git:`available in OpenEmbedded-Core </openembedded-core/tree/meta/conf/machine-sdk>`.
6776
6777      The variable defaults to :term:`BUILD_ARCH` so that SDKs are built for the
6778      architecture of the build machine.
6779
6780      .. note::
6781
6782         You cannot set the :term:`SDKMACHINE`
6783         variable in your distribution configuration file. If you do, the
6784         configuration will not take effect.
6785
6786   :term:`SDKPATH`
6787      Defines the path offered to the user for installation of the SDK that
6788      is generated by the OpenEmbedded build system. The path appears as
6789      the default location for installing the SDK when you run the SDK's
6790      installation script. You can override the offered path when you run
6791      the script.
6792
6793   :term:`SDKTARGETSYSROOT`
6794      The full path to the sysroot used for cross-compilation within an SDK
6795      as it will be when installed into the default
6796      :term:`SDKPATH`.
6797
6798   :term:`SECTION`
6799      The section in which packages should be categorized. Package
6800      management utilities can make use of this variable.
6801
6802   :term:`SELECTED_OPTIMIZATION`
6803      Specifies the optimization flags passed to the C compiler when
6804      building for the target. The flags are passed through the default
6805      value of the :term:`TARGET_CFLAGS` variable.
6806
6807      The :term:`SELECTED_OPTIMIZATION` variable takes the value of
6808      :term:`FULL_OPTIMIZATION` unless :term:`DEBUG_BUILD` = "1", in which
6809      case the value of :term:`DEBUG_OPTIMIZATION` is used.
6810
6811   :term:`SERIAL_CONSOLE`
6812      Defines a serial console (TTY) to enable using
6813      `getty <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Getty_(Unix)>`__. Provide a
6814      value that specifies the baud rate followed by the TTY device name
6815      separated by a space. You cannot specify more than one TTY device::
6816
6817         SERIAL_CONSOLE = "115200 ttyS0"
6818
6819      .. note::
6820
6821         The :term:`SERIAL_CONSOLE` variable is deprecated. Please use the
6822         :term:`SERIAL_CONSOLES` variable.
6823
6824   :term:`SERIAL_CONSOLES`
6825      Defines a serial console (TTY) to enable using
6826      `getty <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Getty_(Unix)>`__. Provide a
6827      value that specifies the baud rate followed by the TTY device name
6828      separated by a semicolon. Use spaces to separate multiple devices::
6829
6830         SERIAL_CONSOLES = "115200;ttyS0 115200;ttyS1"
6831
6832   :term:`SERIAL_CONSOLES_CHECK`
6833      Specifies serial consoles, which must be listed in
6834      :term:`SERIAL_CONSOLES`, to check against
6835      ``/proc/console`` before enabling them using getty. This variable
6836      allows aliasing in the format: <device>:<alias>. If a device was
6837      listed as "sclp_line0" in ``/dev/`` and "ttyS0" was listed in
6838      ``/proc/console``, you would do the following::
6839
6840         SERIAL_CONSOLES_CHECK = "slcp_line0:ttyS0"
6841
6842      This variable is currently only supported with SysVinit (i.e. not
6843      with systemd). Note that :term:`SERIAL_CONSOLES_CHECK` also requires
6844      ``/etc/inittab`` to be writable when used with SysVinit. This makes it
6845      incompatible with customizations such as the following::
6846
6847         EXTRA_IMAGE_FEATURES += "read-only-rootfs"
6848
6849   :term:`SETUPTOOLS_BUILD_ARGS`
6850      When used by recipes that inherit the
6851      :ref:`setuptools3 <ref-classes-setuptools3>` class, this variable can
6852      be used to specify additional arguments to be passed to ``setup.py build``
6853      in the ``setuptools3_do_compile()`` task.
6854
6855   :term:`SETUPTOOLS_INSTALL_ARGS`
6856      When used by recipes that inherit the
6857      :ref:`setuptools3 <ref-classes-setuptools3>` class, this variable can
6858      be used to specify additional arguments to be passed to ``setup.py install``
6859      in the ``setuptools3_do_install()`` task.
6860
6861   :term:`SETUPTOOLS_SETUP_PATH`
6862      When used by recipes that inherit the
6863      :ref:`setuptools3 <ref-classes-setuptools3>` class, this variable should
6864      be used to specify the directory in which the ``setup.py`` file is
6865      located if it is not at the root of the source tree (as specified by
6866      :term:`S`). For example, in a recipe where the sources are fetched from
6867      a Git repository and ``setup.py`` is in a ``python/pythonmodule``
6868      subdirectory, you would have this::
6869
6870         S = "${WORKDIR}/git"
6871         SETUPTOOLS_SETUP_PATH = "${S}/python/pythonmodule"
6872
6873   :term:`SIGGEN_EXCLUDE_SAFE_RECIPE_DEPS`
6874      A list of recipe dependencies that should not be used to determine
6875      signatures of tasks from one recipe when they depend on tasks from
6876      another recipe. For example::
6877
6878         SIGGEN_EXCLUDE_SAFE_RECIPE_DEPS += "intone->mplayer2"
6879
6880      In the previous example, ``intone`` depends on ``mplayer2``.
6881
6882      You can use the special token ``"*"`` on the left-hand side of the
6883      dependency to match all recipes except the one on the right-hand
6884      side. Here is an example::
6885
6886         SIGGEN_EXCLUDE_SAFE_RECIPE_DEPS += "*->quilt-native"
6887
6888      In the previous example, all recipes except ``quilt-native`` ignore
6889      task signatures from the ``quilt-native`` recipe when determining
6890      their task signatures.
6891
6892      Use of this variable is one mechanism to remove dependencies that
6893      affect task signatures and thus force rebuilds when a recipe changes.
6894
6895      .. note::
6896
6897         If you add an inappropriate dependency for a recipe relationship,
6898         the software might break during runtime if the interface of the
6899         second recipe was changed after the first recipe had been built.
6900
6901   :term:`SIGGEN_EXCLUDERECIPES_ABISAFE`
6902      A list of recipes that are completely stable and will never change.
6903      The ABI for the recipes in the list are presented by output from the
6904      tasks run to build the recipe. Use of this variable is one way to
6905      remove dependencies from one recipe on another that affect task
6906      signatures and thus force rebuilds when the recipe changes.
6907
6908      .. note::
6909
6910         If you add an inappropriate variable to this list, the software
6911         might break at runtime if the interface of the recipe was changed
6912         after the other had been built.
6913
6914   :term:`SITEINFO_BITS`
6915      Specifies the number of bits for the target system CPU. The value
6916      should be either "32" or "64".
6917
6918   :term:`SITEINFO_ENDIANNESS`
6919      Specifies the endian byte order of the target system. The value
6920      should be either "le" for little-endian or "be" for big-endian.
6921
6922   :term:`SKIP_FILEDEPS`
6923      Enables removal of all files from the "Provides" section of an RPM
6924      package. Removal of these files is required for packages containing
6925      prebuilt binaries and libraries such as ``libstdc++`` and ``glibc``.
6926
6927      To enable file removal, set the variable to "1" in your
6928      ``conf/local.conf`` configuration file in your:
6929      :term:`Build Directory`.
6930      ::
6931
6932         SKIP_FILEDEPS = "1"
6933
6934   :term:`SOC_FAMILY`
6935      Groups together machines based upon the same family of SOC (System On
6936      Chip). You typically set this variable in a common ``.inc`` file that
6937      you include in the configuration files of all the machines.
6938
6939      .. note::
6940
6941         You must include ``conf/machine/include/soc-family.inc`` for this
6942         variable to appear in :term:`MACHINEOVERRIDES`.
6943
6944   :term:`SOLIBS`
6945      Defines the suffix for shared libraries used on the target platform.
6946      By default, this suffix is ".so.*" for all Linux-based systems and is
6947      defined in the ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` configuration file.
6948
6949      You will see this variable referenced in the default values of
6950      ``FILES:${PN}``.
6951
6952   :term:`SOLIBSDEV`
6953      Defines the suffix for the development symbolic link (symlink) for
6954      shared libraries on the target platform. By default, this suffix is
6955      ".so" for Linux-based systems and is defined in the
6956      ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` configuration file.
6957
6958      You will see this variable referenced in the default values of
6959      ``FILES:${PN}-dev``.
6960
6961   :term:`SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH`
6962      This defines a date expressed in number of seconds since
6963      the UNIX EPOCH (01 Jan 1970 00:00:00 UTC), which is used by
6964      multiple build systems to force a timestamp in built binaries.
6965      Many upstream projects already support this variable.
6966
6967      You will find more details in the `official specifications
6968      <https://reproducible-builds.org/specs/source-date-epoch/>`__.
6969
6970      A value for each recipe is computed from the sources by
6971      :oe_git:`meta/lib/oe/reproducible.py </openembedded-core/tree/meta/lib/oe/reproducible.py>`.
6972
6973      If a recipe wishes to override the default behavior, it should set its
6974      own :term:`SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH` value::
6975
6976          SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH = "1613559011"
6977
6978   :term:`SOURCE_MIRROR_FETCH`
6979      When you are fetching files to create a mirror of sources (i.e.
6980      creating a source mirror), setting :term:`SOURCE_MIRROR_FETCH` to "1" in
6981      your ``local.conf`` configuration file ensures the source for all
6982      recipes are fetched regardless of whether or not a recipe is
6983      compatible with the configuration. A recipe is considered
6984      incompatible with the currently configured machine when either or
6985      both the :term:`COMPATIBLE_MACHINE`
6986      variable and :term:`COMPATIBLE_HOST` variables
6987      specify compatibility with a machine other than that of the current
6988      machine or host.
6989
6990      .. note::
6991
6992         Do not set the :term:`SOURCE_MIRROR_FETCH`
6993         variable unless you are creating a source mirror. In other words,
6994         do not set the variable during a normal build.
6995
6996   :term:`SOURCE_MIRROR_URL`
6997      Defines your own :term:`PREMIRRORS` from which to
6998      first fetch source before attempting to fetch from the upstream
6999      specified in :term:`SRC_URI`.
7000
7001      To use this variable, you must globally inherit the
7002      :ref:`own-mirrors <ref-classes-own-mirrors>` class and then provide
7003      the URL to your mirrors. Here is the general syntax::
7004
7005         INHERIT += "own-mirrors"
7006         SOURCE_MIRROR_URL = "http://example.com/my_source_mirror"
7007
7008      .. note::
7009
7010         You can specify only a single URL in :term:`SOURCE_MIRROR_URL`.
7011
7012   :term:`SPDXLICENSEMAP`
7013      Maps commonly used license names to their SPDX counterparts found in
7014      ``meta/files/common-licenses/``. For the default :term:`SPDXLICENSEMAP`
7015      mappings, see the ``meta/conf/licenses.conf`` file.
7016
7017      For additional information, see the :term:`LICENSE`
7018      variable.
7019
7020   :term:`SPECIAL_PKGSUFFIX`
7021      A list of prefixes for :term:`PN` used by the OpenEmbedded
7022      build system to create variants of recipes or packages. The list
7023      specifies the prefixes to strip off during certain circumstances such
7024      as the generation of the :term:`BPN` variable.
7025
7026   :term:`SPL_BINARY`
7027      The file type for the Secondary Program Loader (SPL). Some devices
7028      use an SPL from which to boot (e.g. the BeagleBone development
7029      board). For such cases, you can declare the file type of the SPL
7030      binary in the ``u-boot.inc`` include file, which is used in the
7031      U-Boot recipe.
7032
7033      The SPL file type is set to "null" by default in the ``u-boot.inc``
7034      file as follows::
7035
7036         # Some versions of u-boot build an SPL (Second Program Loader) image that
7037         # should be packaged along with the u-boot binary as well as placed in the
7038         # deploy directory. For those versions they can set the following variables
7039         # to allow packaging the SPL.
7040         SPL_BINARY ?= ""
7041         SPL_BINARYNAME ?= "${@os.path.basename(d.getVar("SPL_BINARY"))}"
7042         SPL_IMAGE ?= "${SPL_BINARYNAME}-${MACHINE}-${PV}-${PR}"
7043         SPL_SYMLINK ?= "${SPL_BINARYNAME}-${MACHINE}"
7044
7045      The :term:`SPL_BINARY` variable helps form
7046      various ``SPL_*`` variables used by the OpenEmbedded build system.
7047
7048      See the BeagleBone machine configuration example in the
7049      ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:adding a layer using the \`\`bitbake-layers\`\` script`"
7050      section in the Yocto Project Board Support Package Developer's Guide
7051      for additional information.
7052
7053   :term:`SRC_URI`
7054
7055      See the BitBake manual for the initial description for this variable:
7056      :term:`bitbake:SRC_URI`.
7057
7058      The following features are added by OpenEmbedded and the Yocto Project.
7059
7060      There are standard and recipe-specific options. Here are standard ones:
7061
7062      -  ``apply`` - Whether to apply the patch or not. The default
7063         action is to apply the patch.
7064
7065      -  ``striplevel`` - Which striplevel to use when applying the
7066         patch. The default level is 1.
7067
7068      -  ``patchdir`` - Specifies the directory in which the patch should
7069         be applied. The default is ``${``\ :term:`S`\ ``}``.
7070
7071      Here are options specific to recipes building code from a revision
7072      control system:
7073
7074      -  ``mindate`` - Apply the patch only if
7075         :term:`SRCDATE` is equal to or greater than
7076         ``mindate``.
7077
7078      -  ``maxdate`` - Apply the patch only if :term:`SRCDATE` is not later
7079         than ``maxdate``.
7080
7081      -  ``minrev`` - Apply the patch only if :term:`SRCREV` is equal to or
7082         greater than ``minrev``.
7083
7084      -  ``maxrev`` - Apply the patch only if :term:`SRCREV` is not later
7085         than ``maxrev``.
7086
7087      -  ``rev`` - Apply the patch only if :term:`SRCREV` is equal to
7088         ``rev``.
7089
7090      -  ``notrev`` - Apply the patch only if :term:`SRCREV` is not equal to
7091         ``rev``.
7092
7093      .. note::
7094
7095         If you want the build system to pick up files specified through
7096         a :term:`SRC_URI` statement from your append file, you need to be
7097         sure to extend the :term:`FILESPATH` variable by also using the
7098         :term:`FILESEXTRAPATHS` variable from within your append file.
7099
7100   :term:`SRC_URI_OVERRIDES_PACKAGE_ARCH`
7101      By default, the OpenEmbedded build system automatically detects
7102      whether :term:`SRC_URI` contains files that are machine-specific. If so,
7103      the build system automatically changes :term:`PACKAGE_ARCH`. Setting this
7104      variable to "0" disables this behavior.
7105
7106   :term:`SRCDATE`
7107      The date of the source code used to build the package. This variable
7108      applies only if the source was fetched from a Source Code Manager
7109      (SCM).
7110
7111   :term:`SRCPV`
7112      Returns the version string of the current package. This string is
7113      used to help define the value of :term:`PV`.
7114
7115      The :term:`SRCPV` variable is defined in the ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf``
7116      configuration file in the :term:`Source Directory` as
7117      follows::
7118
7119         SRCPV = "${@bb.fetch2.get_srcrev(d)}"
7120
7121      Recipes that need to define :term:`PV` do so with the help of the
7122      :term:`SRCPV`. For example, the ``ofono`` recipe (``ofono_git.bb``)
7123      located in ``meta/recipes-connectivity`` in the Source Directory
7124      defines :term:`PV` as follows::
7125
7126         PV = "0.12-git${SRCPV}"
7127
7128   :term:`SRCREV`
7129      The revision of the source code used to build the package. This
7130      variable applies to Subversion, Git, Mercurial, and Bazaar only. Note
7131      that if you want to build a fixed revision and you want to avoid
7132      performing a query on the remote repository every time BitBake parses
7133      your recipe, you should specify a :term:`SRCREV` that is a full revision
7134      identifier and not just a tag.
7135
7136      .. note::
7137
7138         For information on limitations when inheriting the latest revision
7139         of software using :term:`SRCREV`, see the :term:`AUTOREV` variable
7140         description and the
7141         ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:automatically incrementing a package version number`"
7142         section, which is in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
7143
7144   :term:`SRCTREECOVEREDTASKS`
7145      A list of tasks that are typically not relevant (and therefore skipped)
7146      when building using the :ref:`externalsrc <ref-classes-externalsrc>`
7147      class. The default value as set in that class file is the set of tasks
7148      that are rarely needed when using external source::
7149
7150         SRCTREECOVEREDTASKS ?= "do_patch do_unpack do_fetch"
7151
7152      The notable exception is when processing external kernel source as
7153      defined in the :ref:`kernel-yocto <ref-classes-kernel-yocto>`
7154      class file (formatted for aesthetics)::
7155
7156         SRCTREECOVEREDTASKS += "\
7157           do_validate_branches \
7158           do_kernel_configcheck \
7159           do_kernel_checkout \
7160           do_fetch \
7161           do_unpack \
7162           do_patch \
7163         "
7164
7165      See the associated :term:`EXTERNALSRC` and :term:`EXTERNALSRC_BUILD`
7166      variables for more information.
7167
7168   :term:`SSTATE_DIR`
7169      The directory for the shared state cache.
7170
7171   :term:`SSTATE_MIRROR_ALLOW_NETWORK`
7172      If set to "1", allows fetches from mirrors that are specified in
7173      :term:`SSTATE_MIRRORS` to work even when
7174      fetching from the network is disabled by setting :term:`BB_NO_NETWORK` to
7175      "1". Using the :term:`SSTATE_MIRROR_ALLOW_NETWORK` variable is useful if
7176      you have set :term:`SSTATE_MIRRORS` to point to an internal server for
7177      your shared state cache, but you want to disable any other fetching
7178      from the network.
7179
7180   :term:`SSTATE_MIRRORS`
7181      Configures the OpenEmbedded build system to search other mirror
7182      locations for prebuilt cache data objects before building out the
7183      data. This variable works like fetcher :term:`MIRRORS`
7184      and :term:`PREMIRRORS` and points to the cache
7185      locations to check for the shared state (sstate) objects.
7186
7187      You can specify a filesystem directory or a remote URL such as HTTP
7188      or FTP. The locations you specify need to contain the shared state
7189      cache (sstate-cache) results from previous builds. The sstate-cache
7190      you point to can also be from builds on other machines.
7191
7192      When pointing to sstate build artifacts on another machine that uses
7193      a different GCC version for native builds, you must configure
7194      :term:`SSTATE_MIRRORS` with a regular expression that maps local search
7195      paths to server paths. The paths need to take into account
7196      :term:`NATIVELSBSTRING` set by the
7197      :ref:`uninative <ref-classes-uninative>` class. For example, the
7198      following maps the local search path ``universal-4.9`` to the
7199      server-provided path server_url_sstate_path::
7200
7201         SSTATE_MIRRORS ?= "file://universal-4.9/(.*) http://server_url_sstate_path/universal-4.8/\1 \n"
7202
7203      If a mirror uses the same structure as
7204      :term:`SSTATE_DIR`, you need to add "PATH" at the
7205      end as shown in the examples below. The build system substitutes the
7206      correct path within the directory structure.
7207      ::
7208
7209         SSTATE_MIRRORS ?= "\
7210             file://.* http://someserver.tld/share/sstate/PATH;downloadfilename=PATH \n \
7211             file://.* file:///some-local-dir/sstate/PATH"
7212
7213   :term:`SSTATE_SCAN_FILES`
7214      Controls the list of files the OpenEmbedded build system scans for
7215      hardcoded installation paths. The variable uses a space-separated
7216      list of filenames (not paths) with standard wildcard characters
7217      allowed.
7218
7219      During a build, the OpenEmbedded build system creates a shared state
7220      (sstate) object during the first stage of preparing the sysroots.
7221      That object is scanned for hardcoded paths for original installation
7222      locations. The list of files that are scanned for paths is controlled
7223      by the :term:`SSTATE_SCAN_FILES` variable. Typically, recipes add files
7224      they want to be scanned to the value of :term:`SSTATE_SCAN_FILES` rather
7225      than the variable being comprehensively set. The
7226      :ref:`sstate <ref-classes-sstate>` class specifies the default list
7227      of files.
7228
7229      For details on the process, see the
7230      :ref:`staging <ref-classes-staging>` class.
7231
7232   :term:`STAGING_BASE_LIBDIR_NATIVE`
7233      Specifies the path to the ``/lib`` subdirectory of the sysroot
7234      directory for the build host.
7235
7236   :term:`STAGING_BASELIBDIR`
7237      Specifies the path to the ``/lib`` subdirectory of the sysroot
7238      directory for the target for which the current recipe is being built
7239      (:term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST`).
7240
7241   :term:`STAGING_BINDIR`
7242      Specifies the path to the ``/usr/bin`` subdirectory of the sysroot
7243      directory for the target for which the current recipe is being built
7244      (:term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST`).
7245
7246   :term:`STAGING_BINDIR_CROSS`
7247      Specifies the path to the directory containing binary configuration
7248      scripts. These scripts provide configuration information for other
7249      software that wants to make use of libraries or include files
7250      provided by the software associated with the script.
7251
7252      .. note::
7253
7254         This style of build configuration has been largely replaced by
7255         ``pkg-config``. Consequently, if ``pkg-config`` is supported by the
7256         library to which you are linking, it is recommended you use
7257         ``pkg-config`` instead of a provided configuration script.
7258
7259   :term:`STAGING_BINDIR_NATIVE`
7260      Specifies the path to the ``/usr/bin`` subdirectory of the sysroot
7261      directory for the build host.
7262
7263   :term:`STAGING_DATADIR`
7264      Specifies the path to the ``/usr/share`` subdirectory of the sysroot
7265      directory for the target for which the current recipe is being built
7266      (:term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST`).
7267
7268   :term:`STAGING_DATADIR_NATIVE`
7269      Specifies the path to the ``/usr/share`` subdirectory of the sysroot
7270      directory for the build host.
7271
7272   :term:`STAGING_DIR`
7273      Helps construct the ``recipe-sysroots`` directory, which is used
7274      during packaging.
7275
7276      For information on how staging for recipe-specific sysroots occurs,
7277      see the :ref:`ref-tasks-populate_sysroot`
7278      task, the ":ref:`sdk-manual/extensible:sharing files between recipes`"
7279      section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual, the
7280      ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:configuration, compilation, and staging`"
7281      section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual, and the
7282      :term:`SYSROOT_DIRS` variable.
7283
7284      .. note::
7285
7286         Recipes should never write files directly under the :term:`STAGING_DIR`
7287         directory because the OpenEmbedded build system manages the
7288         directory automatically. Instead, files should be installed to
7289         ``${``\ :term:`D`\ ``}`` within your recipe's :ref:`ref-tasks-install`
7290         task and then the OpenEmbedded build system will stage a subset of
7291         those files into the sysroot.
7292
7293   :term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST`
7294      Specifies the path to the sysroot directory for the system on which
7295      the component is built to run (the system that hosts the component).
7296      For most recipes, this sysroot is the one in which that recipe's
7297      :ref:`ref-tasks-populate_sysroot` task copies
7298      files. Exceptions include ``-native`` recipes, where the
7299      ``do_populate_sysroot`` task instead uses
7300      :term:`STAGING_DIR_NATIVE`. Depending on
7301      the type of recipe and the build target, :term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST` can
7302      have the following values:
7303
7304      -  For recipes building for the target machine, the value is
7305         "${:term:`STAGING_DIR`}/${:term:`MACHINE`}".
7306
7307      -  For native recipes building for the build host, the value is empty
7308         given the assumption that when building for the build host, the
7309         build host's own directories should be used.
7310
7311         .. note::
7312
7313            ``-native`` recipes are not installed into host paths like such
7314            as ``/usr``. Rather, these recipes are installed into
7315            :term:`STAGING_DIR_NATIVE`. When compiling ``-native`` recipes,
7316            standard build environment variables such as
7317            :term:`CPPFLAGS` and
7318            :term:`CFLAGS` are set up so that both host paths
7319            and :term:`STAGING_DIR_NATIVE` are searched for libraries and
7320            headers using, for example, GCC's ``-isystem`` option.
7321
7322            Thus, the emphasis is that the ``STAGING_DIR*`` variables
7323            should be viewed as input variables by tasks such as
7324            :ref:`ref-tasks-configure`,
7325            :ref:`ref-tasks-compile`, and
7326            :ref:`ref-tasks-install`. Having the real system
7327            root correspond to :term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST` makes conceptual sense
7328            for ``-native`` recipes, as they make use of host headers and
7329            libraries.
7330
7331   :term:`STAGING_DIR_NATIVE`
7332      Specifies the path to the sysroot directory used when building
7333      components that run on the build host itself.
7334
7335   :term:`STAGING_DIR_TARGET`
7336      Specifies the path to the sysroot used for the system for which the
7337      component generates code. For components that do not generate code,
7338      which is the majority, :term:`STAGING_DIR_TARGET` is set to match
7339      :term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST`.
7340
7341      Some recipes build binaries that can run on the target system but
7342      those binaries in turn generate code for another different system
7343      (e.g. cross-canadian recipes). Using terminology from GNU, the
7344      primary system is referred to as the "HOST" and the secondary, or
7345      different, system is referred to as the "TARGET". Thus, the binaries
7346      run on the "HOST" system and generate binaries for the "TARGET"
7347      system. The :term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST` variable points to the sysroot used
7348      for the "HOST" system, while :term:`STAGING_DIR_TARGET` points to the
7349      sysroot used for the "TARGET" system.
7350
7351   :term:`STAGING_ETCDIR_NATIVE`
7352      Specifies the path to the ``/etc`` subdirectory of the sysroot
7353      directory for the build host.
7354
7355   :term:`STAGING_EXECPREFIXDIR`
7356      Specifies the path to the ``/usr`` subdirectory of the sysroot
7357      directory for the target for which the current recipe is being built
7358      (:term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST`).
7359
7360   :term:`STAGING_INCDIR`
7361      Specifies the path to the ``/usr/include`` subdirectory of the
7362      sysroot directory for the target for which the current recipe being
7363      built (:term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST`).
7364
7365   :term:`STAGING_INCDIR_NATIVE`
7366      Specifies the path to the ``/usr/include`` subdirectory of the
7367      sysroot directory for the build host.
7368
7369   :term:`STAGING_KERNEL_BUILDDIR`
7370      Points to the directory containing the kernel build artifacts.
7371      Recipes building software that needs to access kernel build artifacts
7372      (e.g. ``systemtap-uprobes``) can look in the directory specified with
7373      the :term:`STAGING_KERNEL_BUILDDIR` variable to find these artifacts
7374      after the kernel has been built.
7375
7376   :term:`STAGING_KERNEL_DIR`
7377      The directory with kernel headers that are required to build
7378      out-of-tree modules.
7379
7380   :term:`STAGING_LIBDIR`
7381      Specifies the path to the ``/usr/lib`` subdirectory of the sysroot
7382      directory for the target for which the current recipe is being built
7383      (:term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST`).
7384
7385   :term:`STAGING_LIBDIR_NATIVE`
7386      Specifies the path to the ``/usr/lib`` subdirectory of the sysroot
7387      directory for the build host.
7388
7389   :term:`STAMP`
7390      Specifies the base path used to create recipe stamp files. The path
7391      to an actual stamp file is constructed by evaluating this string and
7392      then appending additional information. Currently, the default
7393      assignment for :term:`STAMP` as set in the ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf``
7394      file is::
7395
7396         STAMP = "${STAMPS_DIR}/${MULTIMACH_TARGET_SYS}/${PN}/${EXTENDPE}${PV}-${PR}"
7397
7398      For information on how BitBake uses stamp files to determine if a
7399      task should be rerun, see the
7400      ":ref:`overview-manual/concepts:stamp files and the rerunning of tasks`"
7401      section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual.
7402
7403      See :term:`STAMPS_DIR`,
7404      :term:`MULTIMACH_TARGET_SYS`,
7405      :term:`PN`, :term:`EXTENDPE`,
7406      :term:`PV`, and :term:`PR` for related variable
7407      information.
7408
7409   :term:`STAMPS_DIR`
7410      Specifies the base directory in which the OpenEmbedded build system
7411      places stamps. The default directory is ``${TMPDIR}/stamps``.
7412
7413   :term:`STRIP`
7414      The minimal command and arguments to run ``strip``, which is used to
7415      strip symbols.
7416
7417   :term:`SUMMARY`
7418      The short (72 characters or less) summary of the binary package for
7419      packaging systems such as ``opkg``, ``rpm``, or ``dpkg``. By default,
7420      :term:`SUMMARY` is used to define the
7421      :term:`DESCRIPTION` variable if :term:`DESCRIPTION` is
7422      not set in the recipe.
7423
7424   :term:`SVNDIR`
7425      The directory in which files checked out of a Subversion system are
7426      stored.
7427
7428   :term:`SYSLINUX_DEFAULT_CONSOLE`
7429      Specifies the kernel boot default console. If you want to use a
7430      console other than the default, set this variable in your recipe as
7431      follows where "X" is the console number you want to use::
7432
7433         SYSLINUX_DEFAULT_CONSOLE = "console=ttyX"
7434
7435      The :ref:`syslinux <ref-classes-syslinux>` class initially sets
7436      this variable to null but then checks for a value later.
7437
7438   :term:`SYSLINUX_OPTS`
7439      Lists additional options to add to the syslinux file. You need to set
7440      this variable in your recipe. If you want to list multiple options,
7441      separate the options with a semicolon character (``;``).
7442
7443      The :ref:`syslinux <ref-classes-syslinux>` class uses this variable
7444      to create a set of options.
7445
7446   :term:`SYSLINUX_SERIAL`
7447      Specifies the alternate serial port or turns it off. To turn off
7448      serial, set this variable to an empty string in your recipe. The
7449      variable's default value is set in the
7450      :ref:`syslinux <ref-classes-syslinux>` class as follows::
7451
7452         SYSLINUX_SERIAL ?= "0 115200"
7453
7454      The class checks for and uses the variable as needed.
7455
7456   :term:`SYSLINUX_SERIAL_TTY`
7457      Specifies the alternate console=tty... kernel boot argument. The
7458      variable's default value is set in the
7459      :ref:`syslinux <ref-classes-syslinux>` class as follows::
7460
7461         SYSLINUX_SERIAL_TTY ?= "console=ttyS0,115200"
7462
7463      The class checks for and uses the variable as needed.
7464
7465   :term:`SYSLINUX_SPLASH`
7466      An ``.LSS`` file used as the background for the VGA boot menu when
7467      you use the boot menu. You need to set this variable in your recipe.
7468
7469      The :ref:`syslinux <ref-classes-syslinux>` class checks for this
7470      variable and if found, the OpenEmbedded build system installs the
7471      splash screen.
7472
7473   :term:`SYSROOT_DESTDIR`
7474      Points to the temporary directory under the work directory (default
7475      "``${``\ :term:`WORKDIR`\ ``}/sysroot-destdir``")
7476      where the files populated into the sysroot are assembled during the
7477      :ref:`ref-tasks-populate_sysroot` task.
7478
7479   :term:`SYSROOT_DIRS`
7480      Directories that are staged into the sysroot by the
7481      :ref:`ref-tasks-populate_sysroot` task. By
7482      default, the following directories are staged::
7483
7484         SYSROOT_DIRS = " \
7485             ${includedir} \
7486             ${libdir} \
7487             ${base_libdir} \
7488             ${nonarch_base_libdir} \
7489             ${datadir} \
7490             /sysroot-only \
7491             "
7492
7493   :term:`SYSROOT_DIRS_BLACKLIST`
7494      Directories that are not staged into the sysroot by the
7495      :ref:`ref-tasks-populate_sysroot` task. You
7496      can use this variable to exclude certain subdirectories of
7497      directories listed in :term:`SYSROOT_DIRS` from
7498      staging. By default, the following directories are not staged::
7499
7500         SYSROOT_DIRS_BLACKLIST = " \
7501             ${mandir} \
7502             ${docdir} \
7503             ${infodir} \
7504             ${datadir}/X11/locale \
7505             ${datadir}/applications \
7506             ${datadir}/bash-completion \
7507             ${datadir}/fonts \
7508             ${datadir}/gtk-doc/html \
7509             ${datadir}/installed-tests \
7510             ${datadir}/locale \
7511             ${datadir}/pixmaps \
7512             ${datadir}/terminfo \
7513             ${libdir}/${BPN}/ptest \
7514             "
7515
7516   :term:`SYSROOT_DIRS_NATIVE`
7517      Extra directories staged into the sysroot by the
7518      :ref:`ref-tasks-populate_sysroot` task for
7519      ``-native`` recipes, in addition to those specified in
7520      :term:`SYSROOT_DIRS`. By default, the following
7521      extra directories are staged::
7522
7523         SYSROOT_DIRS_NATIVE = " \
7524             ${bindir} \
7525             ${sbindir} \
7526             ${base_bindir} \
7527             ${base_sbindir} \
7528             ${libexecdir} \
7529             ${sysconfdir} \
7530             ${localstatedir} \
7531             "
7532
7533      .. note::
7534
7535         Programs built by ``-native`` recipes run directly from the sysroot
7536         (:term:`STAGING_DIR_NATIVE`), which is why additional directories
7537         containing program executables and supporting files need to be staged.
7538
7539   :term:`SYSROOT_PREPROCESS_FUNCS`
7540      A list of functions to execute after files are staged into the
7541      sysroot. These functions are usually used to apply additional
7542      processing on the staged files, or to stage additional files.
7543
7544   :term:`SYSTEMD_AUTO_ENABLE`
7545      When inheriting the :ref:`systemd <ref-classes-systemd>` class,
7546      this variable specifies whether the specified service in
7547      :term:`SYSTEMD_SERVICE` should start
7548      automatically or not. By default, the service is enabled to
7549      automatically start at boot time. The default setting is in the
7550      :ref:`systemd <ref-classes-systemd>` class as follows::
7551
7552         SYSTEMD_AUTO_ENABLE ??= "enable"
7553
7554      You can disable the service by setting the variable to "disable".
7555
7556   :term:`SYSTEMD_BOOT_CFG`
7557      When :term:`EFI_PROVIDER` is set to
7558      "systemd-boot", the :term:`SYSTEMD_BOOT_CFG` variable specifies the
7559      configuration file that should be used. By default, the
7560      :ref:`systemd-boot <ref-classes-systemd-boot>` class sets the
7561      :term:`SYSTEMD_BOOT_CFG` as follows::
7562
7563         SYSTEMD_BOOT_CFG ?= "${:term:`S`}/loader.conf"
7564
7565      For information on Systemd-boot, see the `Systemd-boot
7566      documentation <https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/systemd-boot/>`__.
7567
7568   :term:`SYSTEMD_BOOT_ENTRIES`
7569      When :term:`EFI_PROVIDER` is set to
7570      "systemd-boot", the :term:`SYSTEMD_BOOT_ENTRIES` variable specifies a
7571      list of entry files (``*.conf``) to install that contain one boot
7572      entry per file. By default, the
7573      :ref:`systemd-boot <ref-classes-systemd-boot>` class sets the
7574      :term:`SYSTEMD_BOOT_ENTRIES` as follows::
7575
7576          SYSTEMD_BOOT_ENTRIES ?= ""
7577
7578      For information on Systemd-boot, see the `Systemd-boot
7579      documentation <https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/systemd-boot/>`__.
7580
7581   :term:`SYSTEMD_BOOT_TIMEOUT`
7582      When :term:`EFI_PROVIDER` is set to
7583      "systemd-boot", the :term:`SYSTEMD_BOOT_TIMEOUT` variable specifies the
7584      boot menu timeout in seconds. By default, the
7585      :ref:`systemd-boot <ref-classes-systemd-boot>` class sets the
7586      :term:`SYSTEMD_BOOT_TIMEOUT` as follows::
7587
7588         SYSTEMD_BOOT_TIMEOUT ?= "10"
7589
7590      For information on Systemd-boot, see the `Systemd-boot
7591      documentation <https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/systemd-boot/>`__.
7592
7593   :term:`SYSTEMD_PACKAGES`
7594      When inheriting the :ref:`systemd <ref-classes-systemd>` class,
7595      this variable locates the systemd unit files when they are not found
7596      in the main recipe's package. By default, the :term:`SYSTEMD_PACKAGES`
7597      variable is set such that the systemd unit files are assumed to
7598      reside in the recipes main package::
7599
7600         SYSTEMD_PACKAGES ?= "${PN}"
7601
7602      If these unit files are not in this recipe's main package, you need
7603      to use :term:`SYSTEMD_PACKAGES` to list the package or packages in which
7604      the build system can find the systemd unit files.
7605
7606   :term:`SYSTEMD_SERVICE`
7607      When inheriting the :ref:`systemd <ref-classes-systemd>` class,
7608      this variable specifies the systemd service name for a package.
7609
7610      When you specify this file in your recipe, use a package name
7611      override to indicate the package to which the value applies. Here is
7612      an example from the connman recipe::
7613
7614         SYSTEMD_SERVICE:${PN} = "connman.service"
7615
7616   :term:`SYSVINIT_ENABLED_GETTYS`
7617      When using
7618      :ref:`SysVinit <dev-manual/common-tasks:enabling system services>`,
7619      specifies a space-separated list of the virtual terminals that should
7620      run a `getty <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Getty_%28Unix%29>`__
7621      (allowing login), assuming :term:`USE_VT` is not set to
7622      "0".
7623
7624      The default value for :term:`SYSVINIT_ENABLED_GETTYS` is "1" (i.e. only
7625      run a getty on the first virtual terminal).
7626
7627   :term:`T`
7628      This variable points to a directory were BitBake places temporary
7629      files, which consist mostly of task logs and scripts, when building a
7630      particular recipe. The variable is typically set as follows::
7631
7632         T = "${WORKDIR}/temp"
7633
7634      The :term:`WORKDIR` is the directory into which
7635      BitBake unpacks and builds the recipe. The default ``bitbake.conf``
7636      file sets this variable.
7637
7638      The :term:`T` variable is not to be confused with the
7639      :term:`TMPDIR` variable, which points to the root of
7640      the directory tree where BitBake places the output of an entire
7641      build.
7642
7643   :term:`TARGET_ARCH`
7644      The target machine's architecture. The OpenEmbedded build system
7645      supports many architectures. Here is an example list of architectures
7646      supported. This list is by no means complete as the architecture is
7647      configurable:
7648
7649      - arm
7650      - i586
7651      - x86_64
7652      - powerpc
7653      - powerpc64
7654      - mips
7655      - mipsel
7656
7657      For additional information on machine architectures, see the
7658      :term:`TUNE_ARCH` variable.
7659
7660   :term:`TARGET_AS_ARCH`
7661      Specifies architecture-specific assembler flags for the target
7662      system. :term:`TARGET_AS_ARCH` is initialized from
7663      :term:`TUNE_ASARGS` by default in the BitBake
7664      configuration file (``meta/conf/bitbake.conf``)::
7665
7666         TARGET_AS_ARCH = "${TUNE_ASARGS}"
7667
7668   :term:`TARGET_CC_ARCH`
7669      Specifies architecture-specific C compiler flags for the target
7670      system. :term:`TARGET_CC_ARCH` is initialized from
7671      :term:`TUNE_CCARGS` by default.
7672
7673      .. note::
7674
7675         It is a common workaround to append :term:`LDFLAGS` to
7676         :term:`TARGET_CC_ARCH` in recipes that build software for the target that
7677         would not otherwise respect the exported :term:`LDFLAGS` variable.
7678
7679   :term:`TARGET_CC_KERNEL_ARCH`
7680      This is a specific kernel compiler flag for a CPU or Application
7681      Binary Interface (ABI) tune. The flag is used rarely and only for
7682      cases where a userspace :term:`TUNE_CCARGS` is not
7683      compatible with the kernel compilation. The :term:`TARGET_CC_KERNEL_ARCH`
7684      variable allows the kernel (and associated modules) to use a
7685      different configuration. See the
7686      ``meta/conf/machine/include/arm/feature-arm-thumb.inc`` file in the
7687      :term:`Source Directory` for an example.
7688
7689   :term:`TARGET_CFLAGS`
7690      Specifies the flags to pass to the C compiler when building for the
7691      target. When building in the target context,
7692      :term:`CFLAGS` is set to the value of this variable by
7693      default.
7694
7695      Additionally, the SDK's environment setup script sets the :term:`CFLAGS`
7696      variable in the environment to the :term:`TARGET_CFLAGS` value so that
7697      executables built using the SDK also have the flags applied.
7698
7699   :term:`TARGET_CPPFLAGS`
7700      Specifies the flags to pass to the C pre-processor (i.e. to both the
7701      C and the C++ compilers) when building for the target. When building
7702      in the target context, :term:`CPPFLAGS` is set to the
7703      value of this variable by default.
7704
7705      Additionally, the SDK's environment setup script sets the
7706      :term:`CPPFLAGS` variable in the environment to the :term:`TARGET_CPPFLAGS`
7707      value so that executables built using the SDK also have the flags
7708      applied.
7709
7710   :term:`TARGET_CXXFLAGS`
7711      Specifies the flags to pass to the C++ compiler when building for the
7712      target. When building in the target context,
7713      :term:`CXXFLAGS` is set to the value of this variable
7714      by default.
7715
7716      Additionally, the SDK's environment setup script sets the
7717      :term:`CXXFLAGS` variable in the environment to the :term:`TARGET_CXXFLAGS`
7718      value so that executables built using the SDK also have the flags
7719      applied.
7720
7721   :term:`TARGET_FPU`
7722      Specifies the method for handling FPU code. For FPU-less targets,
7723      which include most ARM CPUs, the variable must be set to "soft". If
7724      not, the kernel emulation gets used, which results in a performance
7725      penalty.
7726
7727   :term:`TARGET_LD_ARCH`
7728      Specifies architecture-specific linker flags for the target system.
7729      :term:`TARGET_LD_ARCH` is initialized from
7730      :term:`TUNE_LDARGS` by default in the BitBake
7731      configuration file (``meta/conf/bitbake.conf``)::
7732
7733         TARGET_LD_ARCH = "${TUNE_LDARGS}"
7734
7735   :term:`TARGET_LDFLAGS`
7736      Specifies the flags to pass to the linker when building for the
7737      target. When building in the target context,
7738      :term:`LDFLAGS` is set to the value of this variable
7739      by default.
7740
7741      Additionally, the SDK's environment setup script sets the
7742      :term:`LDFLAGS` variable in the environment to the
7743      :term:`TARGET_LDFLAGS` value so that executables built using the SDK also
7744      have the flags applied.
7745
7746   :term:`TARGET_OS`
7747      Specifies the target's operating system. The variable can be set to
7748      "linux" for glibc-based systems (GNU C Library) and to "linux-musl"
7749      for musl libc. For ARM/EABI targets, the possible values are
7750      "linux-gnueabi" and "linux-musleabi".
7751
7752   :term:`TARGET_PREFIX`
7753      Specifies the prefix used for the toolchain binary target tools.
7754
7755      Depending on the type of recipe and the build target,
7756      :term:`TARGET_PREFIX` is set as follows:
7757
7758      -  For recipes building for the target machine, the value is
7759         "${:term:`TARGET_SYS`}-".
7760
7761      -  For native recipes, the build system sets the variable to the
7762         value of :term:`BUILD_PREFIX`.
7763
7764      -  For native SDK recipes (``nativesdk``), the build system sets the
7765         variable to the value of :term:`SDK_PREFIX`.
7766
7767   :term:`TARGET_SYS`
7768      Specifies the system, including the architecture and the operating
7769      system, for which the build is occurring in the context of the
7770      current recipe.
7771
7772      The OpenEmbedded build system automatically sets this variable based
7773      on :term:`TARGET_ARCH`,
7774      :term:`TARGET_VENDOR`, and
7775      :term:`TARGET_OS` variables.
7776
7777      .. note::
7778
7779         You do not need to set the :term:`TARGET_SYS` variable yourself.
7780
7781      Consider these two examples:
7782
7783      -  Given a native recipe on a 32-bit, x86 machine running Linux, the
7784         value is "i686-linux".
7785
7786      -  Given a recipe being built for a little-endian, MIPS target
7787         running Linux, the value might be "mipsel-linux".
7788
7789   :term:`TARGET_VENDOR`
7790      Specifies the name of the target vendor.
7791
7792   :term:`TCLIBC`
7793      Specifies the GNU standard C library (``libc``) variant to use during
7794      the build process. This variable replaces ``POKYLIBC``, which is no
7795      longer supported.
7796
7797      You can select "glibc", "musl", "newlib", or "baremetal"
7798
7799   :term:`TCLIBCAPPEND`
7800      Specifies a suffix to be appended onto the
7801      :term:`TMPDIR` value. The suffix identifies the
7802      ``libc`` variant for building. When you are building for multiple
7803      variants with the same :term:`Build Directory`, this
7804      mechanism ensures that output for different ``libc`` variants is kept
7805      separate to avoid potential conflicts.
7806
7807      In the ``defaultsetup.conf`` file, the default value of
7808      :term:`TCLIBCAPPEND` is "-${TCLIBC}". However, distros such as poky,
7809      which normally only support one ``libc`` variant, set
7810      :term:`TCLIBCAPPEND` to "" in their distro configuration file resulting
7811      in no suffix being applied.
7812
7813   :term:`TCMODE`
7814      Specifies the toolchain selector. :term:`TCMODE` controls the
7815      characteristics of the generated packages and images by telling the
7816      OpenEmbedded build system which toolchain profile to use. By default,
7817      the OpenEmbedded build system builds its own internal toolchain. The
7818      variable's default value is "default", which uses that internal
7819      toolchain.
7820
7821      .. note::
7822
7823         If :term:`TCMODE` is set to a value other than "default", then it is your
7824         responsibility to ensure that the toolchain is compatible with the
7825         default toolchain. Using older or newer versions of these
7826         components might cause build problems. See the Release Notes for
7827         the Yocto Project release for the specific components with which
7828         the toolchain must be compatible. To access the Release Notes, go
7829         to the :yocto_home:`Downloads </software-overview/downloads>`
7830         page on the Yocto Project website and click on the "RELEASE
7831         INFORMATION" link for the appropriate release.
7832
7833      The :term:`TCMODE` variable is similar to :term:`TCLIBC`,
7834      which controls the variant of the GNU standard C library (``libc``)
7835      used during the build process: ``glibc`` or ``musl``.
7836
7837      With additional layers, it is possible to use a pre-compiled external
7838      toolchain. One example is the Sourcery G++ Toolchain. The support for
7839      this toolchain resides in the separate Mentor Graphics
7840      ``meta-sourcery`` layer at
7841      https://github.com/MentorEmbedded/meta-sourcery/.
7842
7843      The layer's ``README`` file contains information on how to use the
7844      Sourcery G++ Toolchain as an external toolchain. In summary, you must
7845      be sure to add the layer to your ``bblayers.conf`` file in front of
7846      the ``meta`` layer and then set the ``EXTERNAL_TOOLCHAIN`` variable
7847      in your ``local.conf`` file to the location in which you installed
7848      the toolchain.
7849
7850      The fundamentals used for this example apply to any external
7851      toolchain. You can use ``meta-sourcery`` as a template for adding
7852      support for other external toolchains.
7853
7854   :term:`TEST_EXPORT_DIR`
7855      The location the OpenEmbedded build system uses to export tests when
7856      the :term:`TEST_EXPORT_ONLY` variable is set
7857      to "1".
7858
7859      The :term:`TEST_EXPORT_DIR` variable defaults to
7860      ``"${TMPDIR}/testimage/${PN}"``.
7861
7862   :term:`TEST_EXPORT_ONLY`
7863      Specifies to export the tests only. Set this variable to "1" if you
7864      do not want to run the tests but you want them to be exported in a
7865      manner that you to run them outside of the build system.
7866
7867   :term:`TEST_LOG_DIR`
7868      Holds the SSH log and the boot log for QEMU machines. The
7869      :term:`TEST_LOG_DIR` variable defaults to ``"${WORKDIR}/testimage"``.
7870
7871      .. note::
7872
7873         Actual test results reside in the task log (``log.do_testimage``),
7874         which is in the ``${WORKDIR}/temp/`` directory.
7875
7876   :term:`TEST_POWERCONTROL_CMD`
7877      For automated hardware testing, specifies the command to use to
7878      control the power of the target machine under test. Typically, this
7879      command would point to a script that performs the appropriate action
7880      (e.g. interacting with a web-enabled power strip). The specified
7881      command should expect to receive as the last argument "off", "on" or
7882      "cycle" specifying to power off, on, or cycle (power off and then
7883      power on) the device, respectively.
7884
7885   :term:`TEST_POWERCONTROL_EXTRA_ARGS`
7886      For automated hardware testing, specifies additional arguments to
7887      pass through to the command specified in
7888      :term:`TEST_POWERCONTROL_CMD`. Setting
7889      :term:`TEST_POWERCONTROL_EXTRA_ARGS` is optional. You can use it if you
7890      wish, for example, to separate the machine-specific and
7891      non-machine-specific parts of the arguments.
7892
7893   :term:`TEST_QEMUBOOT_TIMEOUT`
7894      The time in seconds allowed for an image to boot before automated
7895      runtime tests begin to run against an image. The default timeout
7896      period to allow the boot process to reach the login prompt is 500
7897      seconds. You can specify a different value in the ``local.conf``
7898      file.
7899
7900      For more information on testing images, see the
7901      ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:performing automated runtime testing`"
7902      section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
7903
7904   :term:`TEST_SERIALCONTROL_CMD`
7905      For automated hardware testing, specifies the command to use to
7906      connect to the serial console of the target machine under test. This
7907      command simply needs to connect to the serial console and forward
7908      that connection to standard input and output as any normal terminal
7909      program does.
7910
7911      For example, to use the Picocom terminal program on serial device
7912      ``/dev/ttyUSB0`` at 115200bps, you would set the variable as follows::
7913
7914         TEST_SERIALCONTROL_CMD = "picocom /dev/ttyUSB0 -b 115200"
7915
7916   :term:`TEST_SERIALCONTROL_EXTRA_ARGS`
7917      For automated hardware testing, specifies additional arguments to
7918      pass through to the command specified in
7919      :term:`TEST_SERIALCONTROL_CMD`. Setting
7920      :term:`TEST_SERIALCONTROL_EXTRA_ARGS` is optional. You can use it if you
7921      wish, for example, to separate the machine-specific and
7922      non-machine-specific parts of the command.
7923
7924   :term:`TEST_SERVER_IP`
7925      The IP address of the build machine (host machine). This IP address
7926      is usually automatically detected. However, if detection fails, this
7927      variable needs to be set to the IP address of the build machine (i.e.
7928      where the build is taking place).
7929
7930      .. note::
7931
7932         The :term:`TEST_SERVER_IP` variable is only used for a small number of
7933         tests such as the "dnf" test suite, which needs to download packages
7934         from ``WORKDIR/oe-rootfs-repo``.
7935
7936   :term:`TEST_SUITES`
7937      An ordered list of tests (modules) to run against an image when
7938      performing automated runtime testing.
7939
7940      The OpenEmbedded build system provides a core set of tests that can
7941      be used against images.
7942
7943      .. note::
7944
7945         Currently, there is only support for running these tests under
7946         QEMU.
7947
7948      Tests include ``ping``, ``ssh``, ``df`` among others. You can add
7949      your own tests to the list of tests by appending :term:`TEST_SUITES` as
7950      follows::
7951
7952         TEST_SUITES:append = " mytest"
7953
7954      Alternatively, you can
7955      provide the "auto" option to have all applicable tests run against
7956      the image.
7957      ::
7958
7959         TEST_SUITES:append = " auto"
7960
7961      Using this option causes the
7962      build system to automatically run tests that are applicable to the
7963      image. Tests that are not applicable are skipped.
7964
7965      The order in which tests are run is important. Tests that depend on
7966      another test must appear later in the list than the test on which
7967      they depend. For example, if you append the list of tests with two
7968      tests (``test_A`` and ``test_B``) where ``test_B`` is dependent on
7969      ``test_A``, then you must order the tests as follows::
7970
7971         TEST_SUITES = "test_A test_B"
7972
7973      For more information on testing images, see the
7974      ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:performing automated runtime testing`"
7975      section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
7976
7977   :term:`TEST_TARGET`
7978      Specifies the target controller to use when running tests against a
7979      test image. The default controller to use is "qemu"::
7980
7981         TEST_TARGET = "qemu"
7982
7983      A target controller is a class that defines how an image gets
7984      deployed on a target and how a target is started. A layer can extend
7985      the controllers by adding a module in the layer's
7986      ``/lib/oeqa/controllers`` directory and by inheriting the
7987      ``BaseTarget`` class, which is an abstract class that cannot be used
7988      as a value of :term:`TEST_TARGET`.
7989
7990      You can provide the following arguments with :term:`TEST_TARGET`:
7991
7992      -  *"qemu":* Boots a QEMU image and runs the tests. See the
7993         ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:enabling runtime tests on qemu`" section
7994         in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual for more
7995         information.
7996
7997      -  *"simpleremote":* Runs the tests on target hardware that is
7998         already up and running. The hardware can be on the network or it
7999         can be a device running an image on QEMU. You must also set
8000         :term:`TEST_TARGET_IP` when you use
8001         "simpleremote".
8002
8003         .. note::
8004
8005            This argument is defined in
8006            ``meta/lib/oeqa/controllers/simpleremote.py``.
8007
8008      For information on running tests on hardware, see the
8009      ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:enabling runtime tests on hardware`"
8010      section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
8011
8012   :term:`TEST_TARGET_IP`
8013      The IP address of your hardware under test. The :term:`TEST_TARGET_IP`
8014      variable has no effect when :term:`TEST_TARGET` is
8015      set to "qemu".
8016
8017      When you specify the IP address, you can also include a port. Here is
8018      an example::
8019
8020         TEST_TARGET_IP = "192.168.1.4:2201"
8021
8022      Specifying a port is
8023      useful when SSH is started on a non-standard port or in cases when
8024      your hardware under test is behind a firewall or network that is not
8025      directly accessible from your host and you need to do port address
8026      translation.
8027
8028   :term:`TESTIMAGE_AUTO`
8029      Automatically runs the series of automated tests for images when an
8030      image is successfully built. Setting :term:`TESTIMAGE_AUTO` to "1" causes
8031      any image that successfully builds to automatically boot under QEMU.
8032      Using the variable also adds in dependencies so that any SDK for
8033      which testing is requested is automatically built first.
8034
8035      These tests are written in Python making use of the ``unittest``
8036      module, and the majority of them run commands on the target system
8037      over ``ssh``. You can set this variable to "1" in your ``local.conf``
8038      file in the :term:`Build Directory` to have the
8039      OpenEmbedded build system automatically run these tests after an
8040      image successfully builds:
8041
8042         TESTIMAGE_AUTO = "1"
8043
8044      For more information
8045      on enabling, running, and writing these tests, see the
8046      ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:performing automated runtime testing`"
8047      section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual and the
8048      ":ref:`ref-classes-testimage*`" section.
8049
8050   :term:`THISDIR`
8051      The directory in which the file BitBake is currently parsing is
8052      located. Do not manually set this variable.
8053
8054   :term:`TIME`
8055      The time the build was started. Times appear using the hour, minute,
8056      and second (HMS) format (e.g. "140159" for one minute and fifty-nine
8057      seconds past 1400 hours).
8058
8059   :term:`TMPDIR`
8060      This variable is the base directory the OpenEmbedded build system
8061      uses for all build output and intermediate files (other than the
8062      shared state cache). By default, the :term:`TMPDIR` variable points to
8063      ``tmp`` within the :term:`Build Directory`.
8064
8065      If you want to establish this directory in a location other than the
8066      default, you can uncomment and edit the following statement in the
8067      ``conf/local.conf`` file in the :term:`Source Directory`::
8068
8069         #TMPDIR = "${TOPDIR}/tmp"
8070
8071      An example use for this scenario is to set :term:`TMPDIR` to a local disk,
8072      which does not use NFS, while having the Build Directory use NFS.
8073
8074      The filesystem used by :term:`TMPDIR` must have standard filesystem
8075      semantics (i.e. mixed-case files are unique, POSIX file locking, and
8076      persistent inodes). Due to various issues with NFS and bugs in some
8077      implementations, NFS does not meet this minimum requirement.
8078      Consequently, :term:`TMPDIR` cannot be on NFS.
8079
8080   :term:`TOOLCHAIN_HOST_TASK`
8081      This variable lists packages the OpenEmbedded build system uses when
8082      building an SDK, which contains a cross-development environment. The
8083      packages specified by this variable are part of the toolchain set
8084      that runs on the :term:`SDKMACHINE`, and each
8085      package should usually have the prefix ``nativesdk-``. For example,
8086      consider the following command when building an SDK::
8087
8088         $ bitbake -c populate_sdk imagename
8089
8090      In this case, a default list of packages is
8091      set in this variable, but you can add additional packages to the
8092      list. See the
8093      ":ref:`sdk-manual/appendix-customizing-standard:adding individual packages to the standard sdk`" section
8094      in the Yocto Project Application Development and the Extensible
8095      Software Development Kit (eSDK) manual for more information.
8096
8097      For background information on cross-development toolchains in the
8098      Yocto Project development environment, see the
8099      ":ref:`sdk-manual/intro:the cross-development toolchain`"
8100      section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual. For
8101      information on setting up a cross-development environment, see the
8102      :doc:`/sdk-manual/index` manual.
8103
8104      Note that this variable applies to building an SDK, not an eSDK,
8105      in which case the term:`TOOLCHAIN_HOST_TASK_ESDK` setting should be
8106      used instead.
8107
8108   :term:`TOOLCHAIN_HOST_TASK_ESDK`
8109      This variable allows to extend what is installed in the host
8110      portion of an eSDK. This is similar to :term:`TOOLCHAIN_HOST_TASK`
8111      applying to SDKs.
8112
8113   :term:`TOOLCHAIN_OUTPUTNAME`
8114      This variable defines the name used for the toolchain output. The
8115      :ref:`populate_sdk_base <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class sets
8116      the :term:`TOOLCHAIN_OUTPUTNAME` variable as follows::
8117
8118         TOOLCHAIN_OUTPUTNAME ?= "${SDK_NAME}-toolchain-${SDK_VERSION}"
8119
8120      See
8121      the :term:`SDK_NAME` and
8122      :term:`SDK_VERSION` variables for additional
8123      information.
8124
8125   :term:`TOOLCHAIN_TARGET_TASK`
8126      This variable lists packages the OpenEmbedded build system uses when
8127      it creates the target part of an SDK (i.e. the part built for the
8128      target hardware), which includes libraries and headers. Use this
8129      variable to add individual packages to the part of the SDK that runs
8130      on the target. See the
8131      ":ref:`sdk-manual/appendix-customizing-standard:adding individual packages to the standard sdk`" section
8132      in the Yocto Project Application Development and the Extensible
8133      Software Development Kit (eSDK) manual for more information.
8134
8135      For background information on cross-development toolchains in the
8136      Yocto Project development environment, see the
8137      ":ref:`sdk-manual/intro:the cross-development toolchain`"
8138      section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual. For
8139      information on setting up a cross-development environment, see the
8140      :doc:`/sdk-manual/index` manual.
8141
8142   :term:`TRANSLATED_TARGET_ARCH`
8143      A sanitized version of :term:`TARGET_ARCH`. This
8144      variable is used where the architecture is needed in a value where
8145      underscores are not allowed, for example within package filenames. In
8146      this case, dash characters replace any underscore characters used in
8147      :term:`TARGET_ARCH`.
8148
8149      Do not edit this variable.
8150
8151   :term:`TUNE_ARCH`
8152      The GNU canonical architecture for a specific architecture (i.e.
8153      ``arm``, ``armeb``, ``mips``, ``mips64``, and so forth). BitBake uses
8154      this value to setup configuration.
8155
8156      :term:`TUNE_ARCH` definitions are specific to a given architecture. The
8157      definitions can be a single static definition, or can be dynamically
8158      adjusted. You can see details for a given CPU family by looking at
8159      the architecture's ``README`` file. For example, the
8160      ``meta/conf/machine/include/mips/README`` file in the
8161      :term:`Source Directory` provides information for
8162      :term:`TUNE_ARCH` specific to the ``mips`` architecture.
8163
8164      :term:`TUNE_ARCH` is tied closely to
8165      :term:`TARGET_ARCH`, which defines the target
8166      machine's architecture. The BitBake configuration file
8167      (``meta/conf/bitbake.conf``) sets :term:`TARGET_ARCH` as follows::
8168
8169         TARGET_ARCH = "${TUNE_ARCH}"
8170
8171      The following list, which is by no means complete since architectures
8172      are configurable, shows supported machine architectures:
8173
8174      - arm
8175      - i586
8176      - x86_64
8177      - powerpc
8178      - powerpc64
8179      - mips
8180      - mipsel
8181
8182   :term:`TUNE_ASARGS`
8183      Specifies architecture-specific assembler flags for the target
8184      system. The set of flags is based on the selected tune features.
8185      :term:`TUNE_ASARGS` is set using the tune include files, which are
8186      typically under ``meta/conf/machine/include/`` and are influenced
8187      through :term:`TUNE_FEATURES`. For example, the
8188      ``meta/conf/machine/include/x86/arch-x86.inc`` file defines the flags
8189      for the x86 architecture as follows::
8190
8191         TUNE_ASARGS += "${@bb.utils.contains("TUNE_FEATURES", "mx32", "-x32", "", d)}"
8192
8193      .. note::
8194
8195         Board Support Packages (BSPs) select the tune. The selected tune,
8196         in turn, affects the tune variables themselves (i.e. the tune can
8197         supply its own set of flags).
8198
8199   :term:`TUNE_CCARGS`
8200      Specifies architecture-specific C compiler flags for the target
8201      system. The set of flags is based on the selected tune features.
8202      :term:`TUNE_CCARGS` is set using the tune include files, which are
8203      typically under ``meta/conf/machine/include/`` and are influenced
8204      through :term:`TUNE_FEATURES`.
8205
8206      .. note::
8207
8208         Board Support Packages (BSPs) select the tune. The selected tune,
8209         in turn, affects the tune variables themselves (i.e. the tune can
8210         supply its own set of flags).
8211
8212   :term:`TUNE_FEATURES`
8213      Features used to "tune" a compiler for optimal use given a specific
8214      processor. The features are defined within the tune files and allow
8215      arguments (i.e. ``TUNE_*ARGS``) to be dynamically generated based on
8216      the features.
8217
8218      The OpenEmbedded build system verifies the features to be sure they
8219      are not conflicting and that they are supported.
8220
8221      The BitBake configuration file (``meta/conf/bitbake.conf``) defines
8222      :term:`TUNE_FEATURES` as follows::
8223
8224         TUNE_FEATURES ??= "${TUNE_FEATURES:tune-${DEFAULTTUNE}}"
8225
8226      See the :term:`DEFAULTTUNE` variable for more information.
8227
8228   :term:`TUNE_LDARGS`
8229      Specifies architecture-specific linker flags for the target system.
8230      The set of flags is based on the selected tune features.
8231      :term:`TUNE_LDARGS` is set using the tune include files, which are
8232      typically under ``meta/conf/machine/include/`` and are influenced
8233      through :term:`TUNE_FEATURES`. For example, the
8234      ``meta/conf/machine/include/x86/arch-x86.inc`` file defines the flags
8235      for the x86 architecture as follows::
8236
8237         TUNE_LDARGS += "${@bb.utils.contains("TUNE_FEATURES", "mx32", "-m elf32_x86_64", "", d)}"
8238
8239      .. note::
8240
8241         Board Support Packages (BSPs) select the tune. The selected tune,
8242         in turn, affects the tune variables themselves (i.e. the tune can
8243         supply its own set of flags).
8244
8245   :term:`TUNE_PKGARCH`
8246      The package architecture understood by the packaging system to define
8247      the architecture, ABI, and tuning of output packages. The specific
8248      tune is defined using the "_tune" override as follows::
8249
8250         TUNE_PKGARCH:tune-tune = "tune"
8251
8252      These tune-specific package architectures are defined in the machine
8253      include files. Here is an example of the "core2-32" tuning as used in
8254      the ``meta/conf/machine/include/x86/tune-core2.inc`` file::
8255
8256         TUNE_PKGARCH:tune-core2-32 = "core2-32"
8257
8258   :term:`TUNECONFLICTS[feature]`
8259      Specifies CPU or Application Binary Interface (ABI) tuning features
8260      that conflict with feature.
8261
8262      Known tuning conflicts are specified in the machine include files in
8263      the :term:`Source Directory`. Here is an example from
8264      the ``meta/conf/machine/include/mips/arch-mips.inc`` include file
8265      that lists the "o32" and "n64" features as conflicting with the "n32"
8266      feature::
8267
8268         TUNECONFLICTS[n32] = "o32 n64"
8269
8270   :term:`TUNEVALID[feature]`
8271      Specifies a valid CPU or Application Binary Interface (ABI) tuning
8272      feature. The specified feature is stored as a flag. Valid features
8273      are specified in the machine include files (e.g.
8274      ``meta/conf/machine/include/arm/arch-arm.inc``). Here is an example
8275      from that file::
8276
8277         TUNEVALID[bigendian] = "Enable big-endian mode."
8278
8279      See the machine include files in the :term:`Source Directory`
8280      for these features.
8281
8282   :term:`UBOOT_CONFIG`
8283      Configures the :term:`UBOOT_MACHINE` and can
8284      also define :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES` for individual
8285      cases.
8286
8287      Following is an example from the ``meta-fsl-arm`` layer. ::
8288
8289         UBOOT_CONFIG ??= "sd"
8290         UBOOT_CONFIG[sd] = "mx6qsabreauto_config,sdcard"
8291         UBOOT_CONFIG[eimnor] = "mx6qsabreauto_eimnor_config"
8292         UBOOT_CONFIG[nand] = "mx6qsabreauto_nand_config,ubifs"
8293         UBOOT_CONFIG[spinor] = "mx6qsabreauto_spinor_config"
8294
8295      In this example, "sd" is selected as the configuration of the possible four for the
8296      :term:`UBOOT_MACHINE`. The "sd" configuration defines
8297      "mx6qsabreauto_config" as the value for :term:`UBOOT_MACHINE`, while the
8298      "sdcard" specifies the :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES` to use for the U-Boot image.
8299
8300      For more information on how the :term:`UBOOT_CONFIG` is handled, see the
8301      :ref:`uboot-config <ref-classes-uboot-config>`
8302      class.
8303
8304   :term:`UBOOT_DTB_LOADADDRESS`
8305      Specifies the load address for the dtb image used by U-Boot. During FIT
8306      image creation, the :term:`UBOOT_DTB_LOADADDRESS` variable is used in
8307      :ref:`kernel-fitimage <ref-classes-kernel-fitimage>` class to specify
8308      the load address to be used in
8309      creating the dtb sections of Image Tree Source for the FIT image.
8310
8311   :term:`UBOOT_DTBO_LOADADDRESS`
8312      Specifies the load address for the dtbo image used by U-Boot.  During FIT
8313      image creation, the :term:`UBOOT_DTBO_LOADADDRESS` variable is used in
8314      :ref:`kernel-fitimage <ref-classes-kernel-fitimage>` class to specify the load address to be used in
8315      creating the dtbo sections of Image Tree Source for the FIT image.
8316
8317   :term:`UBOOT_ENTRYPOINT`
8318      Specifies the entry point for the U-Boot image. During U-Boot image
8319      creation, the :term:`UBOOT_ENTRYPOINT` variable is passed as a
8320      command-line parameter to the ``uboot-mkimage`` utility.
8321
8322   :term:`UBOOT_LOADADDRESS`
8323      Specifies the load address for the U-Boot image. During U-Boot image
8324      creation, the :term:`UBOOT_LOADADDRESS` variable is passed as a
8325      command-line parameter to the ``uboot-mkimage`` utility.
8326
8327   :term:`UBOOT_LOCALVERSION`
8328      Appends a string to the name of the local version of the U-Boot
8329      image. For example, assuming the version of the U-Boot image built
8330      was "2013.10", the full version string reported by U-Boot would be
8331      "2013.10-yocto" given the following statement::
8332
8333         UBOOT_LOCALVERSION = "-yocto"
8334
8335   :term:`UBOOT_MACHINE`
8336      Specifies the value passed on the ``make`` command line when building
8337      a U-Boot image. The value indicates the target platform
8338      configuration. You typically set this variable from the machine
8339      configuration file (i.e. ``conf/machine/machine_name.conf``).
8340
8341      Please see the "Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type"
8342      section in the U-Boot README for valid values for this variable.
8343
8344   :term:`UBOOT_MAKE_TARGET`
8345      Specifies the target called in the ``Makefile``. The default target
8346      is "all".
8347
8348   :term:`UBOOT_MKIMAGE`
8349      Specifies the name of the mkimage command as used by the
8350      :ref:`kernel-fitimage <ref-classes-kernel-fitimage>` class to assemble
8351      the FIT image. This can be used to substitute an alternative command, wrapper
8352      script or function if desired. The default is "uboot-mkimage".
8353
8354   :term:`UBOOT_MKIMAGE_DTCOPTS`
8355      Options for the device tree compiler passed to mkimage '-D'
8356      feature while creating FIT image in :ref:`kernel-fitimage <ref-classes-kernel-fitimage>` class.
8357      If :term:`UBOOT_MKIMAGE_DTCOPTS` is not set then kernel-fitimage will not
8358      pass the ``-D`` option to mkimage.
8359
8360   :term:`UBOOT_MKIMAGE_SIGN`
8361      Specifies the name of the mkimage command as used by the
8362      :ref:`kernel-fitimage <ref-classes-kernel-fitimage>` class to sign
8363      the FIT image after it has been assembled (if enabled). This can be used
8364      to substitute an alternative command, wrapper script or function if
8365      desired. The default is "${:term:`UBOOT_MKIMAGE`}".
8366
8367   :term:`UBOOT_MKIMAGE_SIGN_ARGS`
8368      Optionally specifies additional arguments for the
8369      :ref:`kernel-fitimage <ref-classes-kernel-fitimage>` class to pass to the
8370      mkimage command when signing the FIT image.
8371
8372   :term:`UBOOT_RD_ENTRYPOINT`
8373      Specifies the entrypoint for the RAM disk image.
8374      During FIT image creation, the
8375      :term:`UBOOT_RD_ENTRYPOINT` variable is used
8376      in :ref:`kernel-fitimage <ref-classes-kernel-fitimage>` class to specify the
8377      entrypoint to be used in creating the Image Tree Source for
8378      the FIT image.
8379
8380   :term:`UBOOT_RD_LOADADDRESS`
8381      Specifies the load address for the RAM disk image.
8382      During FIT image creation, the
8383      :term:`UBOOT_RD_LOADADDRESS` variable is used
8384      in :ref:`kernel-fitimage <ref-classes-kernel-fitimage>` class to specify the
8385      load address to be used in creating the Image Tree Source for
8386      the FIT image.
8387
8388   :term:`UBOOT_SIGN_ENABLE`
8389      Enable signing of FIT image. The default value is "0".
8390
8391   :term:`UBOOT_SIGN_KEYDIR`
8392      Location of the directory containing the RSA key and
8393      certificate used for signing FIT image.
8394
8395   :term:`UBOOT_SIGN_KEYNAME`
8396      The name of keys used for signing U-Boot FIT image stored in
8397      :term:`UBOOT_SIGN_KEYDIR` directory. For e.g. dev.key key and dev.crt
8398      certificate stored in :term:`UBOOT_SIGN_KEYDIR` directory will have
8399      :term:`UBOOT_SIGN_KEYNAME` set to "dev".
8400
8401   :term:`UBOOT_SUFFIX`
8402      Points to the generated U-Boot extension. For example, ``u-boot.sb``
8403      has a ``.sb`` extension.
8404
8405      The default U-Boot extension is ``.bin``
8406
8407   :term:`UBOOT_TARGET`
8408      Specifies the target used for building U-Boot. The target is passed
8409      directly as part of the "make" command (e.g. SPL and AIS). If you do
8410      not specifically set this variable, the OpenEmbedded build process
8411      passes and uses "all" for the target during the U-Boot building
8412      process.
8413
8414   :term:`UNKNOWN_CONFIGURE_WHITELIST`
8415      Specifies a list of options that, if reported by the configure script
8416      as being invalid, should not generate a warning during the
8417      :ref:`ref-tasks-configure` task. Normally, invalid
8418      configure options are simply not passed to the configure script (e.g.
8419      should be removed from :term:`EXTRA_OECONF` or
8420      :term:`PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS`).
8421      However, there are common options that are passed to all
8422      configure scripts at a class level, but might not be valid for some
8423      configure scripts. Therefore warnings about these options are useless.
8424      For these cases, the options are added to :term:`UNKNOWN_CONFIGURE_WHITELIST`.
8425
8426      The configure arguments check that uses
8427      :term:`UNKNOWN_CONFIGURE_WHITELIST` is part of the
8428      :ref:`insane <ref-classes-insane>` class and is only enabled if the
8429      recipe inherits the :ref:`autotools <ref-classes-autotools>` class.
8430
8431   :term:`UPDATERCPN`
8432      For recipes inheriting the
8433      :ref:`update-rc.d <ref-classes-update-rc.d>` class, :term:`UPDATERCPN`
8434      specifies the package that contains the initscript that is enabled.
8435
8436      The default value is "${PN}". Given that almost all recipes that
8437      install initscripts package them in the main package for the recipe,
8438      you rarely need to set this variable in individual recipes.
8439
8440   :term:`UPSTREAM_CHECK_COMMITS`
8441      You can perform a per-recipe check for what the latest upstream
8442      source code version is by calling ``devtool latest-version recipe``. If
8443      the recipe source code is provided from Git repositories, but
8444      releases are not identified by Git tags, set :term:`UPSTREAM_CHECK_COMMITS`
8445      to ``1`` in the recipe, and the OpenEmbedded build system
8446      will compare the latest commit with the one currently specified
8447      by the recipe (:term:`SRCREV`).
8448      ::
8449
8450         UPSTREAM_CHECK_COMMITS = "1"
8451
8452   :term:`UPSTREAM_CHECK_GITTAGREGEX`
8453      You can perform a per-recipe check for what the latest upstream
8454      source code version is by calling ``devtool latest-version recipe``. If
8455      the recipe source code is provided from Git repositories, the
8456      OpenEmbedded build system determines the latest upstream version by
8457      picking the latest tag from the list of all repository tags.
8458
8459      You can use the :term:`UPSTREAM_CHECK_GITTAGREGEX` variable to provide a
8460      regular expression to filter only the relevant tags should the
8461      default filter not work correctly.
8462      ::
8463
8464         UPSTREAM_CHECK_GITTAGREGEX = "git_tag_regex"
8465
8466   :term:`UPSTREAM_CHECK_REGEX`
8467      Use the :term:`UPSTREAM_CHECK_REGEX` variable to specify a different
8468      regular expression instead of the default one when the package
8469      checking system is parsing the page found using
8470      :term:`UPSTREAM_CHECK_URI`.
8471      ::
8472
8473         UPSTREAM_CHECK_REGEX = "package_regex"
8474
8475   :term:`UPSTREAM_CHECK_URI`
8476      You can perform a per-recipe check for what the latest upstream
8477      source code version is by calling ``devtool latest-version recipe``. If
8478      the source code is provided from tarballs, the latest version is
8479      determined by fetching the directory listing where the tarball is and
8480      attempting to find a later tarball. When this approach does not work,
8481      you can use :term:`UPSTREAM_CHECK_URI` to provide a different URI that
8482      contains the link to the latest tarball.
8483      ::
8484
8485         UPSTREAM_CHECK_URI = "recipe_url"
8486
8487   :term:`UPSTREAM_VERSION_UNKNOWN`
8488      You can perform a per-recipe check for what the latest upstream
8489      source code version is by calling ``devtool latest-version recipe``.
8490      If no combination of the :term:`UPSTREAM_CHECK_URI`, :term:`UPSTREAM_CHECK_REGEX`,
8491      :term:`UPSTREAM_CHECK_GITTAGREGEX` and :term:`UPSTREAM_CHECK_COMMITS` variables in
8492      the recipe allows to determine what the latest upstream version is,
8493      you can set :term:`UPSTREAM_VERSION_UNKNOWN` to ``1`` in the recipe
8494      to acknowledge that the check cannot be performed.
8495      ::
8496
8497         UPSTREAM_VERSION_UNKNOWN = "1"
8498
8499   :term:`USE_DEVFS`
8500      Determines if ``devtmpfs`` is used for ``/dev`` population. The
8501      default value used for :term:`USE_DEVFS` is "1" when no value is
8502      specifically set. Typically, you would set :term:`USE_DEVFS` to "0" for a
8503      statically populated ``/dev`` directory.
8504
8505      See the ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:selecting a device manager`" section in
8506      the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual for information on how to
8507      use this variable.
8508
8509   :term:`USE_VT`
8510      When using
8511      :ref:`SysVinit <dev-manual/common-tasks:enabling system services>`,
8512      determines whether or not to run a
8513      `getty <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Getty_%28Unix%29>`__ on any
8514      virtual terminals in order to enable logging in through those
8515      terminals.
8516
8517      The default value used for :term:`USE_VT` is "1" when no default value is
8518      specifically set. Typically, you would set :term:`USE_VT` to "0" in the
8519      machine configuration file for machines that do not have a graphical
8520      display attached and therefore do not need virtual terminal
8521      functionality.
8522
8523   :term:`USER_CLASSES`
8524      A list of classes to globally inherit. These classes are used by the
8525      OpenEmbedded build system to enable extra features (e.g.
8526      ``buildstats``, ``image-prelink``, and so forth).
8527
8528      The default list is set in your ``local.conf`` file::
8529
8530         USER_CLASSES ?= "buildstats image-prelink"
8531
8532      For more information, see
8533      ``meta-poky/conf/local.conf.sample`` in the :term:`Source Directory`.
8534
8535   :term:`USERADD_ERROR_DYNAMIC`
8536      If set to ``error``, forces the OpenEmbedded build system to produce
8537      an error if the user identification (``uid``) and group
8538      identification (``gid``) values are not defined in any of the files
8539      listed in :term:`USERADD_UID_TABLES` and
8540      :term:`USERADD_GID_TABLES`. If set to
8541      ``warn``, a warning will be issued instead.
8542
8543      The default behavior for the build system is to dynamically apply
8544      ``uid`` and ``gid`` values. Consequently, the
8545      :term:`USERADD_ERROR_DYNAMIC` variable is by default not set. If you plan
8546      on using statically assigned ``gid`` and ``uid`` values, you should
8547      set the :term:`USERADD_ERROR_DYNAMIC` variable in your ``local.conf``
8548      file as follows::
8549
8550         USERADD_ERROR_DYNAMIC = "error"
8551
8552      Overriding the
8553      default behavior implies you are going to also take steps to set
8554      static ``uid`` and ``gid`` values through use of the
8555      :term:`USERADDEXTENSION`,
8556      :term:`USERADD_UID_TABLES`, and
8557      :term:`USERADD_GID_TABLES` variables.
8558
8559      .. note::
8560
8561         There is a difference in behavior between setting
8562         :term:`USERADD_ERROR_DYNAMIC` to ``error`` and setting it to ``warn``.
8563         When it is set to ``warn``, the build system will report a warning for
8564         every undefined ``uid`` and ``gid`` in any recipe. But when it is set
8565         to ``error``, it will only report errors for recipes that are actually
8566         built.
8567         This saves you from having to add static IDs for recipes that you
8568         know will never be built.
8569
8570   :term:`USERADD_GID_TABLES`
8571      Specifies a password file to use for obtaining static group
8572      identification (``gid``) values when the OpenEmbedded build system
8573      adds a group to the system during package installation.
8574
8575      When applying static group identification (``gid``) values, the
8576      OpenEmbedded build system looks in :term:`BBPATH` for a
8577      ``files/group`` file and then applies those ``uid`` values. Set the
8578      variable as follows in your ``local.conf`` file::
8579
8580
8581         USERADD_GID_TABLES = "files/group"
8582
8583      .. note::
8584
8585         Setting the :term:`USERADDEXTENSION` variable to "useradd-staticids"
8586         causes the build system to use static ``gid`` values.
8587
8588   :term:`USERADD_PACKAGES`
8589      When inheriting the :ref:`useradd <ref-classes-useradd>` class,
8590      this variable specifies the individual packages within the recipe
8591      that require users and/or groups to be added.
8592
8593      You must set this variable if the recipe inherits the class. For
8594      example, the following enables adding a user for the main package in
8595      a recipe::
8596
8597         USERADD_PACKAGES = "${PN}"
8598
8599      .. note::
8600
8601         It follows that if you are going to use the :term:`USERADD_PACKAGES`
8602         variable, you need to set one or more of the :term:`USERADD_PARAM`,
8603         :term:`GROUPADD_PARAM`, or :term:`GROUPMEMS_PARAM` variables.
8604
8605   :term:`USERADD_PARAM`
8606      When inheriting the :ref:`useradd <ref-classes-useradd>` class,
8607      this variable specifies for a package what parameters should pass to
8608      the ``useradd`` command if you add a user to the system when the
8609      package is installed.
8610
8611      Here is an example from the ``dbus`` recipe::
8612
8613         USERADD_PARAM:${PN} = "--system --home ${localstatedir}/lib/dbus \
8614                                --no-create-home --shell /bin/false \
8615                                --user-group messagebus"
8616
8617      For information on the
8618      standard Linux shell command ``useradd``, see
8619      https://linux.die.net/man/8/useradd.
8620
8621   :term:`USERADD_UID_TABLES`
8622      Specifies a password file to use for obtaining static user
8623      identification (``uid``) values when the OpenEmbedded build system
8624      adds a user to the system during package installation.
8625
8626      When applying static user identification (``uid``) values, the
8627      OpenEmbedded build system looks in :term:`BBPATH` for a
8628      ``files/passwd`` file and then applies those ``uid`` values. Set the
8629      variable as follows in your ``local.conf`` file::
8630
8631         USERADD_UID_TABLES = "files/passwd"
8632
8633      .. note::
8634
8635         Setting the :term:`USERADDEXTENSION` variable to "useradd-staticids"
8636         causes the build system to use static ``uid`` values.
8637
8638   :term:`USERADDEXTENSION`
8639      When set to "useradd-staticids", causes the OpenEmbedded build system
8640      to base all user and group additions on a static ``passwd`` and
8641      ``group`` files found in :term:`BBPATH`.
8642
8643      To use static user identification (``uid``) and group identification
8644      (``gid``) values, set the variable as follows in your ``local.conf``
8645      file: USERADDEXTENSION = "useradd-staticids"
8646
8647      .. note::
8648
8649         Setting this variable to use static ``uid`` and ``gid``
8650         values causes the OpenEmbedded build system to employ the
8651         :ref:`ref-classes-useradd` class.
8652
8653      If you use static ``uid`` and ``gid`` information, you must also
8654      specify the ``files/passwd`` and ``files/group`` files by setting the
8655      :term:`USERADD_UID_TABLES` and
8656      :term:`USERADD_GID_TABLES` variables.
8657      Additionally, you should also set the
8658      :term:`USERADD_ERROR_DYNAMIC` variable.
8659
8660   :term:`VOLATILE_LOG_DIR`
8661      Specifies the persistence of the target's ``/var/log`` directory,
8662      which is used to house postinstall target log files.
8663
8664      By default, :term:`VOLATILE_LOG_DIR` is set to "yes", which means the
8665      file is not persistent. You can override this setting by setting the
8666      variable to "no" to make the log directory persistent.
8667
8668   :term:`WARN_QA`
8669      Specifies the quality assurance checks whose failures are reported as
8670      warnings by the OpenEmbedded build system. You set this variable in
8671      your distribution configuration file. For a list of the checks you
8672      can control with this variable, see the
8673      ":ref:`ref-classes-insane`" section.
8674
8675   :term:`WKS_FILE`
8676      Specifies the location of the Wic kickstart file that is used by the
8677      OpenEmbedded build system to create a partitioned image
8678      (``image.wic``). For information on how to create a partitioned
8679      image, see the
8680      ":ref:`dev-manual/common-tasks:creating partitioned images using wic`"
8681      section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. For details on
8682      the kickstart file format, see the ":doc:`/ref-manual/kickstart`" Chapter.
8683
8684   :term:`WKS_FILE_DEPENDS`
8685      When placed in the recipe that builds your image, this variable lists
8686      build-time dependencies. The :term:`WKS_FILE_DEPENDS` variable is only
8687      applicable when Wic images are active (i.e. when
8688      :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES` contains entries related
8689      to Wic). If your recipe does not create Wic images, the variable has
8690      no effect.
8691
8692      The :term:`WKS_FILE_DEPENDS` variable is similar to the
8693      :term:`DEPENDS` variable. When you use the variable in
8694      your recipe that builds the Wic image, dependencies you list in the
8695      :term:`WKS_FILE_DEPENDS` variable are added to the :term:`DEPENDS` variable.
8696
8697      With the :term:`WKS_FILE_DEPENDS` variable, you have the possibility to
8698      specify a list of additional dependencies (e.g. native tools,
8699      bootloaders, and so forth), that are required to build Wic images.
8700      Following is an example::
8701
8702         WKS_FILE_DEPENDS = "some-native-tool"
8703
8704      In the
8705      previous example, some-native-tool would be replaced with an actual
8706      native tool on which the build would depend.
8707
8708   :term:`WORKDIR`
8709      The pathname of the work directory in which the OpenEmbedded build
8710      system builds a recipe. This directory is located within the
8711      :term:`TMPDIR` directory structure and is specific to
8712      the recipe being built and the system for which it is being built.
8713
8714      The :term:`WORKDIR` directory is defined as follows::
8715
8716         ${TMPDIR}/work/${MULTIMACH_TARGET_SYS}/${PN}/${EXTENDPE}${PV}-${PR}
8717
8718      The actual directory depends on several things:
8719
8720      -  :term:`TMPDIR`: The top-level build output directory
8721      -  :term:`MULTIMACH_TARGET_SYS`: The target system identifier
8722      -  :term:`PN`: The recipe name
8723      -  :term:`EXTENDPE`: The epoch - (if :term:`PE` is not specified, which
8724         is usually the case for most recipes, then `EXTENDPE` is blank)
8725      -  :term:`PV`: The recipe version
8726      -  :term:`PR`: The recipe revision
8727
8728      As an example, assume a Source Directory top-level folder name
8729      ``poky``, a default Build Directory at ``poky/build``, and a
8730      ``qemux86-poky-linux`` machine target system. Furthermore, suppose
8731      your recipe is named ``foo_1.3.0-r0.bb``. In this case, the work
8732      directory the build system uses to build the package would be as
8733      follows::
8734
8735         poky/build/tmp/work/qemux86-poky-linux/foo/1.3.0-r0
8736
8737   :term:`XSERVER`
8738      Specifies the packages that should be installed to provide an X
8739      server and drivers for the current machine, assuming your image
8740      directly includes ``packagegroup-core-x11-xserver`` or, perhaps
8741      indirectly, includes "x11-base" in
8742      :term:`IMAGE_FEATURES`.
8743
8744      The default value of :term:`XSERVER`, if not specified in the machine
8745      configuration, is "xserver-xorg xf86-video-fbdev xf86-input-evdev".
8746
8747